Our generation has inherited this Pyramid of Lies and only now are we beginning to see its tentacles of deception within our societies, governments, financial institutions, and even families as this web has entrapped us.
Some say that this all began with the Father of all Lies - Satan - but how many people have actually met this bloke of smoke? Or is he just a religious fantasy of distraction - The Blame Game?
Actually the Lie begins with YOU and ME as we are the ones that give credence and support and repeat the Lie over and over again as part of our personal Belief systems.
So if change is to occur, it has to come from personal understanding and recognition of the Lies and then doing what needs to be done by exposing the Lies in the light of Truth and then presenting viable Solutions.
That is the gist of this essay.
Upside Down Pyramids
Most of us think of pyramids as being large at the bottom and pointed at the top. We are programmed to believe that this is the proper shape and model that we should follow.
All our social, religious, political, governmental, financial, economic and corporate structures are based on “Top-Down” models with the “All Seeing Eye” of the FEW (0.1%) at the TOP who make the rules for their untouchable benefit - always.
In reality that is a fallacious Lie as the actual structure is an “Upside Down Pyramid” with the small pointed end being the FOUNDATION POINT upon which a larger structure of lies is constructed.
A simple example is the basic government structure. You have a small portion of a population that are full time non-governmental workers paying taxes to support government workers that create welfare and budget deficit programs that create inflation and that then impoverish the workers that are holding up the whole system...
So by design or stupidity, the whole pyramid collapses and from the rubble of war a new phoenix pyramid system emerges which historically repeats the LIE.
In the US, 100 million workers support 50 million government employees that support 160 million people dependent upon some form of welfare that the government finances by issuing trillions of Dollars in Debt that supports banks and financial markets that leverage this through fractal banking to create $2-5 quadrillion in derivatives and $56 quadrillion in loans to hedge funds that cannot service the interest on these loans so the system is doomed to failure, especially if you kill off or tax to death the foundation of creative workers.
So the Financial Debt Pyramid of Lies is based on a small foundation of fungible REAL MONEY in gold, silver and precious metals often loosely referred to as “The Global Collateral Accounts” as the real assets backing the fraudulent fractional global financial system.
To this is added Annual GDP which is what is actually created new assets produced by the productivity of hard working people. This is the base that supports the fake colored paper debts and their “phantom assets” or “Ghost Money”.
And even the amount of gold above ground as determined by the London Gold Council is limited to only 190,000 tons mined since the beginning of time, whereas, current annual global gold extraction is accounted at 6,000 tons per year.
Extrapolate 6,000 over 50 years of modern mining and you have potentially over 300,000 tons above ground. And going back in time you add Sumarian gold, Solomon’s mines, South Africa, Spanish/American hoards, California, Alaska and Yukon Gold Rushes, Russian and Asian gold reserves and London Liars are called out.
Keep the amount available small and the price goes higher, that is the con and lie perpetrated.
And the real gold money supporting the financial pyramid at current gold price of $ 1,500/oz the 190,000 tons would be worth only $ 9.164 Trillion but only 13% of physical gold is in financial bars or coins held by banks, central banks, institutional investors and private holdings.
That is only $ 1.2 Trillion physical collateral supporting the actual financial pyramid.
This financial Debt morass also supports organized and rigged casinos like paper gold, stocks, bonds, derivatives and financial debt instruments of all kinds.
These paper casinos are all based on a small foundation of assets that are always in a “disconnect” with the paper that they represent as a direct result of fractal banking leveraging at 10:1, 100:1 or even higher.
Take for example the “rigged gold price”. Commodity markets like the London Bullion Metals Association (LBMA) and COMEX in Chicago deal principally in “Paper Gold” which is “phantom gold” created out of thin air with little or NO physical gold backing or physical gold delivery.
The daily “price” is FIXED in a back room with no transparency or accountability for the true value of the fake paper that it is based on. The fantasy fraud pricing then enters the market as a key valuation basis for other financial contracts and the phantom gold is then used as collateral!
The only real gold physical delivery occurs on the Shanghai Gold Exchange (SGE) but that price is linked to the fake LBMA and COMEX paper prices and none of the physical gold transacted can leave China so it is not a real trade market.
And now as Chinese banks are failing, the Chinese Government is considering confiscating GOLD! Sounds like 1933 in the US all over again.
So what happens if there is a “disconnect” between fake paper gold and real physical gold? Simply the price of physical gold will go UP and paper gold will become worthless.
The basic financial model is one based on GREED and DEBT. It is a SCAM MODEL. It is based on the old carnival saying that “a sucker is born every day”.
The modus is based on a “get rich quick” approach by selling a piece of colored paper and a glorious false promise that the paper will be worth a fortune some day.
The paper is then traded in a rigged casino where the sheep always get fleeced because the originators of the colored paper sell it for higher and higher prices, selling out at a peak and then cause a market collapse that leaves the sheep sheared.
The most recent financial scam is the “crypto-currency scam” better known as “Bitcoin”. This scam starts off with the issue of a fixed number of “digital coins” on the originators computer. He then sells 50% to the gullible public say at a penny a coin.
The coin Buyers then sell some of their coins at 2 cents and make 100% profit. The next Buyer sells his coins at 4 cents and makes 100% profit. This doubling of profits accelerates rapidly with the number of greedy Buyers bidding up coin prices and cashing in on daily on-line trading.
But remember that the underlying value per coin is only a penny and that the originator of the coins kept 50% which he cashes-in and becomes an instantaneous digital millionaire.
The whole price structure is just based on greed and the more greedy ignoramuses that can be encouraged to buy into the scam the better.
And now you can buy 0.1 % of a coin, or a derivative based on coin price movements, or swap one crypto for another, which are scams based on scams. And the feeding frenzy continues!
But be AWAKE! Governments and major banksters (IMF) are now actively promoting “cashless societies” where everything you do is digitally recorded - well, at least until someone hacks the system or pulls the plug.
This is a major society “control” model - all based on fraudulent money created out of thin air and false promises. And people believe it is good for them! Model Programming for the brain dead.
But the Casino Scam Model is also seen in Stock Markets, Bond Markets, Currency Markets, Commodity Markets, Derivative Markets and in so many creative paper scams around the world.
I personally own the controlling stock in the London Bridge. Any Buyers? I just printed out the certificates.
And why are Stock Markets rising to record levels at the same time that the FED is printing BILLIONS of digits out of thin air to prop up the liquidity shortfall of major banks by funding the Overnight Market, where the loans then get extended to 3-days, 7-days, 1-month or 1-year.
The banks get low interest (essentially FREE) money which they use to play the markets through their own financial subsidiaries or loans to their hedge fund buddies - all pocketing huge profits.
The FOREX (Foreign Exchange) Markets are in on it too. Trading in currencies is $ 6.6 TRILLION PER DAY with 88% Dollar denominated on one side of the trades instigated by institutional banks, brokers funded by banks and bank financial subsidiaries that account for 90% of all trades.
And this is based on only $6.0 TRILLION in global currencies in physical circulation! So where do the currencies come from? “Only the Phantom knows for sure”.
And the banksters are actively promoting these frauds by creating more fake money colored paper out of thin air and loaning it to whomever they can.
This is the classic “Debt Slavery Model” where one tries to buy oneself out of debt with more debt in an ever increasing death spiral. And the creation of more money to feed the interest deficit is what causes the devaluation of money through INFLATION.
Simply in this Debt based financial model, whenever there is “interest” more money has to be CREATED.
Look again at the QUADRILLIONS AND QUINTILLIANS of colored paper and computer digits that make-up the Financial Pyramid of Lies. Think for a minute how much 1% INTEREST is and that has to be CREATED each year OUT OF THIN AIR!
NOW you are beginning to see why the Debt / Slavery Model always collapses and the Elites then send the stupid masses to WAR and devastation and distraction while they then resurrect a NEW Debt / Slavery Model from the ashes.
WAKE-UP People! It didn’t work before. It won’t work again that way either!
So now you see that we are on the brink of another global financial collapse. No one can meet the humongous global interest payments.
Now the talking heads are tooting GCR’s (Global Currency Resets), RV’s (Revaluations), Debt Jubilees and all kinds of nonsense that will never happen as THEIR solutions are just a REPEAT with new colored paper. No real system changes. The Elite stay IN CONTROL.
EXPECT A COLLAPSE. SOON. EXPECT A WHOLE BUNCH OF LIES. SCAMS. CONS.
What Needs to be Done?
Capitalism works if you have real market forces determining prices of goods and services. But the current model does not allow for free open markets, only controlled casinos. That has to change.
A famous Swiss study found that 187 major multinational corporations, energy giants and large banks through their interlocking Boards virtually control the entire global economy.
They own the land, factories, communications, transportation, pharmaceutical, energy and the financial structure that controls all including the “incorporated” governments and central banks - and through Birth Certificates, they claim that they own YOU (and the Pope claims he owns YOUR SOUL!).
Obviously such a control system needs to be reigned-in with more effective “anti-monopoly” laws and the cutting of cross linkages at Board levels, but even deeper structural changes have to take place.
Money
The fundamental foundation of MONEY is based on FAITH. Do WE BELIEVE in the intrinsic value of what we assume is MONEY.
Originally MONEY was based on precious metals which had tradable value based on the commonly accepted “perception” that a piece of metal with a picture on it was worth so much of a commodity or hours of labor.
Thus the Elite created the CON of TOKENS and controlled the mints and printing presses to their advantage.
But what is the true value of MONEY? Is it the value of PRODUCTION? Or is it the value that CONSUMERS give to PRODUCTION? Is it the value of LABOR inputs to PRODUCTION?
But what about those in society that cannot be productive like children, elderly, physically disabled, addicted, lazy, etc.?
Obviously humanity is at a transition point where the real VALUE of MONEY has to be determined on a global basis. It is a delicate process of balancing the YIN (PRODUCTION) with the YANG (CONSUMPTION).
This transitioning is happening NOW regardless of fraudulent attempts to reboot the old defunct model. Going back to the “Gold Standard” or creating a phony “Cyber Alternative” is doing the same stupid thing all over again. But these are transitory steps in the Game to create real monetary VALUE. They are NOT the End Game.
Several years ago I wrote a paper promoting the creation of an “International Dollar” (an ID or $ with a single line through the S).
This was another transition proposal whereby all overseas US Dollars being held as reserve currencies and used in active commodity TRADE would be converted into new International Dollars managed by an independent International Board that would be responsible for determining and pegging the Exchange Rate between the ID and each nation’s currency being valued against REAL PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION statistics.
This is a closer step to a proper economic goal but again it is NOT the end-all approach.
The VALUE of MONEY is a matter of FAITH.
FAITH is the result of doing things the RIGHTEOUS WAY and universally from a position of GIVING.
Our focus should be on what WE value and why WE place such a value on something, then we have to agree on how we account for it We are the Consumers and Producers so WE determine VALUE. Markets must be OPEN and not determined by “Backroom Boys”, syndicates or banksters and their buddies.
VALUE is a honest and moral foundation of a global society. Creating such a foundation from the current model will be a slow process as it is based on fraud, but perseverance and transitioning from the old model to a new one IS taking place.
Reverting back to a Gold Standard, creating equitable digital algorithms, re-valuations or an International Dollar that all currencies can be pegged to, are steps along the way provided there is a global moral consensus and an equitable balance created.
Economic structuring in our immediate future is up to all of US and we can easily do this without going to devastating wars simply because one country or another has run out of real MONEY to back its debts.
We can have wealth, prosperity and health for all by just shifting some of the insane phantom money from the casinos into PRODUCTION and LABOR thereby creating CONSUMERS.
For only USD30 Billion we can provide clean drinking water for everyone. Another USD40 Billion and we feed all the hungry and starving of the world. Why does the US need over $1.0 TRILLION per year for Defense Budgets when such a small portion of such budgets can heal and prosper the entire World?
MONEY is changing. WE are awakening. It is time to review what can be done is now. WE all need to seek viable and righteous alternatives and give this to the collective consciousness.
The old Debt/Slavery Model is worn out. WE are changing OUR MONEY. The Who, What, Where, When, Why and How is now up to US to determine. The next Model, however, will not be based on FRAUD and a Pyramid of Lies.
It will be based on real asset values and be equitable for all mankind.
Postscript
As of 2018 the Money Game has changed. It was at that time that the World had a new elected AMANAH (the Global Collateral Trustee) who is now recognized as the principal Trustee for many of the historical bunkered assets in Asia stored there by various Dragon Family members .
The estimated wealth stored in vaults and bunkers in Asia is currently valued in QUADRILLIONS of US Dollars of real physical assets such as gold and precious metals, gem stones, currencies, bonds and titles and priceless artifacts.
The AMANAH thus has sufficient wealth to provide clean drinking water and food for all mankind in short order. He is also investing in providing “free energy” devices to those in need, and advanced frequency based healing computers to heal the poor for free.
These planned humanitarian projects will have an immediate impact on humanity by improving health and by creating more opportunities that will increase human PRODUCTION and CONSUMPTION.
This is currently outside current economic models thus it will be a major GAME CHANGER.
And that is just the beginning. Since the AMANAH’s entrusted wealth is principally in “hard” assets, this will form a new financial foundation that is very much stronger than the Pyramid of Lies. This is real collateral backing of REAL MONEY.
The countries of the EAST will be the first to benefit and their economies will strengthen. The WEST’s fiat colored paper will suffer unless they become more cooperative in curbing their fraudulent ways.
The casinos will suffer as their tokens and colored paper will lose value.
The AMANAH is a harbinger of financial and economic CHANGE.
The Spider's Web: Britain's Second Empire January 12 2020 | From: IndependentPoV
At the demise of empire, City of London financial interests created a web of secrecy jurisdictions that captured wealth from across the globe and hid it in a web of offshore islands.
Today, up to half of global offshore wealth is hidden in British jurisdictions and Britain and its dependencies are the largest global players in the world of international finance.
The Spider's Web was substantially inspired by Nicholas Shaxson's book Treasure Islands you can read an extract of it here: The Truth ABout Tax Havens
For those interested to learn more about tax justice and financial secrecy, read about the Tax Justice Network's campaigning and regular blogs - become part of the movement for change and listen to the Tax Justice Network's monthly podcast/radio show the Taxcast: TaxJustice.net
A Generation Of Poisoning With Gender-Bender Chemicals Has Created A New Class Of Youth Who Fail To Recognize Gender At All January 11 2020 | From: NaturalNews
The success of the globalists in perverting the minds of Western youth is evident in a new study by the Innovation Group, which found that most people between the ages of 13 and 20 – what the mainstream media and social engineers have dubbed "Generation Z" – no longer believe in strictly-defined gender identities like "male" and "female."
These gender "binaries," which are really just the pronouns humanity has been using since the beginning of time to differentiate between individuals with external reproductive equipment versus internal reproductive equipment, are now "old-fashioned" to the youth of today, which the study found are more comfortable than previous generations using gender-neutral (and grammatically incorrect) pronouns like "they" and "them" to describe a single, genderless individual.
This spectrum identification for sexuality is further reflected in the more than 38 percent of Gen-Zers who claim they don't believe gender defines a person.
As far as the types of clothes and accessories they buy, 13 - 20 year-olds are much more fluid when it comes to sticking to a gender norm.
Only 44 percent of Gen-Zers buy clothes exclusively designed for their own gender, while an astounding 70 percent say they support the idea that bathrooms become "genderless," welcoming anyone and everyone who wants to use them.
"I also notice that people my age are more open to gender and sexuality being fluid and subject to change," Madeleine told VICE. "For a while, I identified as asexual, but as time went on and I changed, I realized that maybe I wasn't that way anymore."
Endocrine-Disrupting Chemicals are Eliminating Sex, Gender
This lack of clarity about biological identity is a product of two things: relentless media propaganda and chemical poisoning with gender-bending chemicals found in plastics, herbicides and pesticides sprayed on our food, and environmental pollution.
Chemicals like bisphenol-A (BPA), glyphosate, soy and other hormone-disruptors are altering human genes and producing next-generation "robot" humans with no gender, and thus no identity.
It's sad, really, because it could have been prevented through reforms that protect the people rather than the chemical and drug industries that produce these toxins.
Food, water, air: It's all tainted with endocrine-disrupting chemicals (EDCs) that, more often than not, mimic the effects of estrogen, meaning they deplete testosterone and create hormone imbalances that not only confuse children, but also affect their growth and development.
Young girls are becoming more "masculine," while young boys are becoming more "feminine" – an alchemy of the two sexes both physically and mentally that's changing the landscape of culture and civilization.
We've identified many sources of EDCs through our ongoing work at the Natural News Forensics Food Lab, which I encourage you to check out in order to learn more.
The sales pitch is titled “Arming For Deterrence.” The Kremlin is unpredictable, say the arms salesmen, and could at any moment decide to attack Poland. However the Russian regime “respects a show of force” and would back down if Poland has a sufficient inventory of US weapons.
The sales pitch encourages Poland to take many aggressive and dangerous steps toward Russia, such as targeting Russia cities and facilities including RT. But before provoking the Bear like this, Poland needs “to join the tactical nuclear capability scheme within NATO, so enabling its F-16s to be carriers of tactical nuclear ordnance.”
Poland also needs to be able to strike deep inside Russia and for this needs to purchase American long-range JASSM air-launched cruise missiles, the Navy Strike missile coastal missiles, and the Guided Multiple Launch Rocket Systems.
Poland also needs “offensive cyber operations” and “more tandem-warhead Anti-Tank Guided Missiles (ATGMs) capable of penetrating reactive armor, and also anti-aircraft (including anti-helicopter) and anti-UAV missiles. “
The bill for this deterrence against non-existent “Russian aggression” comes to “some US $26 billion” on top of planned expenditures of US $34 billion.
“Poland should move forward expeditiously with procurements,” say the arms salesmen or risk being attacked by superior Russian forces.
The
zionist neocons get away with their warmongering because it is profitable for the US military/security complex. Whereas the crazed neocons want real war, the military / security complex only wants the propaganda threat of war. The numerous military / foreign policy think tanks funded by the military / security complex provide the propaganda and made-up threat.
This is a dangerous game, because the Russians see a real threat in the hostility that is directed at them.
The anti-Russian propaganda is universal and includes the Olympic Games. Washington wants Russia excluded based on the allegation that only Russians take performance-enhancing substances.
What extraordinary nonsense.
I have a relative who travels widely to test athletes of every sport, even golf, for the use of performance-enhancing substances.
It is not the Russians who have corrupted “clean sports.” It is the money that the corrupt Americans have poured into sports. To be a champion, to win the Masters at Augusta National, to win a gold medal means to be a multi-millionaire.
Sports that people once played for enjoyment are now a lucrative profession.
Money corrupts everything, and it is capitalism that turns everything into a commodity that is bought and sold. In capitalist regimes everything is for sale: honor, integrity, justice, truth.
Are You Taking Life Too Seriously?
January 9 2020 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various Do you go through life with constant angst? A feeling deep down that there is always a little bit of stress or a little bit of worry?
I’ve been through this. And in some ways, I thought it would never go away.
But I focused on self awareness and living in the heart enough to kiss those days goodbye.
We can sure take life too seriously at times can’t we? I mean it’s fair. We have stresses in life that we get caught up in, we go, go, go, go, and often forget to take a moment to breathe.
In Western culture, it’s all about obsessing over goals and getting there and telling ourselves stories about what life will be like when we do finally get there… but what often happens to us when we live this way? We step into unconsciousness.
We stop taking time to FEEL. I want to help us remember to be STILL with this.
In Brief:
The Facts: Much of the time in life, we allow ourselves to take situations VERY seriously. This will sometimes turn pain into suffering, or prolong the challenges we face for growth. It also stops us from truly finding peace in life.
Reflect On: Do you feel a constant sense of anxiety in your life? Underlying everything? Where do you notice you take life or situations too seriously? What do you do to begin connecting back to self, and taking life less seriously?
Various experiences and events have taken place in my life that have challenged some of my deepest ideals, belief systems and concepts that I felt were a part of me.
This has gone on and occurred in my entire 11 year journey of truly changing myself. Whether it had to do with the work I do, friends, the world, relationships or big decisions in life, many things were challenged. It has truly been an incredible ride.
We sometimes might think “when will all the change and ‘chaos’ end?” A good question indeed, but isn’t this what we are here for at this time? To truly look at ourselves, look at all that we hold onto and all that we define our reality with.
Literally everything! If you are feeling like you are the only one out there going through this stuff and feel like everything is backwards - that things are constantly being challenged, know that what you are experiencing is perfect, and we must remember to have fun with it!
Not Just A Human Experience
We are not here at this time to simply have ‘a human experience,’ we are here to evolve the human experience. It’s different!
Stop looking at the past to tell us what to do, how we should move forward, and what ‘the greats’ did in our past to figure things out.
We are not in that time, and the zeitgeist of our time now is not to simply exist but to be present and create a new future as we deeply evolve the way of life on this planet.
We hear a lot “but we’re human, just embrace that!” That’s all fine, but what does that mean? What is a human? How should we be?
Does being human mean accepting the world as it is? Are we capable of more? Can we redefine what it means to be human and what life should look like? Why do we give up so easily on dreaming big about these things?
I used to accept MANY limitations about myself and what I could do. But eventually, I was faced with the chance to let all that go, and reimagine what was possible.
Even when everyone told me I was crazy and I couldn’t do what I was trying to do, I used my connection to self and consciousness to create it.
Because I believed I was capable of more, and so is everyone else. This is how Collective Evolution, came to be.
Embracing Change
After experiencing the many deep questions and challenges I have thus far, overcoming them and moving forward, I have one very special thing that I have reminded myself about over and over and truly understand to a deep level.
We are here to play and evolve! None of what we are experiencing is as serious as we think!
The mind and ego can make things very real, very dramatic, very frightening. I know! But the highest aspect of who we are is always clear, always neutral, and always sharing with us exactly what we need to hear because IT IS US!
We are not the mind or the stories it creates that makes things so serious. They are there because that is our challenge.
So let’s remember, whether it’s life choices, relationships, friends, work, family, sports, or everyday events, know that it’s just an experience!
We can spend our whole lives always caught up in the drama and the intensity, saying “oh my gosh things are so tough, the world is so crazy, my life is upside down, and I’m so busy!” but where does this lead us? This is a question we must ask ourselves.
If we remain caught up in these perceptions, repetitive patterns of mind, we will continue to miss out on the entire journey we are on because we are lost and caught up in the mind.
We perpetuate our so called “suffering” when we make things serious and make them a big deal. When we can see it for what it is, we allow the emotions to subside, allow back in our full potential and know how to take action forward. This is called finding true peace.
I’m not talking about simply accepting things and saying “well get over it” or “that’s how it is, so deal with it.” No. I’m talking about truly seeing things for what they are.
Seeing why we color something in a particular way. Seeing the belief system behind why something is good or bad or right or wrong or even why it’s serious!
I promise you, behind every strong emotion, every serious situation, there is a belief system that makes it that way. One that is held in the mind and made real by the mind. But the mind is not YOU!
See the story! Let it go and just play! You will find much peace and joy in flowing through your experience in this way.
Here are a few horrific “catch-up” quotes. I’ll discuss the source afterwards:
"…appropriately prescribed prescription drugs are the fourth leading cause of death…About 330,000 patients die each year from prescription drugs in the US and Europe.
"They [the drugs] cause an epidemic of about 20 times more [6.6 million per year] hospitalizations, as well as falls, road accidents, and about 80 million [per year] medically minor problems such as pains, discomforts, and dysfunctions that hobble productivity or the ability to care for others."
"Deaths from over medication, errors, and self-medication would increase these figures.”
In other words, the 330,000 deaths per year, the 6.6 million hospitalizations per year, and the 80 million “medically minor” problems per year…all of this stems from CORRECTLY PRESCRIBED medicines.
The quotes come from the ASA [American Sociological Association] publication called Footnotes, in its November 2014 issue. The article is “The Epidemic of Sickness and Death from Prescription Drugs.” The author of the article is Donald W Light.
Donald W Light is a professor of medical and economic sociology.
He is a founding fellow of the Center for Bioethics at the University of Pennsylvania. In 2013, he was a fellow at the Edmond J. Safra Center for Ethics at Harvard. He is a Lokey Visiting Professor at Stanford University and a Fellow of the Royal Society of Medicine.
It’s been my policy to quote medical analysts who have mainstream credentials, when it comes to adding up the results of medical-drug destruction.
I do this to show that, in refusing to fix the holocaust, the federal government, medical schools, and pharmaceutical companies can’t claim their critics and detractors are “fringe researcherss.".”
Believe me, the officials who should have been fixing the enormous tragedy for at least the past 15 years are intent on hiding it.
When you stop and think about the meaning of these medical numbers, one of the things you realize is: this massive destruction of life envelops whole countries.
It not only maims and kills, it brings emotional turmoil and loss to the families, friends, co-workers, and colleagues of those who are killed and maimed:
The 330,000 who are killed and the 6.6 million who are hospitalized and the 80 million whose productivity is hobbled or whose ability to care for others is significantly diminished.
If you consciously set out to bring a nation to its knees, to kill it, to disable it, to make it unable to function at any reasonable level, you would be hard pressed to find a more effective long-term method than exposing the population to the US/European medical-drug cartel.
Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld January 7 2020 | From: Priscilla Rawiri-Steele
Pyramids and megalithic monuments are everywhere in New Zealand, so often eroded or utterly huge they may, and have been explained away as natural rock formations, so people tend to fail to see them.
‘Little Pyramid’ Okia, Victory Beach, Otago Peninsula New Zealand
It is only in old photos like the one below of the Gorge du Fier in France, it is possible to see the men are looking down upon an enormous face of a pagan deity which has subsequently been carefully smoothed, as has protractedly occurred in New Zealand.
It is only in old photos like this one of the Gorge du Fier in France, it is possible to see the men are looking down upon an enormous face of a pagan deity which has subsequently been carefully smoothed, as has protractedly occurred in New Zealand.
Gorge du Fier at d'Annecy France – the yellow box contains the face that the men are looking down upon; sourced from an old post card in my personal collection
Little pyramid at Okia, Victory Beach Otago, in the South Island of New Zealand has long since been vandalized. Next to it is a half-buried sphinx; its face has been cut away. Why intentionally hide an ancient civilization by disguise / disfigurement / damnatio memoriae and then present the wreck of it to future generations as mysterious: Cui Bono?
Low tide reveals an ancient wall at Achilles Point Ladies Bay / St. Heliers, Auckland, NZ. This is clearly a construction - not a natural formation
Wall at Machu Picchu, Peru. The construction technique is an example of the dimensional knockover technique as decribed by David Wilcock in his research / writings
Elephant Megalith Heimaey Island south Iceland
Cape Brett, New Zealand carving of an African Elephant
Cape Brett, where the tourist ships pass through was long ago carved into the shape of a massive African Elephant. Like these massive carvings, black basalt columns with hexagonal / pentagonal tops were carefully explained away as natural rock carvings as early as 1772, by Sir Joseph Banks.
Having noticed them in New Zealand upon the Otago Peninsular, Banks hurried to Staffa Island to compare the black basalt columns there with the The Giants’ Causeway in Ireland, and to obscure their true nature and meaning by explaining them away as miraculous and natural rock formations (The Extreme Earth, Caves by Jeanne K. Hanson, and Geoffrey H. Nash p. 70 Staffa Island).
Canto XLi Ludovico Ariosto’s Orlando Furioso as translated by (Hieronymus)Jiminez de Urrea
Why would Sir Joseph Banks do such a thing? Honey bees make hexagonal cells in their hives, and the honey bee is the emblem of Minoans. Ubiquitous hexagon causeways, and pillar designs are an important key to understanding that, like a honey thief pillaging the hive for honey, the gold and riches stored in the castles / temples / pyramids of Minoans had been violently and protractedly extracted.
Ancient wall at Owairaka, New Zealand
At Don Heads Coles beach Devonport Tasmania are the same worn hexagonal / pentagonal rocks, and by 1802-4 the Tasmanian Aboriginal had been eradicated from the face of the Earth.
Was Banks covering up archaeological monumental clues? Was Banks complimenting with his dismissal of man-made edifices and megaliths, the damnatio memoriae practiced by academics over the last four centuries so that today, Hyperborea mentioned in my modern edition of Orlando Furioso, is referred to by just one short line stating that Hyperborea is a land that lies “in the extreme north”?
Lion Rock, Piha, West coast, Auckland,m New Zealand.
It is hard to escape the question: what would drive academics to so deface an original work so they might change the location of a whole country / domain spanning at least three continents, from south to north?
Photo below, imputed to portray Machu Picchu as it was found by the son of a Protestant missionary, Hiram Bingham. Under sphinx (with ancient ghostly outline of face cut away and lying crumped on left paw?
The same sawing marks are on this sphinx head, as on the cut away head at one of the two sphinx at Piha pictured above, on Auckland’s west coast) 1912. Overleaf are two photos of Paritutu, or what is called today Sugar Loaf at New Plymouth. Despite all the foliage and erosion, the sphinx face and flaring Egyptian crown is evident to the naked eye. In the water, paws may yet be discerned.
Machu Picchu, 1912
Why pyramids and Megaliths in New Zealand? Due to the towering stature of remains found, Flinders Petrie hypothesized that the first dynasty of Egypt came from Pa Swenet (Pwenet, Punt).
After the Reformation, those once clandestinely Humanist, but subsequent to and during the Reformation, openly Protestant countries, undoubtedly took what became known as the Flemish and or German Giant Rabbit, off the abodes they destroyed, at what is today called Auckland. I believe our rabbit of Pa Swenet (Pwenet or Punt) went on to carry his time piece, and run in haste before Alice in Dis.
Paritutu New Plymouth, New Zealand
Fairly central to The Triumph of Death, did Bruegel the Elder depict next to our beloved honey bee depicted as flying fecal matter, our beautifully preserved and treasured vases being lowered from our castles?
Today these ancient masterpieces are held in great Museums of the world such as The Getty and are given pertinent or profound attributions such as The Underworld Painter and too, bogus attributions like The Baltimore Painter.
Paritutu New Plymouth, New Zealand
In the late 18th century, the light bulb was also stolen from the Pa at what is today called Auckland, a place which The Royal (Naval) Society explorative scientists vouched was the receptacle of all the treasures and secrets of The Herculaneum (as mentioned in the Third Edition of my second book citing The Enlightenment and Why it Still Matters by Anthony Pagden).
Bruegel The Elder The Triumph of Death
Terrain for comparison with Bruegel’s The Triumph of Death from a View of Auckland from Mount Eden circa 1910 as sourced from a Post card marked Tourist Series B026 Printed in Great Britain. The zigzag of dark greenery follows the old canal
This almost two and a half thousand year old Red Figure Vase is attributed to The Underworld Painter, so does it form part of loot taken from Te Totara (said by the Ancient Greeks Tartaros – The Underworld)?
Francesco del Cossa (1430 – 1477) The Triumph of Venus painting held in Palazzo Schifanoia, Ferrara
The rubbing out of archaeological sites was carried out and recorded over centuries. At the beginning of the 20th Century, Ōwairaka Pa (later called Mount Albert) was forcibly taken down by half its mass. In the photo below, the quarry pictured is noticeably on the same proportions as Bruegel’s Tower of Babel.
Pieter Bruegel the Elder 1525 – 1569 Painting called The Tower of Babel
The beautiful Auaunga (Au as it is today, is short for Latin Aurum or gold) stream canal has been covered. (“….Quarrying stopped suddenly in 1928. The height of the mountain was reduced from 148 metres to 135 metres and most of the Maori terraces were destroyed. Today, less than half the original land mass remains.
Men posing on a ‘quarry’ at Auckland ca. 1900. Photograph originally sourced from Auckland War Memorial Museum
The ballast pit was levelled off to make the archery field and in 1961, the inside surfaces of the cone were smoothed off further removing archeological traces”. As sourced from ‘Destruction of the Mountain’ at Ōwairaka Mount Albert Heritage Walks, Neighbourhood Walks at Aucklandcouncil.gov.nz).
A rock climber at the base of the citadel Mount Eden 1967
Did the Hyperboreans survive the last Ice Age, and are those ghostly straight lines really the outline of pyramids hiding there under snow and ice in Antarctica?
Are there undiscovered pyramids in New Zealand filled with untold treasure? If these matters which stir every adventurer’s heart would be answered by the truth coming out about the fate of the Hyperboreans, it is also pertinent to ask; what is the long term social and political and moral legacy of covering up the truth about what happened to the Minoans of Hyperborea?
Philomel passing before Pyramid Coromandel 1946
Here, the twins with the Minoan flower central to the Phaistos disc are beautifully painted in Augustus Earle’s observation about the fate of the founders of the First Dynasty of Egypt. Are future generations of academics really going to allow the raft of lies and manipulation of truth to continue, and ultimately, at what cost to Humanity?
Megalithomania 2008: Hamish Miller - The Stone People of New Zealand
Published on Jun 26, 2012 The 2016 Megalithomania Conference is on 7th-8th May in Glastonbury, UK, with a top line-up of ancient mysteries authors and researchers including Julian Richards, Brien Foerster, Hugh Newman and more. Details here: megalithomania.co.uk.
Filmed at the Megalithomania Conference, Glastonbury, 17th - 18th May 2008. (Also available on a high-quality DVD from megalithomania.co.uk. An account of the extraordinary manifestations of the energy of the earth at sacred places in New Zealand, looking at many ancient pre-Maori megalithic sites.
Hamish co-authored 'In Search of the Southern Serpent' with Barry Brailsford about the pre-historic sites and earth energies of New Zealand and updates us on his research at Megalithomania. He discussed the cathartic communication through the Stone People which led to the creation of his new project, the Parallel Community 9includes 6 minute preview of the new DVD).
Hamish Miller is a dowser, metal sculptor and author. He read engineering at Edinburgh and through his books, talks and workshops his work on earth energies has earned him an international reputation. Book titles include The Sun and the Serpent, It's Not Too Late,
The Dance of the Dragon, The Definitive Wee Book on Dowsing, and In Search of the Southern Serpent (published in May 2006).
A new DVD, Hamish on The Parallel Community was released in November 2007 and is now available. Hamish has lectured widely in Britain, America, Australia, South Africa and New Zealand and has appeared in television programmes in Britain, Sweden, Holland, America, Australia and South Africa.
Currently working with the rapidly expanding Parallel Community (inspired by his cathartic 'meeting' with the ancestors in New Zealand), Hamish lives with his wife Ba, physiotherapist, dowser and researcher, on twelve acres of rough bracken, gorse and granite where they spend their spare time planting trees and trying to stop rabbits from eating them. Related:Russian Scientists Build And Study Pyramids: What They Found Could Change The World
Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making Holograms Of Single Light Particles January 6 2020 | From: Youtube / Phys
Until quite recently, creating a hologram of a single photon was believed to be impossible due to fundamental laws of physics. However, scientists at the Faculty of Physics, University of Warsaw, have successfully applied concepts of classical holography to the world of quantum phenomena.
A new measurement technique has enabled them to register the first-ever hologram of a single light particle, thereby shedding new light on the foundations of quantum mechanics.
Scientists at the Faculty of Physics, University of Warsaw, have created the first ever hologram of a single light particle. The spectacular experiment was reported in the prestigious journal Nature Photonics.The successful registering of the hologram of a single photon heralds a new era of quantum holography, which offers a whole new perspective on quantum phenomena.
"We performed a relatively simple experiment to measure and view something incredibly difficult to observe: the shape of wavefronts of a single photon," says Dr. Radoslaw Chrapkiewicz.
In standard photography, individual points of an image register light intensity only. In classical holography, the interference phenomenon also registers the phase of the light waves - it is the phase that carries information about the depth of the image. When a hologram is created, a well-described, undisturbed light wave - the reference wave - is superimposed on another wave of the same wavelength but reflected from a three-dimensional object.
The peaks and troughs of the two waves are shifted to varying degrees at different points of the image. This results in interference and the phase differences between the two waves create a complex pattern of lines. Such a hologram is then illuminated with a beam of reference light to recreate the spatial structure of wavefronts of the light reflected from the object, and as such, its 3D shape.
The First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen
One might think that a similar mechanism would be observed when the number of photons creating the two waves were reduced to a minimum - that is, to a single reference photon and a single photon reflected by the object. But that is not the case.
The phase of individual photons continues to fluctuate, which makes classical interference with other photons impossible. Since the Warsaw physicists faced a seemingly impossible task, they attempted to tackle the issue differently: Rather than using classical interference of electromagnetic waves, they tried to register quantum interference in which the wave functions of photons interact.
Hologram of a single photon: reconstructed from raw measurements (left) and theoretically predicted (right)
Wave function is a fundamental concept in quantum mechanics and the core of its most important principles, the Schrödinger equation. In the hands of a skilled physicist, the function could be compared to putty in the hands of a sculptor. When expertly shaped, it can be used to 'mould' a model of a quantum particle system.
Physicists are always trying to learn about the wave function of a particle in a given system, since the square of its modulus represents the distribution of the probability of finding the particle in a particular state, which is highly useful.
"All this may sound rather complicated, but in practice, our experiment is simple at its core. Instead of looking at changing light intensity, we look at the changing probability of registering pairs of photons after the quantum interference," explains doctoral student Jachura.
Why pairs of photons? A year ago, Chrapkiewicz and Jachura used an innovative camera built at the University of Warsaw to film the behaviour of pairs of distinguishable and non-distinguishable photons entering a beam splitter. When the photons are distinguishable, their behaviour at the beam splitter is random - one or both photons can be transmitted or reflected.
Non-distinguishable photons exhibit quantum interference, which alters their behaviour. They join into pairs and are always transmitted or reflected together. This is known as two-photon interference or the Hong-Ou-Mandel effect.
"Following this experiment, we were inspired to ask whether two-photon quantum interference could be used similarly to classical interference in holography in order to use known-state photons to gain further information about unknown-state photons. Our analysis led us to a surprising conclusion: it turned out that when two photons exhibit quantum interference, the course of this interference depends on the shape of their wavefronts," says Dr. Chrapkiewicz.
It seems now faitrly obvious that the "Maltese Cross" used by the likes of The Knights Templar was due to occult (secret) knowledge of this information
Quantum interference can be observed by registering pairs of photons. The experiment needs to be repeated several times, always with two photons with identical properties. To meet these conditions, each experiment started with a pair of photons with flat wavefronts and perpendicular polarisations; this means that the electrical field of each photon vibrated in a single plane only, and these planes were perpendicular for the two photons.
The different polarisation made it possible to separate the photons in a crystal and make one of them 'unknown' by curving their wavefronts using a cylindrical lens.
Once the photons were reflected by mirrors, they were directed toward the beam splitter (a calcite crystal). The splitter didn't change the direction of vertically-polarised photons, but it did diverge diplace horizontally polarised photons. In order to make each direction equally probable and to make sure the crystal acted as a beam splitter, the planes of photon polarisation were bent by 45 degrees before the photons entered the splitter.
The photons were registered using the state-of-the-art camera designed for the previous experiments. By repeating the measurements several times, the researchers obtained an interference image corresponding to the hologram of the unknown photon viewed from a single point in space. The image was used to fully reconstruct the amplitude and phase of the wave function of the unknown photon.
Dr. Radoslaw Chrapkiewicz (right) and doctoral student Michal Jachura at the apparatus for registration of holograms of single photons at the Faculty of Physics, University of Warsaw. Credit: FUW, Grzegorz Krzy?ewski
The experiment conducted by the Warsaw physicists is a major step toward improving understanding of the fundamental principles of quantum mechanics. Until now, there has not been a simple experimental method of gaining information about the phase of a photon's wave function.
Although quantum mechanics has many applications, and it has been verified many times with a great degree of accuracy over the last century, we are still unable to explain the nature of wave functions - are they simply a handy mathematical tool, or are they something real?
"Our experiment is one of the first allowing us to directly observe one of the fundamental parameters of photon's wave function - its phase - bringing us a step closer to understanding what the wave function really is," explains researcher Michal Jachura.
The Warsaw physicists used quantum holography to reconstruct wave function of an individual photon. Researchers hope that in the future, they will be able to use a similar method to recreate wave functions of more complex quantum objects, such as certain atoms. Will quantum holography find applications beyond the lab to a similar extent as classical holography?
Such existing practical applications include security (holograms are difficult to counterfeit), entertainment, transport (in scanners measuring the dimensions of cargo), microscopic imaging and optical data storing and processing technologies.
"It's difficult to answer this question today. All of us - I mean physicists - must first get our heads around this new tool. It's likely that real applications of quantum holography won't appear for a few decades yet, but if there's one thing we can be sure of it's that they will be surprising," summarises Prof. Konrad Banaszek.
Propaganda Is The Art Of Overwhelming Logic January 5 2020 | From: JonRappoport
One type of mind control involves defeating logic as a method of thinking.
Modern formulations of basic logic begin with the statement: You can’t have A and not-A. Which is a way of saying contradictions are unacceptable.
But if the vaccinated person is protected and immune, then coming into contact with an unvaccinated person will bring no danger.
Therefore, the notion that vaccinated people are A) protected but not - A) in danger is absurd, a contradiction.
The easiest way to defeat logic is through deficient education. Never teach logic. Ignore it. Instead, teach specific values. Teach anything except logic. Don’t teach children how to spot contradictions.
Here is another example of non-logic: A ballot initiative passed by the voters of Maui County is illegal, because it set up a new law regarding commercial agriculture, when in fact commercial agriculture is regulated by state and federal laws, which trump county laws.
There are several ways of attacking this proposition, but the most basic way is:
Science doesn’t operate according to what officially favored scientists claim. It doesn’t operate according to consensus at all.
It operates according to what is true and valid - and the best way to ascertain that is through the broadest possible analysis accomplished by a wide variety of independent researchers, who attempt to replicate prior experimental results.
Even then, there is always room for reasoned dissent.
For instance: what are the full tacit implications of the statement found at the end of every television drug ad - “ask your doctor if X is right for you.”
For instance (at a more sophisticated level): when the press reports a new outbreak of disease, claiming it is caused by a particular virus…how was that assertion determined?
On what grounds do scientists say they have found the virus that causes the disease?
I ran headlong into that one while writing my first book, AIDS Inc.: Scandal of the Century, and the further I investigated HIV as “the cause of AIDS,” the more I was stunned by the lack of logic present in the argument.
Logic is a sword.
Learning its many uses, while still young, creates formidable students and citizens.
2020: What Is Needed Is Overpowering Uncontrollable Mass Awakening: The Year Of The Light When Truth Will Prevail January 4 2020 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various
Mainstream Media Indoctrination - Your freedom begins with your consciousness.
The Mainstream media may be more widespread because they are better funded but while they have the power of money, we the people have the power of many.
And we have the facts on our side. We need to unite in our fight against the cabal’s disinformation apparatus, there are many ways in which everyone can help.
The general public at large doesn’t realise it; but executives and top journalists of almost all major media outlets are members of influential Councils and Secret Societies, shaping our fake world.
But, the truth is coming out in front for all of us to hear and see. Unless people ignore the obvious, as many have been doing for too long.
Be ready, the foundation of society will be shaken, even if people look the other way, because everyone is going to face the new reality.
All over the planet is no more room for lies and deception, or running away from the truth. Humanity is soon to learn the irrelevance and stupidity of the current financial system that has enslaved everyone since the Anunnaki arrived on Earth. In the new year oflight 2020, fear doesn’t exist any longer.
The master manipulators, are the corporate kings of the modern world. They have learned the secret that every ruler since the dawn of civilisation has known:
Whoever controls the narratives is believed by a society, and in control of that society.
And that is exactly what President Trump and the Patriots are doing.
The media, is to government and their control system very important. It is with their ownership of the financial system their most valuable tool. They can push away any thoughts or arguments that do not serve their agenda.
That is what mass media news is all about. All innocent, honest positive news can be brushed aside – The Trump Team has said from the beginning that the Deep State Media will be the last to fall.
People are now witnessing the downfall of the mainstream media happening in real time.
That is in a nutshell the essence for our mutual fight against disinformation, and there are many ways everyone can help. A first step is to sharing this article and many previous ones, with all your friends and family, to get them waking up, and start realising what’s going on.
The Deep State Media didn’t just happen one day. It dates back to hundreds of years ago. Media has always been a part of the cabal tactics. Be aware that government Intelligence took control of the media as early as 1948 and probably even earlier.
Try to appreciate the importance what media means to government and the control system, then push away any thoughts of the unrealistic argument that mass media news is all somehow coincidental and innocent honest news.
If you really believe this, then you are in deep trouble and need to get help upon waking up.
The Protocols of Zion are the Blueprint for the Deep State’s One World Government-control-operation, that testifies;
"In our official statements, we will deceptively use an opposite view, and always do our best to appear noble and cooperative.
The words of a statesman do not have to correspond to his actions.”
The Protocols further explain that the goal of world domination will be achieved by controlling the thinking of the public by monitoring what it hears and by creating new conflicts or restoring old relationships through hunger, poverty, and the spreading of pests and diseases, seducing and diverting the attention of the youth.
“With the help of these methods and more, we will weaken the countries so that they are forced to offer us control over the world”; at least this is their way of thinking; their goal.
The role of the press serves selfish goals; often mindless; unjust and lying. The majority of the public have no idea of the fact on whose side the press is. We have to keep the press firmly under control. No message may reach the public without our authorisation. (Protocol 12).
Control the narratives over economics and commerce and you control economics and commerce.
Control the narratives about politics and government and you control politics and government. This control mechanism is used by the controllers to funnel power and money to the Elite, in this way effectively turning society into one giant energy farm for the elite class.
The real message of George Orwell’s1984 book ‘Big Brother is watching you’, published in 1948; is that once governments are allowed to get too firm a grip on the reins of power – including justice, law enforcement, military, and media – they are not just frightening corruptible but super-hardened to any real change.
It is important to understand the belief; that ‘political power corrupts the morals and the judgment’.
Across Europe is seen how greed and corruption are destroying the fabric of society. Whether it is political, financial or the corporate sector, it’s even in the match fixing in European football.
The privileged elite of the Deep State have been pillaging the wealth of nations for far too long. Politicians, bankers and corporate bosses have lost all credibility and trust, they are now so rotten there has to be a total change of people and system.
All the money that illegally has been taken by bankers and politicians should be returned to the populace; their fiscal shield of amnesty should be abolished. Politicians and bankers convicted of fraud or illegal activities must face prison sentences.
If you wish to live in a world that is “sophisticated” enough to be a ‘world government’ run by an intellectual elite of Globalists and bankers, then by all means, continue to read the Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine, Newsweek, and follow the mainstream media in general to get all your information.
If, however, the idea of a select coterie of a global intellectual-financial elite running the world does not sound like the ideal society for humanity’s future, we must continue to shine the lights of publicity on the actions of powerful individuals and institutions, bringing a critical eye to their ideologies and actions. The aim is plain: battle the tide of misinformation and disclose the ‘New World Order.’
Today’s structure of the world can hardly be described as liberal or democratic nor open or buoyant in fact the system has turned into fascism. Institutions have been corrupted by unsound money, an intrusive State, and a myriad of bad private decisions made by people and corporations under the influence of too much credit.
So are, innovation and adaptation stifled by commitments to subsidies and unnecessary debts incurred by corrupt governments, media outlets, politicians and lethargic voters.
What is Needed is Overpowering Uncontrollable Mass Awakening
It may take some time and practice to hone your skills in separating discernible facts from public information that may actually be utter fiction – but the payoff in adopting this attitude can be rewarding.
In addition to saving yourself time and worries by mostly ignoring public information, learning to discern the difference between the two can lead to better decision making, in your everyday life and conclusions.
Going back to the observable, it is known from history what happens when a king or officialdom adopts a policy of energetic currency debasement: the currency units being debased invariably become worth less and lesser until these are worthless.
There is no example in history where debasing a currency didn’t drive the purchasing power down over time.
If you take the time to step back and analyse the information you receive in this expose and parse it into that which you know to be true based on your own observations, as opposed to what is popularly accepted as true, simply because it was printed in a news journal or said in a broadcast, your attitude about many things may change.
Our overwhelming uncontrollable mass awakening is what the world’s ruling elite fear the most. Since we greatly outnumber them and their cohorts they wouldn’t know how to deal with us, even with their advanced technology. So the real question is how do we become conscious?
In fact, there are only two kinds of people on earth and not more. Those who want to control and oppress and those who want to be left alone and be free. Life really is that simple.
Once we see the simplicity of it all, you can be sure that we will begin to taste ‘true freedom’; mental freedom, which is akin to spiritual freedom which is where true freedom actually begins.
The controllers know that their armoury is a lot more fragile, weaker and more vulnerable than what they have led us to believe. They have simply created a fake reality for us to live in, built on air and false words.
Your Freedom Begins With Your Consciousness
Remember, the foundation of physical freedom is the freedom we tend to think of as the only kind of freedom. On the contrary, before you can truly be free, you must be mentally and spiritually free. Are you taking steps toward the latter? Or are you vulnerable to enslavement with each waking day?
Just, become conscious by choosing it. By acting on those synchronicities – meaningful coincidences: Acting on that which calls, moves and inspires us; Acting on and taking action through listening to your inner voice coming from your inner being; paying attention to those gut feelings and basic instincts.
Consciousness means coming from the heart, getting in touch with and going into a state of intuitive knowing. Hence, as a contrast to accessing the internet, consciousness allows us to access our ‘inner net.’
Choosing to become conscious means detaching one’s self from the mind control programming; escaping the effects of the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual prison caused by the oppression.
Having broken free from the mind programming and the imposition of others, with multidimensional consciousness, escaping the dualistic confinements of matter, energy and space-time, then anything becomes achievable.
Is Social Media The New Tobacco? January 3 2020 | From: Zerohedge / Various
If we set out to design a highly addictive platform that optimized the most toxic, destructive aspects of human nature, we'd eventually come up with social media.
Social problems arise when initially harmless addictions explode in popularity, and economic problems arise when the long-term costs of the addictions start adding up.
Political problems arise when the addictions are so immensely profitable that the companies skimming the profits can buy political influence to protect their toxic products from scrutiny and regulation.
That describes both the tobacco industry before its political protection was stripped away and social media today, as the social media giants hasten to buy political influence to protect their immensely profitable monopolies from scrutiny and regulation.
It's difficult to measure the full costs of addictions because our system focuses on price discovery at the point of purchase, meaning that absent any regulatory measuring of long-term consequences, the cost of a pack of cigarettes is based not on the long-term costs but solely on the cost of producing and packaging the tobacco into cigarettes, and the enterprise side: marketing, overhead and profit.
(I address the consequences of what we don't measure in my latest book, Will You Be Richer or Poorer?)
To take tobacco as an example, the full costs of smoking two packs of cigarettes a day for 20 years is not limited to the cost of the cigarettes: 365 days/year X 20 years X 2 packs (14,600) X cost per pack ($5 each) $73,000.
The full costs might total over $1 million in treatments for lung cancer and heart disease, and the reduction in life span and productivity of the smoker. (The emotional losses of those who lose a loved one to a painful early death is difficult to assign an economic value but it is very real.)
If the full costs of the nicotine addiction were included at the point of purchase, each pack of cigarettes would cost about $70 ($1,000,000 / 14,600). Very few people could afford a habit that costs $140 per day ($51,000 per year).
What are the full costs of the current addiction to social media? These costs are even more difficult to measure than the consequences of widespread addiction to nicotine, but they exist regardless of our unwillingness or inability to measure the costs.
Consider the devastating consequences of social media on teen suicides. Here is one such story: Tragedy.
Then there's all the lost productivity as social media addicts check their phones 150+ times a day, interrupting not just work or school but intimacy, up to and including sex.
The psychological attraction of smoking is the core of tobacco marketing, of course; no tobacco company sells cigarettes on the benefits of nicotine addiction. The pitch is that smoking cigarettes is glamorous and attractive because it's "adult" and forbidden.
Anything that has the double allure of the forbidden and the glamorous is extremely compelling to social animals such as humans, who seek to "stand out" via glamour and risk-taking to heighten our social status, which plays such a life-changing role in the selection of mates and our position in the pecking-order hierarchy.
Social media shares certain aspects of these dynamics. While it's not exactly glamorous, social media enables otherwise average individuals the golden opportunity to "stand out" and raise their social status by attracting more "likes" and positive feedback than other consumers of social media.
In effect, social media offers an extremely compelling megaphone to individuals whose social status in the real world is modest (due to the "long-tail" distribution of opportunities to become socially prominent or wealthy, which are increasingly concentrated in the very tip-top of the social hierarchy) to increase their social status in the digital realm via social media.
Compare the ease of social media to the traditional paths to social prominence: building a business or career to attain wealth, community service via leadership roles in organizations, gaining high visibility in conventional media via extraordinary good looks, athletic or artistic talent, etc.
Each of these is an extremely demanding path, one that few people attain, and hence the relatively few at the top of the heap.
As my friend GFB once remarked, in the real world you have to actually earn the money to buy the Mercedes to show off to your friends, but in social media, you only need to post photos of yourself in a Mercedes in a well-chosen setting, and then relentlessly promote yourself on social media platforms.
In other words, social media holds out the promise that an average person can become larger than they are in real life with relatively modest tools (an Internet connection and a camera).
This is reinforced when we look at many of the individuals who have built huge social media audiences and find that they're not any better looking or more talented than the rest of us.
This promise of attaining higher social status without having to work incredibly hard at difficult accomplishments is very compelling.
With the rise of social media influencers as key marketing assets, the most successful social media mavens can earn extraordinary incomes by selling products to their social media audience.
Alas, the long-tail distribution of real-world social status (the few at the top garner the vast majority of the wealth and status) also applies to social media, where a relative few gain audiences in the millions and the vast majority of participants must make do with a relative handful of followers and "likes."
This leaves the majority of users extremely vulnerable to slight changes in their social media visibility and status; someone with 15 followers is devastated by the loss of 5 followers, where the individual with 6 million followers would have to lose 2 million followers to suffer the same erosion.
Toxic critics have limited opportunities in the real world. The person driving by in the Mercedes or addressing a community organization won't even hear the snarky comments of the envious in the audience.
But social media gives pride of place to the most toxic critics, providing a global platform for anyone who wants to tear someone else down.
If we set out to design a highly addictive platform that optimized the most toxic, destructive aspects of human nature, we'd eventually come up with social media.
It's not clear that there is any way to regulate social media to quantify or reduce its addictiveness or toxicity, and so the only solution appears to be cold-turkey: Don't get addicted in the first place, and if you are addicted, then abandon social media entirely (cold-turkey).
Thirty One Life Lessons I’ve Learned In 31 Years + Twenty Harsh Truths To Help You Get Your Shit Together January 2 2020 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / EducateInspireChange
Life is, in a sense, like school. Each and every day we are learning from our experiences, and the lessons we acquire allow us to move from one stage of life to the next.
But not all of us are good students. Some people learn fast, and thus can quickly grow in understanding and evolve into higher states of consciousness. Others are slow learners, finding it extremely difficult to pass life's tests, and as a result have to repeat them again and again.
Today I turn 31 years old, so I chose to spend some time reflecting on the most important lessons I've learned in my life so far. If you're wondering what those are, I wrote them down so that you can have the chance to read them and benefit from them as much as I did.
It feels weird to think that 31 years ago I was born in this world. A couple of decades ago, I remember that my thirties seemed incredibly far in the future. But before I realized it, here I am, over 30 and heading toward 40.
So far my life’s journey has been an incredible ride. I’ve gone through tons of ups and downs, both of which have taught me important lessons that allowed me to better understand myself and the world, as well as to build my life the way I want.
In this post I’d like to share with you some of the greatest life lessons I’ve learned during the course of my life, in hopes that you will find them as helpful as I did. Without further ado, here they are:
1. This Moment is all There is
The past is gone and the future is not here yet.
The present moment is everything you have, so be sure to immerse yourself in it.
2. I Don’t Know Everything, and That’s Totally Fine
To learn, you need to admit that you don’t know it all. In fact, not everything can be known, and that’s part of the beauty of life, which is an ongoing learning journey.
3. Pain Isn’t Your Enemy
It’s just a messenger trying to show you that there’s something amiss. So instead of hiding from your pain or suppressing it, face it and pay attention to what it has to show you, so that you can understand why it’s there and how to get rid of it.
Here are a few examples: A deep breath of fresh air, a walk in nature, a conversation with a good friend, and a look into the eye of a beloved partner. Cherish them before someone puts a price tag on them too.
5. Money Isn’t Just Neutral Energy
As it exists today, money is creating artificial scarcity, which results in competition, inequality, poverty, greed, and violence (among other things). Therefore, money is quite a negative force in our world.
Three times a day you can choose peace over violence - that is, with each meal you eat. Is your food cruelty-free or does it involve unnecessary suffering and death?
7. Sitting is Killing You
Walk, run, dance, stretch. Move your body throughout the day.
8. Don’t Trust the Mainstream Media
Most big media companies are owned by people whose main intention is to emotionally manipulate you in order to keep you hypnotized, sell you lies and empty your pockets.
Speak out your mind, express your feelings and let people see who you truly are. Being true to yourself and others is the only way to build genuine relationships and live an authentic life.
10. You Can’t Change Anyone
But your actions can inspire many to change.
11. Mistakes are Part of Learning
Don’t fear making mistakes, for they have important things to teach you. But make sure you don’t repeat them.
12. Failures are Stepping Stones to Success
Each failure leads you one step closer to success, so don’t shy away from it. Try, fail, and then try again for as long as it takes to achieve your goals.
13. Simplicity is the Key to Living Well
To live simply means to let go of what is unimportant and focus on what truly matters to your happiness and well-being.
Casting a vote once every few years alone doesn’t give people much freedom in collective decision-making. Especially if you consider that what they vote for is nothing but power-hungry politicians who are lying to them in order to serve their vested interests.
You must have heard this countless times. But it’s totally true - some books have the power to turn your life upside down, in a tremendously positive way. Just make sure to carefully pick which books to read, otherwise they can be a waste of your time. Click here for a list of books I highly recommend.
18. Use Your Words Wisely
Words can hurt or heal, so always be mindful of how you speak.
To economize means to carefully manage resources and to avoid unnecessary expenditure or waste. Our economy, however, is fundamentally based on consumption - that is, on the mindless and constant extraction of natural resources and production of waste.
Make each moment count, start today to work on something you love. We only have 960 months to live (and that’s if we get to 80). We talk about “one day” but why wait?
2. The People Around You Don’t Live Forever
Kiss the one you love every chance you get. Tell all of the people who mean something to you now whilst you can.
3. What Other People Think is None of Your Business
Everyone is entitled to their own opinion but it doesn’t mean their perception is right, other peoples opinions don’t define you.
Realise happiness starts where you are right now. Looking away and waiting for it separates you from now and wastes time. Live in this moment now, make each moment count.
5. You Can’t Make Everyone Happy
That’s their responsibility, not yours.
6. Accept Your Flaws
Embrace who you are, imperfection is uniqueness.
7. Use Your Feeling to Guide You
You attract what you feel, pay attention to how you feel and use it to guide you to what you want.
You know who will give you everything? Yourself. Don’t wait around for people, take responsibility and take power of your own life.
9. Worrying is a Waste of Time
Worrying is a waste of imagination, 99% of the stuff you worry about doesn’t happen and won’t matter even in 5 years. Remember your time is limited, use your imagination to picture the things you want instead.
10. Express Your Talents
Imagine lying in the bed in hospital, being on the death bed, and standing around you are the ideas, the dreams, the talents that have been given to you by the universe, the talents that you didn’t develop the skills that you never did anything with, standing around you looking at you with large angry eyes saying “We came to you! Only you could have given us life, now we have to die with you forever.” What idea do you have right now that you could be acting on?
Life is hard for everyone and everyone is dealing with their own battles, there is always someone worse off than you. If you don’t like something, change it.
13. Share What You Know
Your knowledge could change someone’s life, no one can take away what is yours, sharing and helping other people will come back to you.
14. Invest in Yourself
Knowledge is power, become obsessed with learning and improving yourself, it will change your life.
So many people quit when they are so close, if everything was easy, everyone would do it, usually when you are right at that very point of winning, life will test you. Embrace the challenges.
16. Express Yourself
People may not know how you feel. You only live once, relationships are important.
17. Always Look at the Bigger Picture
Get curious, learn, ask questions. There is more to everything.
18. No One Can Hurt You Without Your Mental Consent
It’s your choice whether you let something hurt you or not.
19. The Universe Loves Action
When you get inspired by an idea or get an impulse to do it, act upon it. The universe likes speed, don’t doubt or second guess, all you have to do is act when it comes.
20. Time is Everything
Learn to manage time, it’s the only thing you can’t get back.
It is now common knowledge that whoever controls the media effectively controls the world.
Those who do control the entire planetary realm are only able to do so because they have controlled the mainstream media for as long as it has been in existence.
This ironclad control has enabled the World Shadow Government to exert power over the flow of information throughout every sphere of life for centuries.
In fact, it is the Fourth Estate that holds the true power over the other three. Only by the power of the press is the WSG able to keep the governments and corporations of the world in check.
A New Era Dawns
Since the advent of the Internet in 1995, the Fifth Estate has been growing by the day. It has taken over 20+ years for it to finally come into its own.
The campaign season of this election cycle has been the most dynamic and electrifying, surprising and captivating in American history. No one has ever seen anything like it. Because the world still at that time found itself steeped in the depths of the Great Recession, there were millions of young adults out of work.
Many of them lived at home with mom and dad and with very few possessions except a smartphone or a tablet, a laptop or a desktop.
It is in this environment that the citizen journalist has been born. They are by and large unemployed, bored and angry that the American Dream has eluded them. Some of them believe that the dream has become an “American nightmare” and want to know why.
As they seek answers to this inquiry, they are stumbling upon long-hidden truths that have made them deeply distrust the mainstream media (MSM)…with a vengeance.
"The MSM is comprised not only of all print, video and audio forms of mediabut also book publishing, movie production, music production, TV programming, social networks among others."
So here’s the current context: While the banksters bankrupted the USA in order to swell the ranks of the jobless and unemployed, especially among the youth who they intended to fight their unlawful and unprovoked wars of aggression around the world, something unexpected happened.
The banksters unwittingly created an army of writers and bloggers, e-book authors and essayists, Facebook posters and Twitter tweeters, YouTube video producers and Instagram photojournalists.
What else was there to post about that year but the exceedingly dramatic 2016 presidential election, as well as the coming Second American Revolution. No matter what side of the fence these folks are on, they are busier than if they had a 9 to 5 with the local corporation.
And they’re loving every minute of it because they are learning how the world really works. And, why they really had no job… or even a prospect of a job.
The Rise of the Citizen Journalist
The Internet is the place where many will find their future job. Not the one working for a Fortune 500 corporation; rather, a real job that will assist with the transformation of post-modern society.
As these young Internet practitioners expand their skill sets, deepen their knowledge base, and broaden their experience, they have quickly acquired the right stuff to function as a one-person, multi-media platform.
This single development has contributed significantly to the rapid establishment of the Fifth Estate.
As a matter of fact, the now defunct specialty of investigative journalism has seen a massive rebound. These young journalists have no advertisers to appease and can therefore go after whatever they choose to investigate.
Bloggers and videographers are tearing up the terrain with their incisive blogs and documentaries, respectively.
Upstart authors are now writing Pulitzer Prize level reports and series on topics ranging from the Holocaust Industry to the rigged 2016 U.S. presidential election, from the US Government-coordinated terrorist attacks on 9/11 to the CIA-conducted assassination of John F. Kennedy.
These citizen journalists all share one thing, and that is a passion for the truth.
They see a world in total disarray and are desperately trying to make some sense of it. In their ardent search for the truth they unwittingly find themselves becoming world-class journalists. And it is only their pursuit of the truth that has set them free from the ranks of the unemployed.
Not only do many these folks now have control of their destiny, they are not bound to a corporate agenda like their parents and grandparents were.
Nor are they bound to the conventions of traditional, university taught journalism that keeps their MSM peers in a tighly controlled box. They are free to think for themselves and to follow the truth wherever it leads them.
Four Horsemen - an award winning independent feature documentary which lifts the lid on how the world really works
Such a liberation of genuinely creative energy has created a supernova in the firmament of worldwide media. So many young journalists have been born into their Internet-based profession that there is now a crowded field of competition to be dealt with.
This has forced many into various specialty niches which has posed a real threat to the MSM journalists who are now primarily generalists because of the severe budget cuts over several years throughout that industry.
“The Truth Shall Set You Free”
The MSM is soon to be overwhelmed by the Alt-Media. Little did the controllers of this planetary realm know that one day - in the not-too-distant future - they will see a world transformed by the vast number of truth-speakers and fact-writers who they helped create.
The readership and viewership of the Alt-Media will be filled with billions of souls who are likewise truth-seekers who know that the MSM is positively not the place to find it.
Truly, this rapidly evolving saga is “The Greatest Show on Earth” at this very moment in time. It is a global drama of such epic proportions that soon the entire planetary civilization will have gone through an unparalleled metamorphosis.
For as We the People find our voices and put our pens to paper and take to our keypads to speak truth to power, so, too, will the peoples of the world.
When the Alt-Media becomes an echo chamber of truth that replaces the MSM echo chamber of falsehood, the world will have taken a great leap forward toward the restoration of both personal and national sovereignty. It is only in this global context that the world community of nations will experience a durable peace and genuine brotherhood.
Then, many things like political integrity and social equality, economic stability and financial security, religious tolerance and racial respect, civil justice and environmental protection, will all occur naturally and spontaneously.
These are only some of the ways that “The Truth Shall Set You Free”.
The Mothership
There is a very powerful and fast-growing movement afoot that identifies with the meme of the Mothership. One of the various tag lines of this extraordinary phenomenon, that is quietly manifesting under the radar, is this:
“BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!”
For the uninitiated, the emerging Fifth Estate is BIG MOTHER. The slowly dying Fourth Estate is Big Brother. There is no question that the tide is gradually changing. And, that the traditional control of information is being altered in profound and fundamental ways.
Hence, it is only a matter of time - a relatively short period of time - that a veritable sea change will occur on planet Earth. That moment of highly anticipated change will transpire when the Mothership appears to everyone in all its glory.
Think of it this way: Were a massive Mothership to slowly glide across the sky over New York City… and then Washington, DC… and then Miami, Florida, on the very same day, would not the whole order change in a day and a night?!
The Alt-Media is like a Mothership that is slowly approaching Earth as it disseminates forbidden truth and lost information, deep wisdom and esoteric knowledge across the entire planetary realm.
Then, one day, when nary a soul expects it, looming over the horizon, is this inconceivably enormous Mothership casting a shadow the size of a solar eclipse. Imagine that out of that Mothership comes darting a multitude of smaller starships, each one carrying a payload of truth and banner of justice.
More than likely every reader of this post has already contributed to this Project Multi-Media Mothership.
If you have a simple blog or a Facebook page, a website or a Twitter feed, a YouTube channel or an Instagram account, you have already set loose your starship into the skies of planet Earth via the World Wide Web.
Conclusion
It’s time for every truth-seeker to get on board the Mothership.
You have been baptized into the Fifth Estate. Please do not take your responsibilities lightly, you just may be the one who everyone is waiting for to post that vital piece that finally takes the whole God-forsaken System down, once and for all!
Remember, from this point forward, it is BIG MOTHER who will be watching Big Brother.
Will people remember with fondness the iconic music of this decade? Like … hmmm … * looks up the top songs of the decade * … The Shape of You by Ed Sheeran? I’m not sure. Maybe people inevitably become nostalgic about the decade they grew up in … no matter how lame it was.
One thing is for sure, The Vigilant Citizen analyzed the hell out of this decade. From beginning to end.
And there was no shortage of material to get upset about. One of the first articles I wrote in 2010 was about Lady Gaga’s Telephone.
It featured Beyoncé, it was replete with the one-eye sign and it was drenched in mind control symbolism. Ten years later, artists came and went, but the same exact pattern of symbolism is still in pop culture. By highlighting this repetition, I’ve built a body of proof that is difficult to refute.
While there’s incredible consistency in the symbolism found in mass media, there was also a slow and steady progression.
Indeed, pop culture only kept going deeper in the exact direction I was pointing to back in 2010.
On a wider scale, this decade uncovered the true nature of the occult elite for the world to see. While stories about a DC pizza place had the elite shrieking in horror and screaming “fake news”, the story of Jeffrey Epstein basically confirmed that there’s nothing fake about the elite’s sickness.
Then, Epstein was “suicided”, which only confirmed the elite’s propensity for snuffing out the truth. While this information should have been enough to have the masses unite against this sickness, it only got more divided. How?
Through mass media propaganda. Instead of going against the evilest people on Earth, people were brainwashed into hating each other.
Instead of uniting, people divided themselves into subgroups that only interact in their own biased echo-chambers.
Furthermore, each echo-chamber is infested with paid trolls whose only goal is to add hatred and disinformation to the mix, causing less rational thought and more emotional radicalization.
The end result: Nobody has the whole Truth. Everybody has their truth.
Divide and conquer is the oldest trick in the book. And it still works today.
Despite all of this crap, lots of people did not buy into the hate and the division. And I like to think that The Vigilant Citizen is a safe haven for genuine truth-seekers who look for the Truth – with a capital T. And nothing else.
Vigilant Citizens 2020
When one reads the comments section on this website or the VC forums, one encounters points of view that are widely different and posted by people from widely different backgrounds.
And that’s a great sign. It is proof that this site is not another echo-chamber catering to a specific group, but a place of straight, unbiased facts that are relevant to people from all walks of life.
Judging by the e-mails I receive on a daily basis, the information presented on this site has an incredibly positive effect on readers – no matter their background or political views.
Because this site transcends the man-made boxes people choose to place themselves into. It is about good versus evil, right versus wrong, light versus darkness.
One doesn’t need an “opinion piece” from a journalist to convince you that something is wrong. You just know it. You can feel it in your core, in your guts.
This site points to this garbage in mass media and basically says: “Look at this crap”. Then, you can make your own opinion. While it is difficult and sometimes exhausting to research and analyze this vile stuff, it is nevertheless with great pride and honor that I accomplish this task.
And, when I sometimes tell myself “I don’t feel like doing this right now”, I go and read some e-mails I get from readers and my energy and motivation get automatically renewed.
In the end, the goal of The Vigilant Citizen is not to obsess over the darkness but to properly identify it and to completely reject it.
Once this is accomplished, one can appreciate the true beauty of this world and focus on what truly matters. In this holiday season, please make sure you do just that because, if you don’t, they’ve won and you lost.
2019: Year Of The Rock Spider In Review & Ghislaine Maxwell And Jeffrey Epstein Were Spies Who Used Underage Sex To Blackmail Politicians, ‘Ex-Handler’ Claims December 30 2019 | From: FionaBarnett / TheSun / Various
In my free book Eyes Wide Open, I expose the global child trafficking operation coordinated by the CIA for the British Royal family.
I explain how the banks have long been used to launder money made from the CIA-coordinated global child trafficking operation and channel proceeds of crime into CIA-created ‘terrorist’ groups and activities.
Here are some recent revelations that support my claims, which have emerged since the September 2019 publication of my book.
1. Jeffrey Epstein, CIA Child Sex Trafficker
Here are some facts that have emerged in the Epstein case to support my description of a global child trafficking operation used to compromise VIPs, and featuring female predators and ‘baby breeders’:
Virginia Roberts testified that Ghislaine Maxwell was a lesbian pedophile who daily sexually assaulted underage girls and sex slaves.
Ghislaine Maxwell teamed up with Epstein for threesomes with underaged sex trafficked girls.
Ghislaine Maxwell recruited young girls from parks, into prostitution and sex slavery, under the guise of offering modelling careers.
Ghislaine Maxwell and Jeffrey Epstein instructed Virginia Roberts to have a baby and sign the newborn over to her perpetrators.
Prince Andrew participated in a sex orgy with multiple international underaged sex trafficked girls on Epstein Island.
Epstein and Maxwell prostituted Virginia Roberts to multiple VIPs including British Royalty, billionaires, a Harvard law professor, and world leaders including ‘a Prime Minister’.
2. Prince Andrew / Pedo Prime Minister Paul Keating Connection
In Eyes Wide Open I detail former Prime Minister Paul Keating’s rape and murder of a 5-year-old boy.
In 2010, Prince Andrew was filmed at Jeffrey Epstein’s New York mansion, waving goodbye to Paul Keating’s daughter, Katherine Keating. Here is a relevant news article:
3. Prince Andrew / Nicole Kidman – CIA Child Trafficking Connection
Nicole Kidman witnessed her pedophile rapist father Antony Kidman beat me unconscious on my birthday. My free book Eyes Wide Open details the wealthy Kidman family’s involvement in the CIA child trafficking operation.
In 1999, pedo Prince Andrew and Nicole Kidman collaborated to campaign against child abuse in the UK. Here is an article documenting this:
"Britain’s Prince Andrew and Australian actress Nicole Kidman teamed up Wednesday in a campaign to end child abuse in Great Britain.
They were pictured on the cover of celebrity magazine Hello! to publicize the cause.
Inside, Andrew - the chairman of a campaign launched by the British National Society for The Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) - is quoted as saying, “I was staggered to learn that between one and two children die as a result of abuse in Britain every week - and most during their first year of life.” He has been recruiting celebrities like Kidman to help bring attention to the issue.
Kidman, who co-stars in the late Stanley Kubrick’s “Eyes Wide Shut” with her husband Tom Cruise, told the magazine, “Children should be allowed to grow up without fear of cruelty.”
4. Westpac Bank – CIA Child Sex Trafficking Money Launderers
In 2018, I wrote that Australia’s No. 2 bank, Westpac, was under investigation for the very same crimes that the Commonwealth Bank of Australia was fined $700 million for – laundering money from CIA child sex trafficking and channelling this into CIA ‘terror’ activities.
Mainstream media did not report this fact which I detailed in Eyes Wide Open.
True to my word, on 20 November 2019, AUSTRAC charged Westpac for 23 million breaches of anti-money laundering and counter-terror finance laws.
Westpac was used to launder $11 billion generated from ‘child exploitation’ crimes committed in South East Asia and channelled that money into terror organisations and activities.
5. Prime Minister Bob Hawke Hid Labor Party Minister’s Rape of His Daughter
I copped much criticism for disclosing that Australian Prime Ministers Bob Hawke and Gough Whitlam, and various members of Whitlam’s Labor Party cabinet raped me as a young child, including at a pedophile orgy held at Parliament House.
Today, it was reported that Bob Hawke’s daughter, Rosslyn Dillon, was raped 3 times in the 1980s by then Victorian Labor MP Bill Landeryou, and that Bob Hawke prevented his daughter from reporting the rapes to the police, to preserve his political career. (Note: a fellow victim of CIA child trafficking informed me in 2015 that she attended a Satanic Ritual Abuse support group in the USA with Rosslyn Dillon.)
In the very least, this rape coverup indicates that Bob Hawke was not the hero the Australian public revered him as. Bob Hawke sold his own daughter for power.
6. Justice James Wood Grants Parole to Labor Party Pedophile
My book Eyes Wide Open details the accusations against Royal Commissioner and alleged pedophile James Wood who covered up the CIA’s child trafficking activities in Sydney involving Daruk Government Boys Home, Hillsong Church, Ivan Milat, and Costellos Boy Brothel in Kings Cross.
In December 2019, James Wood chaired the Parole Board which released pedophile Labor politician Milton Orkopoulos who was serving a minimum sentence for raping boys. Here is a relevant news article:
7. FBI Confirm Existence of McMartin Preschool SRA Tunnels & CIA’s Involvement in Child Trafficking Operation
On 25 October 2019, the FBI released documents relating to the ‘Finders-Keepers’ case.
This official FBI release included documents acknowledging the existence of the McMartin preschool tunnels, Satanic Ritual Abuse, plus the CIA’s involvement in child sex trafficking. Click on this Twitter link to view the file:
As I explained in my book, the Bronfmann family were integral to the British Royal family’s global drug and human trafficking operation.
In April 2019, Clare Bronfmann pleaded guilty to financing the NXIVM global child sex trafficking operation which the mainstream press whitewashed as a weird sex cult. I well detailed this case in my free book Eyes Wide Open.
According to today’s news reports, NXIVM front man, Keith Rainier, was secretly taped stating: “Here’s the thing, I’ve had people killed because of my beliefs - or because of their beliefs.”
The deaths of four women have been linked to Rainere. Here is a relevant news article:
9. Australian Prime Minister Scott Morrison’s CIA Child Trafficking Connection
Prime Minister Scott Morrison was neighbours with NSW Police Commissioner Mick Fuller prior to moving into Kirribilli House.
In December 2019, it was reported that Scott Morrison used his connection to Mick Fuller to interfere with a NSW Police investigation into one of his Liberal Party ministers.
Similarly, Scott Morrison has used his influence to interfere with the Police charging Hillsong Church cult guru Brian Houston with covering up his father’s pedophile crimes.
I have long campaigned to expose the role of Frank Houston and his CIA-funded child trafficking cut-out Hillsong Church. Upon Morrison’s election as Prime minister, I protested his connections with my Freemason perpetrators in the Sutherland Shire.
Consequently, our own Prime Minister Scott Morrison collaborated with Mick Fuller to silence me by sending police agents to infiltrate my private life and set me up for false arrest and incarceration in Mick Fuller’s Fixated Person Unit.
I detail this clandestine Gestapo-style system in my book.
Ghislaine Maxwell And Jeffrey Epstein Were Spies Who Used Underage Sex To Blackmail Politicians, ‘Ex-Handler’ Claims
Ghislaine Maxwell and her paedophile lover Jeffrey Epstein were both Israeli spies who took pictures of powerful men having sex with underage girls to blackmail them, their alleged Mossad handler has sensationally claimed.
The pair allegedly ran a "honey-trap" operation where they would provide young girls to politicians in order to squeeze them for information for the Israelis.
The unsubstantiated claims have been made by Ari Ben-Menashe who claims he is a former Israeli spy.
Ben-Menashe claims that he was the “handler” of Ghislaine's dad Robert Maxwell, who was also a spy, and that it was the former newspaper baron who introduced Epstein and his daughter to the Israeli intelligence agency.
He makes the unverified claims in a new book called "Epstein: Dead Men Tell No Tales".
In a preview of the book, shared with Sun Online, Ben-Menashe says: “Mr Epstein was the simple idiot who was going around providing girls to all kinds of politicians in the United States."
Ghislaine Maxwell's father Robert allegedly introduced her and Epstein to Mossad
"But f**king a fourteen-year-old girl is a crime. And he was taking photos of politicians f**king fourteen-year-old girls - if you want to get it straight.
They [Epstein and Maxwell] would just blackmail people, they would just blackmail people like that.”
Ben-Menashe is a mysterious Iranian-born Israeli businessman who claims to have worked for Mossad from 1977 to 1987.
He was arrested in 1989 in the US on arms dealing charges but was acquitted in 1990 after a jury accepted he was acting on behalf of Israel.
Israel tried to distance themselves from him, with government sources saying he never had anything to do with intelligence services, although other news reports - in both the US and Israel - confirmed he did.
He later wrote a book called Profits of War: Inside the US-Israeli Arms Network and in the early 1990s claimed that Robert Maxwell, Ghislaine's dad, worked for Mossad.
The new book takes this further and claims Maxwell may have worked for other governments too as as a double or triple agent.
Ben-Menashe claims that despite reports Epstein and Ghislaine Maxwell met in the early 90s in New York, they actually met much earlier - through the socialite's father.
He claims that Robert Maxwell introduced Epstein to Mossad and then Ghislaine got involved later.
Files from the British Foreign Office, released in 2003 appear to back the claims Robert Maxwell may have been a spy, with one report describing him as a “thoroughly bad character” who was being “financed by Russia” and another saying his “questionable activities” had been brought to the attention of the Foreign Officer “on several occasions”.
While the Maxwell family have always denied such reports, family friend Laura Goldman says in the book: “My feeling is that he probably was an agent to the Russians, the Israelis, and the British. I believe that Ghislaine continued his work.”
It is not known whether Maxwell and Epstein gathered any intelligence about pal Prince Andrew in their alleged espionage work - although the book suggests the Royal was a target.
John Dougan, who served as Deputy Sheriff in Palm Beach, Florida at the time Epstein was in prison for his first slew of child sex offenses, says he was given access to Epstein's case file - including video tapes - in its entirety by Palm Beach Police Detective Joseph Recarey, who later died unexpectedly aged 50.
Dougan managed to copy the tapes, encrypt them and flee to Russia, where he now lives.
Although he has not watched the encrypted files he tells Epstein: Dead Men Tell No Tales that he is certain they contain blackmail material involving wealthy people - and that Prince Andrew was a target.
"Do I think that Epstein was probably put up to getting some wealthy people to sleep with some underage women so those people could be black- mailed by Western intelligence agencies? Absolutely I do,” he said.
MI6 were “concerned that Russia may have obtained kompromat, compromising material, on Prince Andrew,” according to a Times report - although Dougan claims he has given no information to the Russians.
Epstein was found dead in his New York prison cell on August 10 after allegedly committing suicide, while he faced charges for sex trafficking minors.
Melissa Cronin, the book's author, believes that Epstein's alleged intelligence links add weight to the theory that he did not kill himself but was murdered.
She also points to Epstein's and Maxwell's links with prominent people from the science and technology industries - and believes the pair not only ran a honeypot operation but also an information-gathering operation.
"Before I started with the book, I was extremely skeptical of the murder theory.," she told Sun Online.
"I'm definitely not a conspiracy theorist by nature at all, but the more that we dug into this, there's just so much incontrovertible evidence about his work in the world of espionage, his work with Mossad and it all comes together to make a really compelling argument for the fact that he was murdered."
"I think one thing that is interesting and important to say is that Epstein wasn't necessarily a spy in the traditional sense, he wasn't particularly loyal to Israel per se, he was a collector of information."
"So of course there was the blackmail aspect of what he was doing in terms of the honey trap and getting this footage of people that he could use as leverage."
"At the same time, something that a lot of people haven't really explored is how he cultivated these relationships within science and technology."
Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled December 29 2019 | From: Dr.VieraScheibner / TheVaccineReaction / Various
Although vaccination is undoubtedly the single biggest and most preventable cause of cot-death, it is not the only one.
If we write too much about vaccination, we would inevitably create an impression that we think vaccines are the only cause of cot death. The key words in cot death are Non-Specific Stress Syndrome.
This is the underlying mechanism of all cot deaths and it explains all pathological and clinical observations.
[Note: This article was written in 1991. To say that given this information, that there remains nefarious intent behind the pro-vaccine propaganda that continues to exist - would be an abhorrent understatement.]
Cot Death is the single biggest cause of death in infants from about four weeks to six months of age, with another peak at about 9 months in industrially developed countries.
It gets a lot of media exposure and people are successfully asked to dip into their pockets and contribute to cot death research.
This has been going on for some fiftty years now and yet cot death remains a "mystery which may never be resolved".
Perhaps the time has come for the doctors and the public to start asking some relevant questions, such as why, with so much money poured into research, cot death is still officially presented as that famous 'mystery' and more and more money is 'needed' to resolve it in 'years to come'.
Cotwatch: The First True Infant Breathing Monitor
Some 30 years ago, my husband Leif Karlsson, a biomedical engineer specialising in patient monitoring Systems, and myself, a retired Principal Research Scientist, were looking for a paediatrician willing to undertake proper research with our Cotwatch Breathing Monitor.
The emphasis with this equipment is on 'breathing' because most, if not all of the machines used to monitor babies' breathing in their homes are not breathing monitors - they are "motion monitors" where any movement is taken as breathing.
After one particular meeting, where our demonstration of marked differences between the level of alarms in near miss and new born babies fell on the deaf ears of cot death 'researchers', we looked at each other and said with one breath: "Let's do a damn good job of this research ourselves".
Leif spent one and a half years developing a microprocessor-based Cotwatch. With this equipment you don't have to rely on records of alarms; you get computer printouts of the longitudinal record of a baby's breathing. You can't have more objective information than that.
Stress Induced Breathing Patterns Discovered by Cotwatch
Our records confirmed the existence of a Stress-Induced Breathing Pattern, which is a low-volume breathing (5-10% of the volume of normal unstressed breathing), occurring in clusters (3-6 shorter episodes within 10-15 minutes) when a child is incubating illness or teething or following "insults", such as exposure to cigarette smoke, fatigue, over handling by visitors, or vaccination needles.
Numerous causes, but the same reaction. Many years ago, a Canadian medical doctor, Dr Hans Selye, became particularly interested in the well-known fact that for a number of days before patients develop symptoms of specific illness, which can be diagnosed, they always show signs of a non-specific nature which are common to many or possibly all diseases.
When he in-injected extracts of tissues, or a great variety of noxious substances into rats, he observed the following signs of organ damage: spot-like bleeding into lungs and thymus, shrunken thymus and all lymphatic structures, enlarged adrenal cortex, ulceration of the gastro-intestinal tract, derangements in body creased or control, viscosity of the blood, disappearance of eosinophils (white blood cells) from blood, etc.
He concluded that he was looking at a universal reaction of organisms to any noxious substance. He also connected the results of his experiments with his earlier observations of patients with non-specific symptoms of the initial stages of any illness.
Seyle also concluded that the Non-Specific Stress (or General Adaptation) Syndrome has three stages: the alarm stage when the body is under acute attack and mobilises all its defences; the stage of adaptation or resistance, when it seems to relax and seemingly accepts the intruding noxious substance; and the stage of exhaustion, when the body again tries to rid itself of the intruder. Death may occur in any of the three stages.
What does all this have to do with cot death and breathing?
Similarly to what Dr Selye found with noxious substances, there are many interesting and consistent tell-tale signs that forewarn of impending cot death.
The definition of Cot Death is:
"The sudden death of any infant or a young child, which is unexpected by history, and in which a thorough port-mortem examination fails to demonstrate an adequate cause of death".
-
Byard,1991
Cot death is a very well-defined pathological entity and all babies who succumb to it have the same post mortem findings.
These are: petechiated lungs, thymus and sometimes also pericardium (spot like haemorrhaging on surface); shrunken thymus and lymphatic structures; signs of increased adreno-cortical activity; signs of ulceration of the gastro-intestinal tract (reflux); many babies have low viscosity blood; up to 90% of babies who succumb to cot death have a number of non-specific symptoms for up to three weeks before death, such as runny nose, coated tongue, sticky eyes, otitis media, enlarged tonsils, spleen and liver, rash, a variety of upper respiratory tract infections, and loss of body weight to rnention just a few.
These are all symptoms of the Non-Specific Stress Syndrome as defined by Dr Selye.. Those people involved in Cot Death management all over the world know about these symptoms, but they usually play them down as unimportant and insufficient to cause death in an infant.
None of them has connected these well-known symptoms associated with cot death, with the Non-Specific Stress syndrome. Perhaps for their sake this is just as well, because they would have been unable to prove the validity of this connection in the absence of adequate means to demonstrate it in the infant's breathing pattern.
So where does vaccination come into the problem of Cot Death?
Vaccination: A Major Stress
Initially we did not know about the controversy surrounding vaccination.
We merely observed that vaccination was the single greatest cause of stress in small babies, as indicated by the standard Cotwatch equipment, and also the single greatest factor preceding cot death in a large number of cases.
We concluded that the timing of 80% of the cot deaths occurring between the second and sixth months is due to the cumulative effect of infections, timing of immunisations and some inherent specifics in the baby's early development.
We started yet another search for more information. Soon we discovered a wealth of it in medical journals like The Lancet concerning not only the ineffectiveness of vaccines in preventing children from contracting infectious diseases, but also on adverse effects of various vaccines, including death.
Regarding the former aspect, we found numerous reports that vaccinated and non-vaccinated children contract the relevant infectious disease at approximately the same rate, or that vaccinated children are even more susceptible to the infectious diseases.
Inevitably, we began recording breathing patterns of babies after vaccination. The results of these recordings were presented to the 2nd Immunisation Conference, held in Canberra, 27~29th May 1991.
We demonstrated that microprocessor records of babies' breathing after DPT (Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus) injections reveal a pattern of flare-ups of Stress-Induced Breathing closely following the dynamics of adreno-cortical activity in an individual under stress and as observed by Dr Selye.
We also demonstrated that flare-ups of Stress-Induced Breathing in babies after administration of the DPT vaccine occur characteristically on certain days even though the amplitude of the flare-ups varies from child to child.
For seventy babies who succumbed to cot death, although babies could die on any day after DPT injection, there were significantly more deaths on the days which closely correlated with flare-ups of Stress-Induced Breathing after DPT injections.
The data on the time interval between the DPT injection and cot death in most of the seventy babies was taken from the published reports which concluded that there was no connection between DPT and cot death. The authors of these papers had little idea what they were looking at or what to look for.
Most researchers arbitrarily accept that only deaths within 24 hours of administration of the vaccine can be attributed to the effect of the vaccine. Yet, babies may and do die for up to 25 or more days after vaccination, and still as a direct consequence of the toxic effects of the vaccines.
How do we know this? Because of the observed repetition of the pattern of flare-ups of Stress-Induced breathing in a number of babies over a long period of time.
Harmful Ingredients
What are the vaccines composed of?
Vaccines contain live or 'attenuated' (weakened) viruses and bacteria or parts of them (representing foreign genetic material), animal tissue, formaldehyde and/or aluminium phosphate or hydroxide.
The toxicity of vaccines varies widely and unpredictably, a DPT vaccine containing from 1 to 26.9 micrograms of endotoxin per millilitre. Geraghty and others in California tried unsuccessfully to make sure that the toxicity and composition of the vaccines is properly disclosed on the ampules.
Injecting any of these substances into the blood stream of another animal species, including humans, is absolutely biologically unacceptable.
H.L. Coulter in his book, Vaccination, Social Violence and Criminality: the Medical Assault on the American Brain, mentions that repeated injections of sterile extracts of rabbit brain tissue into monkeys cause an 'experimental allergic encephalomyclitis' in the monkeys.
Regardless of the validity or otherwise of animal experiments for humans, Coulter points out that it is an observed fact that vaccine injections often cause the same syndrome in human babies.
It has been confirmed that a great number of babies, if not all, suffer a clinical or subclinical encephalitis shortly after being injected with a variety of vaccines. Coulter talks about a postencephalitic syndrome.
The great increase in a large array of brain-related conditions in the United States closely followed chronologically mandatory administration of vaccines en masse in that country.
These conditions include autism, learning difficulties, cerebral palsy, dyslexia, hyperactivity, deafness and blindness, left-handedness (according to latest statistics, left-handed people live 9 years less than right-handed people) and permanent brain damage with serious and often life-long consequences.
Vaccines by virtue of their composition act as noxious substances and elicit a response equivalent to the Non-Specific Stress Syndrome.
Recently, we recorded the breathing of an infant injected with only DT (the P component was omitted because the baby had experienced a violent reaction to the two previous DPT injection).
The reaction, as reflected in its breathing, closely resembled the record of its breathing after DPT vaccination. This is not meant to justify the inclusion of the Pertussis (Whooping Cough) component, but to emonstrate that all vaccines are potentially harmful.
Many Doctors Do Not Vaccinate Their Own Children
It should worry all of us that a large number of medical doctors are forcefully (by psychological pressure and publicity campaigns) without producing any evidence whatsoever of the benefits of vaccination and against all the evidence of the ineffectiveness and dangers of vaccines, injecting vaccines into our children.
There are even noises indicating that soon the same forceful and unreasonable attitudes will be adopted towards adults.
This is especially bad since it is a public secret that many medical doctors do not vaccinate their own children. This extraordinary fact is reported in DPT-A Shot in The Dark, by H.C. Coulter & B.L. Fisher.
These authors also report that most gynaecologists in the USA refused to be injected with Rubella vaccine. Were they afraid of the side-effects, whilst routinely recommending the procedure for women of childbearing age?
Our conclusion is that if vaccination were to be suspended, the cot death rate would be halved!
What are the remainder of cot deaths attributed to?
Succession of Harmful Medical Procedures
The Non-Specific Stress Syndrome is the key to cot deaths. It is the consistent, general reaction of mammals, including humans, to any damage or injury or to substances perceived as noxious by the recipient's body.
There are a great many injuries or substances perceived as noxious which affect babies and produce the same response.
The indiscriminate and routine administration of pain killers during birth, and the substances used for inductions expose our babies to potent allopathic chemicals shortly before they are born. To say that these substances do not affect the babies is not only highly unscientific, it is against commonsense.
Before babies have a chance to fully recover from these potent chemicals, they may be given nasal drops and cough mixtures and, and worse still, antibiotics for those first common colds.
Most of these substances are immuno-suppressive and are not helping the child's immune system to be primed and challenged in a natural and beneficial way by the common cold.
Again, before a baby has a chance to fully recover from the effects of these potent chemicals, there is the first DPT injection. So the immature immune system of a baby is further suppressed, allowing micro-organisms to become especially virulent and life-threatening. This leads to further drug administration, a vicious circle, unfortunately too often resulting in cot death.
The official figure of 2 cot deaths per 1,000 babies is fifty years old, and obsolete. The rate is more like 7-10 per 1,000, otherwise we would not even hear about cot death.
Our records demonstrate that there is a direct causal relationship between injections of DPT and cot deaths. The time has come to call for suspension of all vaccination programmes.
Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled
In 2016, I wrote an opinion piece suggesting that many medical doctors vaccinate their patients out of fear.
I noted that many doctors do not entirely agree with the vaccine schedule recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) or are unconvinced that the science of vaccination is settled, but many of these physicians are reluctant to share their concerns because they are afraid of damaging their reputation, and so they remain silent.
Of course, there are independently-minded doctors who are willing to express their concerns about CDC vaccine policies and views promoted by medical trade associations and government agencies.
Pro-vaccine pediatricians Bob Sears, MD and Jay Gordon, MD, who have been labeled as “anti-vaxxers” and “quacks,” are given those labels because they are not fans of mandatory vaccination laws and simply prefer to be respectful of the informed consent rights of their patients when it comes to vaccination.
There are many other doctors like Sears and Gordon but they generally prefer to fly under the radar because it’s just not worth the trouble of being overly outspoken on vaccines, unless it’s all positive and in agreement with vaccine policies endorsed by their peers.
John Abramson, MD of Harvard Medical School is one of the best examples of this tendency toward caution when doctors speak about vaccination.
Dr. Abramson is the author of the national best-selling book Overdosed America: The Broken Promise of American Medicine. His bio states that he has served as a family physician for 22 years.
He was twice voted “best doctor” in his area by readers of newspapers in his community and was chosen three times by his peers as one of “a handful of best family practitioners” in Massachusetts. He has been a member of the faculty of Harvard Medical School for 16 years.
In other words, this is a topnotch veteran doctor with a stellar reputation and who works for an institution ranked 1st last year among the best medical research schools in the United States.
Certainly Abramson is no “quack.” You would think that someone of Abramson’s stature would be able to say whatever he wished on any medical topic within his purview - that there would be no hesitancy on his part because he had earned that right to speak freely.
A few years ago, Abramson was asked at one of his lectures if he would care to give an opinion on the “push toward compulsory vaccination, in absence of clinical trials, and in violation of the Nuremberg Code.”
Abramson responded:
"I would have to take the coward’s way out. I can’t talk on that issue. The pharmaceutical industry watches everything I do, and if I take a stand that I can’t defend… But the bottom line is that I think, what the science is, is incomplete.
There is no question about it.
And the politics of it, as the way it’s done, as a legal matter, and the inability of people who are injured by vaccines to sue for compensation, preventing plaintiffs’ lawyers from getting to the scientific data, it’s big problems.
And, uh, that’s really all I can say. Because again, everything I say in public, uh, is well read. So I apologize.”
Abramson’s words are chilling. The fear is evident in his first sentence. The coward’s way out? He can’t speak to the issue of compulsory vaccination because he is being watched? It’s straight out of Orwell’s 1984.
Interestingly, Abramson did manage to admit that he believed that the science of vaccines is “incomplete.” He basically acknowledged that vaccine science is not settled, and there was “no question about it” in his mind.
That is significant, particularly coming from a well respected doctor who perceives such a threat from industry and Big Brother that he felt compelled to apologize.
Following decades of ground breaking service to Parents Centre in NZ, Jenny Drew was made an honorary life member of Taieri Parents Centre.
However, Jenny recently informed both Taieri Parents Centre and NZ Parents Centre that she was reluctantly resigning that life membership due to the position that NZ Parents Centre had taken on vaccine advice to parents in NZ.
In Part 1 of this post I have attached [see links below] Jenny's original resignation letter which explains why she was resigning, and I have also included the letter of response from Parents Centre.
In Part 2 is the powerful follow up letter from Jenny.
I must point out here that Jenny does not wish her resignation and her letters to be seen as a direct conflict with what Parents Centre is doing.
It is instead intended as a strong warning to Parents Centre that they cannot/should not just accept the word of the 'official experts' and their scientific 'proof' when they provide information to parents for them to make their so called informed decisions.
She believes absolutely that the people of Parents Centre are acting with best intentions with the information they are provided with.
Ten Self-Evident Truths That We The People Have Spontaneously Come To Realize - That Will End All Government As We Know It December 28 2019 | From: NaturalNews We have a lot to thank Trump for, but among the most important is the idea that Trump has caused the corrupt, fraudulent, lying specter of “Big Government” to fully reveal itself for what it truly is.
Does anyone believe the Democrats are pursuing legitimate “impeachment” based on legitimate “high crimes?” Not a chance.
[These efforts are to drain The [Cabal] Swamp everywhere - This is not just about America.]
Does any rational person think that high-level lawmakers and bureaucrats aren’t on the take, receiving kickbacks from billions in foreign aid?
It’s quite stunning, actually, how the mass awakening has accelerated over the last three years as Trump has succeeded as President.
In their desperate attempt to destroy Trump, the deep state swamp creatures and corrupt, lawless Democrats have been forced to reveal the truth about their corruption, fraud and malicious abuse of power.
Because of all this, there are many self-evident truths that have now become obvious to the American people.
Read from the point of view of the People talking to the political swamp in Washington D.C. [Read: Every Western "Government" and then some...] :
1.
We don’t believe you.
2.
You are all dishonest crooks and horrible people who should never be trusted again.
3.
The intelligence community is the enemy of the people and must be dismantled if any American is to ever be truly free.
4.
We are not going to voluntarily hand over our guns. You may come try to take them by force, but we will shoot you if you try.
5.
We are withdrawing our consent. You are now a rogue enemy government that we finally recognize as the ENEMY. 6.
We are never going to vote for establishment candidates ever again.
7.
We will not live as slaves, suffering under your tyranny. We would rather die as Americans, defending our liberty and our republic.
8.
If we ever get the chance, we will arrest all of you and throw you in prison for as long as you live.
9.
We will no longer cooperate with your sham court system, your corrupt FBI and your lawless federal regulators. They are all fraudulent, criminal cartels that have no legitimate authority. You have lost the consent of “the governed.”
10.
Your fiat currency financial system and debt Ponzi scheme is a criminal fraud that steals money from the working class. We will no longer hold your dollars and will seek alternatives at every opportunity.
I’m sure you can think of dozens more, but that short list sums up the highlights.
The bottom line should be crystal clear: The United States federal government is run by illegitimate, corrupt, fraudulent swamp creatures and the very future of freedom for America depends on completely dismantling the very concept of a “government” that rules over the people.
The time has come to end the era of big government. We the People no longer need “representatives” in Washington.
We don’t need a United States Senate, packed with treasonous crooks (like McCain or Reid) and foreign aid skimming hucksters.
We don’t need the FDA or the CDC, both of which are nothing but fake science marketing departments for Big Pharma. We don’t need the Federal Reserve, a fiat currency counterfeiting operation that steals from all working Americans.
And we don’t need the intelligence community, which has morphed into a domestic spying secret police operation that routinely abuses its power to surveil and threaten innocent Americans.
We don’t need government-run health care, government-run food stamps or government-run anything, other than defending the shores, setting standards and using the limited powers of small government to protect the rights of individuals against dangerous corporations such as banks and tech giants.
That’s the proper role of government: To protect liberty, not to rule over the people.
Do not surrender an inch to this corrupt, lawless system run by traitors and tyrants.
Every Democrat in Washington D.C., without exception, is guilty of treason and should be arrested, charged and treated accordingly. And half the Republicans are guilty of the same crime, by the way.
The entire system is corrupt beyond repair. The deep state swamp cannot investigate itself, yet all the powers of investigation have been concentrated in the hands of the very people who are the most dangerous, corrupt criminals of all.
It’s time to revoke our consent from this criminal government and dismantle it once and for all.
Trump is attempting to do exactly that, but even he is spending America into oblivion with record debt spending. Perhaps he realizes a financial implosion is the only sure way to bring down the whole corrupt system.
There will never be another Trump. Once Trump’s tenure is up, We the People must continue his work of exposing, dismantling and rejecting the criminals, crooks and fraudsters in Washington D.C.
The very existence of big government is irreconcilable with personal liberty and prosperity. We can either be free and prosperous, or we can be enslaved and forced into destitution under the rule of big government tyranny.
Watch Brighteon.com to daily videos on liberty and freedom, posted by thousands of different users. Or join Brighteon and post your own.
Greta, Boomers And Witchcraft: The Hidden Agendas Of 2019 December 27 2018 | From: VigilantCitizen / Various
A look at the underlying agenda behind the top stories of 2019.
If you’ve read previous articles on this site, you probably noticed that the word “agenda” is used often. Very often.
That is because this site analyzes mass media. And pushing agendas is (and always has been) the primary function of mass media (read the article How Mass Media Shapes and Molds Society for more information).
Merriam-Webster defines “agenda” as:
“An underlying often ideological plan or program.”
The word “underlying” is crucial as it refers to the fact that agendas often lay “below the surface” of popular culture.
Agendas hide behind news headlines, all forms of entertainment and the words of powerful and influential people. And, since its inception, The Vigilant Citizen website has been about rooting out the underlying agenda in popular culture.
It is about highlighting the artificial emphasis placed on specific issues to make them seem more important and relevant than they truly are. In Communication sciences, this concept is called “agenda-setting”.
“Agenda-setting is the creation of public awareness and concern of salient issues by the news media. As well, agenda-setting describes the way that media attempts to influence viewers, and establish a hierarchy of news prevalence. Two basic assumptions underlie most researches on agenda-setting: ”
1. The press and the media do not reflect reality; they filter and shape it;
2.
Media concentration on a few issues and subjects leads the public to perceive those issues as more important than other issues."
A classic representation of the agenda-setting theory
While the concept of agenda-setting was identified decades ago, it is all the more obvious today.
Since all major media outlets are now owned by a handful of mega-corporations, a specific message can easily and quickly saturate the entire world.
In 2019, the agenda-setting was blatantly obvious. In fact, there’s a clear constellation of agendas being simultaneously promoted, all emerging from elite think tanks and expertly calculated to generate a specific response. Here are some of them.
Witchcraft as a Tool of Feminism
In my article about the Netflix series Chilling Adventures of Sabrina, I highlighted the main message of the series: Witchcraft is a potent tool to fight men and the entire patriarchy.
The first season ended with Sabrina handing over her soul to Satan himself to become a super-witch. And this is presented as a feminist power-move. Sabrina was told:
“I know you’re scared, Sabrina. Because women are taught to fear power. Own your power. Don’t accept it from the Dark Lord. Take it. Wield it. Save your friends”.
The article on Chilling Adventures of Sabrina was written nearly exactly one year ago. Since then, the witchcraft agenda literally took flight. But not on a broom.
In the movie K-12 by the pop singer Melanie Martinez (which is also marketed to young girls), the same exact concept is promoted: Witchcraft is the best way of fighting back against boys and the patriarchy.
While entertainment strives to make witchcraft appealing to young girls, “news articles” attempt to make it sound reasonable to older people. Here are some of the headlines that popped up this year.
An article by The Guardian linking Trump, feminism and witchcraft. The image featuring AOC and Sabrina the witch is highly symbolic
The conclusion of the article is basically a call to action to aspiring witches.
“There is a fire on the horizon. You can see it burning, out on the edges of the world. The violence we have survived can be our guide to what needs to change.
The fire that burned the witches can be the fire that lights our way. Our power is waiting for us, out in forbidden spaces, beyond the world of men. Step forward and claim it. Step forward into the boundless and female dark.”
The article explains how casting spells is better than prayer.
“It is more about the individual than, say, a prayer, which is very hands-off. You pray to a higher authority to make something happen, whereas a spell is totally personal and down to the individual to make sure it’s right.”
The following headline just straight up says it:
The link between feminism and witchcraft is also heavily promoted by powerful organizations, backed by powerful people.
While mass media is hard at work associating witchcraft with feminism and empowerment, it also does a great job ignoring what it is truly about: Black magic. Indeed, any true occultist will tell you that witchcraft is about black magic.
And any true occultist will tell you that dabbling in black magic without fully understanding what it is truly about is the dumbest and most dangerous thing one can do.
In Dogmes et Rituels de la Haute Magie (a book that is a must-read for anyone aspiring to practice witchcraft), Eliphas Levi writes:
“Black Magic is really only a graduated combination of sacrileges and murders designed for the permanent perversion of a human will and for the realization in a living man of the hideous phantom of the demon.
It is therefore, properly speaking, the religion of the devil, the cultus of darkness, hatred of good carried to the height of paroxysm: it is the incarnation of death and the persistent creation of hell."
– Eliphas Levi, Dogmes et Rituels de la Haute Magie
In short, under the guise of “empowerment”, mass media is selling the exact opposite: Submitting one’s soul to dark forces.
The Greta Agenda
A couple of months ago, I published the article The Elite Machine Behind Greta Thunberg which explained the powerful agents behind her rise to world prominence.
Through her famous and very connected parents, this 16-year-old autistic girl got the support of powerful organizations that are backed by extremely wealthy people. A few weeks after this article was published, the agenda was confirmed:
Greta was named “Person of the Year” by Time, which is a BIG DEAL in the mass media bubble
After a year of protests and touring the world, one can ask: What was truly accomplished by Greta and the machine behind her? No concrete actions were taken to crack down on the world’s biggest polluters which are transportation, industry and electric power – all owned by major corporations.
The fact is: The Greta agenda is not about action, it is about emotions. It is about instilling fear, panic and even hopelessness to the youth. Here’s a recent headline that sums up the true effect of the Greta agenda on the world.
A headline from the Canadian newspaper National Post
This article explains how a group of 2nd graders was shown one of Greta’s speeches, alongside a clock ticking down to their imminent death. This is nothing less than psychological torment meant to scar minds that are too young to deal with this kind of distress.
“A Toronto mother says a confusing school presentation involving teen activist Greta Thunberg and a ticking clock left her young daughter fearing Earth’s imminent demise, and schools should be more careful about what they’re teaching seven-year-olds.
At least one child yelled “I don’t wanna die” during a presentation on climate change delivered to a Grade 2/3 class on Oct. 4. A group of seven- and eight-year-olds had gathered in the library of Elmbank Junior Middle Academy in Etobicoke to watch a video of a speech Greta delivered at the UN Climate Action Summit on Sept. 23.
After Greta’s five-minute speech, a large carbon clock was displayed on the projector screen, counting down from eight years - the estimated amount of time it will take to emit enough carbon to warm the world by 1.5 degrees Celsius, according to the Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change."
This campaign of fear and panic orchestrated by mass media is so effective that it is actually causing mental health issues in pre-teens, teens and adults.
The underlying agenda behind Greta is not the environment: It is creating a generation of anxious and depressed people that are easily manipulated through fear-mongering. Who profits from this? Those who control mass media. The elite.
OK Boomer: The Agenda
At first “OK boomer” was a meme that made fun of baby boomers (the generation born between 1946 and 1964) who are out-of-touch with young people. Then, as it is often the case with memes with “agenda potential”, OK boomer got “weaponized”. It became political and it was used to dismiss opinions that did not fit the agenda.
The younger generation is being taught that the planet will die in a few years, that there are more than two genders and a bunch of very debatable notions.
Despite waves of propaganda, most older people are not buying any of this. Indeed, the “woke” agenda has a very low success rate in people who’ve lived a little.
The answer? OK boomer. The plan? To create a wide gap between young people and their elders. Instead of relying on their elders for adivce, guidance, and perspective that can only come from experience, young people are taught to hate, dismiss and resent them.
OK boomer is a shortcut. It is dismissive. Instead of rationally debating an issue, one can say OK boomer which actually means “shut up old person”.
Even more insidious: OK boomer implies that all young people should think alike. I personally saw this comment pop up on The Vigilant Citizen several times in the past months … even though I am technically a millennial.
The meme gained notoriety when it was used by a New Zeland politician (parliament member for the Green Party of Aotearoa Chlöe Swarbrick) to retort to a heckling politician.
Mass media loved it.
“A 25-year-old New Zealand lawmaker giving a speech supporting a climate crisis bill was heckled by an older member of Parliament. Her witty response baffled her audience, to the delight of millennials everywhere.
Chlöe Swarbrick was speaking about the Zero Carbon Bill, which would set a target of zero carbon emissions for the country by 2050. When she was heckled, she casually dropped a sharp-tongued retort - “OK boomer” - and, unfazed, continued talking amid the puzzlement and silence of the room.
The term, a viral meme among millennials and Generation Z, exploded this year on the TikTok social media app, where countless mocking videos are calling out what young people perceive as out-of-touch Baby Boomers and their patronizing opinions.
An article on the New York Times calls the “OK boomer” phenomenon “a rallying cry for millions of fed up kids. T-shirts and hoodies with the phrase have appeared on online marketing sites."
Like all memes, OK boomer quickly daded out and became somewhat embarrassing. However, its spirit lives on.
After sewing hate between sexes, religions and political affiliations, mass media has promoted division between generations.
To those who actually say OK boomer, please ponder this: Is it truly reasonable to hate someone because they are older than you?
Don’t you know that you are steadily marching towards that old age as well? Can’t you see that you are, ironically, being manipulated by powerful people who happen to be boomers?
This article explored some of the top agendas that permeated mass media in 2019. Although they address different issues, they have lots of points in common. First, they were all artificially amplified by mass media to create a “buzz”.
Second, they’re all perfectly in line with the elite’s agenda based on fear, hatred, and division. Whether it be about equating satanism with empowerment, panicking over imminent death, or hating and dismissing elders, these agendas are all part of a mass media curriculum that is raising a younger generation according to specific values.
And, these values are not good. Although all of these agendas boast a shiny, virtuous surface, the underlying agenda is everything but. It is toxic.
At the risk of being “OK boomer’d” … here’s my advice: Think for yourself and, more importantly, hate is never the answer.
When a friend makes a mistake, most people would not immediately call that person a name or tell them that they are useless, but rather would offer support and ideas to help avoid such mistakes in the future.
Yet, when it comes to one’s own mistakes, it’s easier to be an enemy, verbally and mentally flagellating oneself to exhaustion, than it is to become a good friend to yourself.
The person we may find it hardest to be kind and sympathetic to is, surprisingly, ourselves. Yet being a friend to ourselves provides the only viable basis for living an emotionally fulfilled life.
These binding forces are not dependent upon personal knowledge or beliefs. By simply taking the ACTION to perform the ritual, the effects and results are achieved, and therefore the people who performed the ritual are bound to whatever the ritual is designed to do.
Christmas is saturated with occult symbolism linked to dark magic that is designed to bind you to the Christmas contract. This contract is used by the Dark Forces to drain your energy and enslave your soul.
However, when you become aware of it and remove your consent and stop performing the ritual known as Christmas, the magic spells of the Christmas contract cannot harm you anymore. Be aware that magic can be used for good or evil purposes.
If you have a hard time believing that magic is real, read my informative article titled How Words Can Be Used as Magic Spells. This article gives you a short introduction to how magic works. If you plan to celebrate Christmas, it would be wise to mediate before doing so.
During meditation, tell the Universe that you refuse to give your consent to the Dark Forces. Furthermore, tell the Universe that you are getting together on December 25th to spend time with your family and friends, not to celebrate Christmas.
When you say these things, your mind generates energy signatures and then projects them out into the Universe. These energy signatures tell the Dark Forces that you are aware of their Christmas contract and refuse to give them your consent.
If the Dark Forces do not honor your decision and harm you, they would violate your free will and therefore would have to face the consequences for their actions. All thoughts, intentions, and actions are known by the Universe and there is no escaping its laws.
I will be writing my own article about the hidden secrets of Christmas in about a week, so if you are interested in the occult version of Christmas, keep an eye out for it. - PL Chang
Is Christmas really magic mushroom, sun and Saturn worship in disguise?
Christmas has come around again, and as we all scurry about hanging lights and stars everywhere, and adorning our trees with red and white ornaments, how many of us reflect on the occult origins of Christmas? How many of us realize that this merry festival has roots, in fact, in ancient traditions of magic mushrooms, Saturn worship and sun worship?
Jesus again pictured in religious artwork with magic mushrooms [beneath his feet]
Today’s Christmas is truly a hodgepodge of ancient rituals and celebrations, with roots as far back as 4000 years to the Mesopotamians. This is not surprising, for Christianity itself is a borrowed religion, built on top of previous Coptic (Egyptian), Mesopotamian and Babylonian religions.
Christmas really has nothing to do with the alleged historical birthday of a human called Jesus. Let’s take a look at some of the traditions which have formed Christmas, so we can gain a deeper understanding of its symbolism.
The Christmas-Magic Mushroom Connection
John Allegro was a free-thinking Dead Sea Scrolls scholar and archeologist. In 1970 he wrote a fascinating and highly controversial book entitled The Sacred Mushroom and the Cross, whose subtitle was A Study of the Nature and Origins of Christianity within the Fertility Cults of the Ancient Near East. In it he put forth the unique idea that Christianity was an expression of an ancient cult which worshipped sex and mushrooms.
To straight-laced scholars and prim-and-proper Christian apologists, this idea was simply too much for them to contemplate, but Allegro (left) provided an impressive amount of evidence to back his claims.
He showed how the mushroom – specifically the red-and-white magic mushroom Amanita muscaria – came up again and again in Christian art.
He explained how the Eucharist – where Christians believe the bread wafer is transformed into the body of Christ – is a re-enactment of the sacred ceremony of ingesting the flesh of the Amanita magic mushroom.
Allegro argued that the entire story of the Jesus in the Gospels was a code for the ancient journey of conscious self-exploration, the hallucinogenic “trip”.
You can imagine how the majority of people reacted to his “sex-and-mushroom cult” theory in 1970 in England!
Yet his ideas have merit. James Arthur and others after Allegro further developed the idea of the Christmas-magic mushroom connection.
Amanitas are also linked to fertility and sex; they have a sexual appearance, representing both the male and female. At different stages of their growth life cycle, they resemble a phallus, breast and yoni.
It is interesting to note that Jesus pictured in religious artwork with amanita mushrooms around him. Is the red-and-white Santa Claus or St. Nicholas a modern representation of the village shaman who had the knowledge of pharmacopeia? Is the holy grail actually the mature Amanita with its edges curled up?
Is the Amanita magic mushroom the fabled Holy Grail?
Were Amanitas the source of power and insight for the old ruling class of priests? And perhaps most importantly, what part does the Amanita play in humanity’s origins and the extraterrestrial Annunaki who were mining for “gold”? These are interesting questions to ponder as you decorate your tree in red-and-white with mushroom ornaments this year.
Note: Masonic and other insider have stated that the 'Holy Grail' actually has nothing to do with a cup or grail, that it is a veiled reference to the 'Royal Bloodlines'.
The Christmas-Sun Worship Connection
Thanks to groundbreaking research of investigators like Jordan Maxwell (whose work was the basis of one major segment of the hit movie Zeitgeist), people have begun to become aware of the link between Christmas and sun worship.
At its core, the Illuminati and secret societies that run the world are deeply into black magic, which, defined, is the use of mostly unseen and unknown forces to gain power and control over others. The Illuminati are black magicians.
They utilize certain powers and then, through their control of the media and academia, put out disinformation and lies to prevent people from believing in and accessing those very powers, lest their power base be eroded.
A typical Christian art interpretation of Jesus. Note the sun cross at the back
Christmas is all about the birth of the “son”. But what if it is actually the birth or rebirth of the “sun”? A sun that goes through a “spring”, ascends to a height (summer solstice), then goes through a “fall” (autumn)? Christianity tells us that Jesus the son is our savior. Yet literally speaking the “sun” is our savior; without the sun there would be little or no life on Earth.
So it is only natural that sun worship was practiced by early cultures all over the world, especially in the keys days following the winter solstice, when the sun disappears over the horizon in northern latitudes for 3 days. Jesus was dead for the 3 days. Is this the symbolic “death” of the sun?
December 25th is the first day when the son or sun makes his triumphant return. Many people make fun of early religions and brand them as primitive, without actually realizing that Christianity itself has either stolen or built upon (depending on your viewpoint) these exact traditions.
Is it purely a coincidence that the date of Christmas is always December 25th every year, exactly 3 days after the 22nd (or night of the 21st), the date of winter solstice? Is it another coincidence that Jesus is pictured everywhere throughout Christian art on top of a sun cross, showing the sun’s journey through the 4 seasons every year? Is Christmas an elaborate ritual to lure back the “prodigal sun” from death?
The Christmas-Saturn Worship Connection
Finally, we come to the Saturn connection. The Christmas-Saturn connection is far from the only connection Saturn has with many modern (dark) activities. Saturn is the ancient roman god of time, harvest, law, tyranny and death. In the ancient Greek pantheon he was Chronos, meaning time, and from which we get words like chronological.
Saturnalia was an ancient Roman festival in honour of the deity Saturn, held on 17 December of the Julian calendar and later expanded with festivities through to 23 December. The holiday was celebrated with a sacrifice at the Temple of Saturn, in the Roman Forum, and a public banquet, followed by private gift-giving, continual partying, and a carnival atmosphere that overturned Roman social norms: gambling was permitted, and masters provided table service for their slaves.[1] The poet Catullus called it "the best of days."
For those investigating the global conspiracy, Saturn has particular significance. Why? Because Saturn – and what it represents – is the object of worship of some of the secret societies that are running the planet today. Indeed, the worship of Saturn is a theme running through the priest, the lawyer and the academic classes, as can be seen by the use of gowns and square mortarboards in the color of black – Saturn’s color.
To quote Jordan Maxwell:
“When you graduate from high school you come out processionally with a black robe … and wear the square mortarboard on top of your head. The square mortarboards are, of course, used by the Freemasons for their plaster, so that is why you wear a square mortarboard when you graduate, ultimately becoming an Alumni. It all has to do with Freemasonry; it all has to do with the control of education in this country.”
In the early first centuries A.D., Saturn had a very strong presence in the most powerful city in the world: Rome. Every year from December 17th to 25th, there was a wild, licentious festival in his honor, named Saturnalia.
For these 8 days of the year, people would cut loose in a period of utter lawlessness; Roman courts were closed and Roman law dictated that no one could be punished for damaging property or injuring people during the festival.
There was widespread intoxication, people running around naked, rape and orgies. There was even human sacrifice – a theme that continues to underly some of the strange, dark rituals practiced by today’s ruling elite at places like Bohemian Grove.
According to some sources, Christmas was invented to compete with the pagan celebrations like Saturnalia, because it was just so popular. It was a successful strategy. Over time, the Church adopted many pagan rituals in their attempt to make Christianity more attractive to converts.
What Does Christmas Mean to You?
Ultimately, we all imbue our lives and activities with our own sense of meaning. You can decide what Christmas means to you.
However, it is always good to be aware of the occult origins and hidden symbolism of traditions and events, for as Confucius said, the world is ruled by signs and symbols, not words or law. Symbols communicate directly with our subconscious and guide our lives from behind the scenes, so choose consciously to which things you give your attention and energy.
This Christmas We Don’t Need More Stuff; We Need More Love December 24 2019 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit
Santa Claus (aka Father Christmas) is back and all he wants is your money.
Not that he cares about filling his pockets by emptying yours. Not at all. He just wants you to spend a lot - as much as you can - to prove that you appreciate your family and friends.
Santa is there to help you, silly. And if you don't listen to him, you're gonna ruin your holidays and those of every single person around you!
Out of fear, we do as we're told without second thought: Every Christmas season we buy gifts to express our affection to those dear to our hearts, even if that means spending more than we can afford.
Nobody stops for a moment to question age-old Santa Claus. Do we actually need more material possessions? Are products truly the best gifts we can give each other? Is there really not a more fruitful way to spend our money than buying stuff?
If you are reading this, you are incredibly lucky. Why?
Because it means that you have enough to satisfy your basic needs. That is, you have a roof to live under, nutritious food to eat and clean water to drink. Or, to put it differently, you have what billions of other people are lacking.
Sadly, many of us who’ve been brought up in affluent countries aren’t aware that we’re living in a tremendously unfair and cruel world.
Being constantly distracted by shallow things, we aren’t informed about what is important.
Bread and Circus, Omission and Denial
This is Big Sports and Entertainment have been designed to keep the masses appeased so they don’t have time to become concerned about how the Establishment is ripping them off at every level nor any inclination to be motivated to stop them from doing so.
And it's not a new trick but a variation on a theme developed by the elit in Roman times.
This is where the great schism lies. The awake and aware have snapped out of the control system. Those who haven't are being tooled around like puppets on a million nano strings. When you don't know, you don't know that you don't know...and are very easy to keep being fooled.
When you've woken up, the world is completely reversed from everything you were told and believed before. You now know that you now know! And everything rights itself and all is clear.
It takes some cobweb clearing to get a handle on the real picture but it happens, and in a relative hurry.
Truth not only defends itself, but drives itself.
The Romans came up with the idea that if you keep the people fed, watered and entertained - distracted - the 'elite' can get away with anything, behind the scenes. Today we have professional sports hysteria, mass media movies, mindless reality TV and music filling that role nicely, while subconsciously programming the masses with the themes and thoughtforms the elite decide on to further their agendas
"Bread and circuses"(or bread and games; from Latin: panem et circenses) is metonymic for a superficial means of appeasement. In the case of politics, the phrase is used to describe the generation of public approval, not through exemplary or excellent public service or public policy, but through diversion; distraction; or the mere satisfaction of the immediate, shallow requirements of a populace, as an offered "palliative."
Its originator, Juvenal, used the phrase to decry the selfishness of common people and their neglect of wider concerns.The phrase also implies the erosion or ignorance of civic duty amongst the concerns of the commoner.
Much of the violence and filth we have to live with can be directly attributed to this powerful mind-kontrol system which operates by the power of 60 HZ conditioned susceptibility, hypnosis for many. Hollywood superstars are paid big money because what they do is important to the Establishment Hierarchy, in terms of mind-kontrolling the masses and much of the world.
How do they maintain this illusion? Mental conditioning is the name of the game for the designers and propagators of the matrix.
Distraction: The Major Mass Media Cartel
This is best described as the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM). It uses an Intel proprietary to vet every single story carried by the news networks which actually function as a virtual and illegal Monopoly.
This KM proprietary is a major Investment House that claims to be on the Vanguard of progressive investments.
Distraction: Mass Entertainment
This is based on the sophisticated mind-kontrol served up by Hollywood and the Television networks and movie theaters. It controls the culture, values and mores of the group mind and and keeps the massed sedated and satiated.
When folks experience frequent “shoot em up” action scenario’s sitting in front of large screen TVs and in movie theaters and frequently see the impossible, this satiates their expectations and exhausts their motivation to actually change society for the better.
Many have become so “programmed” mentally by the TV and movies that they have trouble distinguishing between fantasy and reality and easily accept their mind-kontrolled state.
Once the pattern is established in its captive subjects, the more you can pour the lies on without them being noticed. Also disguised is the fact that their every intention for humanity is for control and exploitation....at any cost or consequence to these expendable "human resources".
To achieve this conditioning requires quite an effort on their part, because we are ultimately irrepressible and they know that. It's like chemtrails. If they don't keep spraying the required concentration of their toxic soup the effects start to wane, like the fluoride dosing and the rest. To keep the vast majority sleep walking they use all kinds of methods and have to maintain them.
"The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it."
- Josef Mengele
It's also inspiring...because no matter what they do to us they can't put us out of commission. Unless they kill us off entirely, but that's just a promotion to the next level.
Tools that Numb
But what specifically do they control us by? They flood our bodies with drugs delivered by any means possible; deprivation of nutrition, sunlight and clean air, water and food; dumbed down education and a fully controlled media with mind numbing false news and so-called entertainment; electromagnetic smog blasting on the human nervous system wavelength; violence and oppressive fear and terror tactics, and on and on.
They do this with impunity. Imagine the world is a massive internment camp where the captors give the illusion the inmates are free by letting them have a few choices within this massive facility, and disguise the barbed wire fence as gorgeous murals, and the control devices as modern marvels for their advancement.
Wars are a perfect example. All supposedly for our defense, safety and security, when it's the exact opposite.
Why wouldn't people in such an abused situation not go virtually berserk in protest, or a least speak out on a massive scale?
We might know the number of affairs our favorite celebrities have had this year, but we don’t know that farmers in India are dying in the thousands from suicide annually because of the debt and unemployment crises caused by the corporate monopoly of seeds.
We might know the exact date the next iPhone comes out on the market, but we don’t know about the inhumane conditions of Chinese sweatshops where workers have to suffer day in and day out to produce it.
One of the very best mirrors of our superfluous, misinformed, and profoundly sick culture is Black Friday - that is, the busiest shopping day of the year, or the day we push, punch, elbow and kick each other so that we can be the first to get the deal, while hundreds of millions of people don’t even have a piece of bread to eat.
Why give a damn about them? It’s 10 times more important that we keep on filling our shopping carts with more stuff we don’t need.
In a few days we have Christmas again. You know, that part of the year when we do nothing but exchange gifts in the form of products, an act that is marketed to us by big corporations as the only way to prove our love to our friends and family.
You see, in this crazy world that we live in, even love has been commercialized. It is sold to us and we are more than willing to spend our hard-earned money to buy it - many times even with money we don’t actually have.
According to a recent report, 28% of American shoppers are paying off debt from last year’s Christmas shopping. But this wont prevent them from going deeper into debt this year.
In fact, it’s expected that the average shopper will spend $776 on gifts alone this holiday season - that is, nearly 50% more than just four years ago! (Should I pull out my hair now or better leave it for when I’m done writing this article?)
Our society is totally nuts, and to be a nuthead is considered normal. Buying stuff nobody needs with money we don’t have and destroying our planet in the process seems perfectly OK to most people.
In fact, if you happen to differ from the majority and choose not to conform to our consumer culture, nearly everyone starts looking at you as if you’re some kind of a pathetic weirdo.
“Oh, you’re one of those people who don’t buy anyone gifts on the holiday season? That must mean that you’re either a stingy asshole or that you have nobody to love in your life.”
Of course, that’s not surprising at all, if you consider that since the moment we popped out of our mother’s womb the advertising industry has been bombarding us with countless messages that try to convince us that all we need in life is products.
But what if we stopped for a second and questioned the ingrained belief that only through products we can find meaning and fulfillment in our lives?
What if we could pierce through the corporate agendas and realized that love doesn’t have a price tag, and hence can’t be bought, sold or owned in any way or form?
What if we challenged the idea that more stuff means more happiness and snapped out of the hypnotic spell of consumerism?
To me, if there’s anything we need more of, it’s intimate looks, warm hugs, kind words, and generous smiles.
Not candy canes, scented candles and Christmas-themed socks. In other words, we need more of human connection and less of what humans can get for us.
Having said that, I’m not trying to suggest that offering material objects as gifts to people is bad or wrong. It can actually be a great thing, depending on what those gifts are and to whom we give them.
If we give people things that can improve the quality of their lives, then that’s totally fine. But what’s the point of giving people stuff they don’t need and which is soon going to end up as waste in landfills?
Would it not be far better if, for example, we spent our excess money to help those in need - the poor, the homeless, the underserved - whether directly or by supporting individuals and organizations that are trying to make our world a better place?
This Christmas, my friends, let’s not give each other more stuff and instead give each other more love.
Let’s not gift products and instead gift experiences - experiences of connection, compassion, belonging. And if we find ourselves in a place of relative abundance, let’s offer what we can to ease the suffering of our fellow humans.
"The UN's 'Woke' Climate Change Propaganda Is An Insult To Science" + “What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace December 23 2018 | From: Zerohedge / CollectiveEvolution / Various "I was always a 'middle-grounder', rather than a 'denier' – until I discovered the extent of the dishonesty." - Sherelle Jacobs, Daily Telegraph columnist
The climate change “emergency” is fake news. Many will roll their eyes in exasperation at the conspiratorial bombastry of yet another “denier”. But for years I have been a plastic recycling, polar bear cooing middle-grounder.
In fact, Aristotle would probably turn in his grave at the logical fallaciousness of my long-held presumption that the truth must lie somewhere between those two mutually loathing opposites – Scepticism and Armageddon.
But as the doom-mongering acquires the rubber-stamped smell of instutionalised illness, it is impossible to ignore that the “woke” are the new “slept” – too deep in their sugar coma of confected hysteria to realise they are being duped by disinformatiion.
Before I explain why the climate “emergency” is the most electrifyingly effective propaganda exercise of the 21st century, two clarifications. I have no fight to pick with glaring evidential realities: surface records clearly show the planet is getting warmer.
I do take issue with how the mainstream debate has become an insult to both the public’s intelligence and basic science.
This was clearer than ever two weeks ago, as bureaucratic catastrophists kicked up dystopian dust-clouds on their way into the UN Madrid climate change summit.
As Greta Thunberg arrived by yacht (after her British skipper likely clocked up 3 tonnes of carbon emissions flying to the US to pick her up), UN Secretary General António Guterres rumbled that, over the horizon, he could see “the point of no return”.
Delegates waved the UN’s latest Emissions Gap Report as if it were both a millenarian death oracle and a methodologically indisputable text; in it, the recommendation to cut emissions by at least 7.6 per cent per year for the next decade.
One can’t help but feel that we have heard such curiously precise warnings before. Last year the UN warned that we had just 12 years to save the planet. Scientists have since revised this to approximately 18 months.
Or perhaps it is already too late. The experts don’t seem quite sure.
Indeed, the distinction between present and future seems to be fading to discardable subtlety.
Take the study which has gone viral in recent days for claiming that parts of the world have either already reached – or are inching towards –“tipping point”, whereby the planet becomes caught in destructive feedback loops.
Are we already doomed, or nearly doomed, or nearly already doomed? More is the mystery.
Claims such as these are projections, but they are routinely presented to the public as unquestionable facts. This effectively reduces them to fake news.
Even more so, given that the accuracy of the climate modelling upon which these figures and scenarios rely is contested, and the climate does not change in a straight line.
To take one example, the UN’s international climate change body, the IPCC, said in 2007 that temperatures had risen by 0.2C per decade between 1990-2005 and used that figure for its 20-year projection.
Inconveniently, warming turned out to have been just 0.05C per decade over the 15 years to 2012.
The IPCC acknowledges the uncertainty of the computations it champions; hence the disclaimer squirreled away on its website stating that it does not guarantee the accuracy of the information it contains.
A caveat lost in translation at the resplendently funereal press conferences.
This post-truth scam is having a chilling effect on science. Experts are locked in a race to the bottom to make detailed and disastrous premonitions.
And despite the fact that disciplined debate is the motor of scientific discovery, eco-extremists are shutting down discussions that dissent from the Apocalypse narrative. CO2 emissions may not be the only reason for warming.
So sidelining studies that have, for example, found the natural climate system can suddenly shift, and ridiculing researchers who explore other possible variables – from solar changes to volcanoes – could be driving us further from the truth.
Laymen like me sense that something is amiss, because we grew up assuming science is more about possibility than limitations.
My Gift To Climate Alarmists
This is my most concise expose of climate fraud. Please pass it around to everyone you know and your elected officials. The video is short, but cuts right to the heart of the matter.
But so it goes that, in this messed-up world, the optimists have become sceptics; and those unradicalised by global warming delirium, the extremists.
“What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace
Mainstream media outlets and political organizations have been predicting doom and gloom, what seems to be end of the world type of scenarios when they bring up the topic of global warming and climate change.
This type of perception is something humanity has been experiencing for decades, just take a look at this press release from 1989, which explained how United Nations officials predicted that entire nations could be wiped off the face of the Earth if the global warming trend was not reversed by the year 2000, it’s just one of many examples.
Furthermore, anybody who seems to question the official narrative of this issue that’s constantly pushed by mainstream media is made out to be a fool, and ridicule shortly ensues.
In Brief:
The Facts: Dr. Patrick Moore is a founding member of Greenpeace and has been a leading environmental activist around the world for a very long time. In the video below he shares his thoughts on the climate change/global warming phenomenon.
Reflect On: Why is one side of this debate constantly ridiculed by mainstream media instead of their points being addressed and countered appropriately? Why are so many experts in the field shut down and never given a voice?
Climate scientists have been ridiculed for even sharing their research and opinions suggesting that a doom and gloom scenario is not real, and that the issue of climate change is quite complex, and that man’s CO2 output is not playing the role that most have been made to believe it plays.
"Science itself has become sort of a slight irrelevance… Stories have been promoted over the last 25-30 years and they have completely re-directed the science.
But more to the point they’ve also followed Eisenhower’s warning, that fundamentally as the state monopolizes the support of science it calls the shots.
And so you have the scientists on the one hand, you know, on both sides, presenting I would say not particularly alarming scenarios, but then you have the body politic presenting something that does not by in large have the support of science about, you know, the end of the planet.
But resting assured, the science won’t complain… I don’t think any field survives this degree of corruption without loosing if nothing else its self respect. In terms of climate science… it’s set back the field probably a few generations.
I mean, it forced it into a channel that was not describing most of past climate change. So instead of trying to figure out how the Earth behaved, the field was co-opted into a situation where it was supposed to support a paradigm that the government wanted, or that the environmental movement wanted.
Hard to disentangle the two, also, because the environmental movement itself has become highly political.
- He was the Alfred P. Sloan Professor of Meteorology at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and he is actually the lead author of Chapter 7, “Physical Climate Processes and Feedbacks,” of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Third Assessment Report on climate change."
Based on my research, there are many academics, researchers and environmental activists who are not buying the official narrative that’s been dished out by politicians for a very long time now.
We are told that the majority of climate scientists agree, but that doesn’t seem to be the case as, again, there are many who are emphasizing that C02 is not really a dominant factor, and that there are a myriad of other considerations when it comes to the climate of Earth one must consider.
Why are they doing this? Clearly, the ‘science is not settled.’
Our planet is no doubt in need of great environmental care. Species extinction, deforestation and pollution are at an all time high. The air quality on planet Earth is embarrassing, and our planet needs a big time clean up/restoration attempt.
All of these are not due to CO2, but rather due to industry, the dumping of toxic waste, pesticides, and much more. These are what we should be focusing on, not a carbon tax.
What’s even more frustrating is that it’s not a matter of finding solutions, they’re already there, it’s a matter of overcoming elitist agendas, human greed and ego.
It seems that a carbon tax is simply being used to put more profit into the hands of the global elite.
Imagine if we spent as much time coming up with ways to clean up our oceans, develop new energy technology, stoping deforestation and animal agriculture, passing laws that make packaging without biodegradable substances illegal, and much more rather than simply focusing on C02.
A lot more would get done. I go more in depth on C02 and why I believe it should not be the main focus when it comes to environmental awareness.
Again, just to reiterate, we are big time environmental activists, but we simply feel the important issues are not given as much attention as the intention behind C02 reduction is not to benefit the planet, but to benefit rich people who really have no concern for our planet.
The Video
Below is a video of Dr. Patrick Moore explaining some of his thoughts on the phenomenon. Dr. Patrick Moore has been a leader in the international environmental field for over 30 years.
He is a founding member of Greenpeace and served for nine years as President of Greenpeace Canada and seven years as a Director of Greenpeace International.
As the leader of many campaigns Dr. Moore was a driving force shaping policy and direction while Greenpeace became the world’s largest environmental activist organization.
People like Patrick are often criticized by the mainstream media. As I do with everyone else, I suggest you listen to what is being said, look it up, and focus on the information instead of character assassination attempts.
That being said, Moore also claimed that Glyphosate was completely safe and not harmful to humans. This is something we completely disagree with, he also seems to be a supporter of Genetically Modified Foods, something we do not support either.
In fact, it was surprising to me to look into what he’s said about these two topics, and quite a head scratcher. In fact, we wrote about his ,what now clearly appear to be false/misinformed, comments on Glyphosate when he made them. You can read that article here.
We clearly do not agree with Moore on many topics, like the ones listed above, but that doesn’t mean he is working for corporations, or is completely misinformed.
There is a division of opinion on a myriad of topics today, and again, it’s best to look at what’s being said and fact checking it ourselves instead of simply reverting to character assassination. When we looked and examined his comments on Glyphosate and GMO foods, we found them to be false.
When we look at his comments regarding climate change, we find them to be valid or at least worthy of consideration. We completely disregard judgement and simply examine the claims being made, something we encourage more people to do.
One thing is for certain, our right to explore and examine information openly and freely should not be taken away and censored.
But I didn’t go into Greta, who seems to be a good hearted young activist who really cares about the planet. If you want to go more in-depth, I suggest you read the article linked above as the information below is already in it, and a little more.
My Thoughts About CO2
Carbon dioxide (CO2) is a natural and beneficial constituent of the atmosphere. By volume percentage, 99% of dry air is nitrogen (78%) and oxygen (21%).
Most of the rest is argon (0.93%), with carbon dioxide amounting to only 0.04%, but slowly increasing. Even smaller amounts of other gases, neon, helium, methane etc., make up the remainder.
Atmospheric CO2 is a key to life on earth, this is because plants use sunlight to combine CO2 molecules from the air with H2O molecules to make carbohydrates (for example, sugar) and other organic compounds. In the process, oxygen molecules (O2) are released to the atmosphere.
At CO2 levels less than 150 ppm (parts per million), most plants stop growing. Over most of the history of multicellular life on earth, CO2 levels have been three or four times higher than present levels. Current CO2 levels of 400 ppm are still much less than optimum for most plant growth.
Air also contains water vapor (H2O), from as much as 7% in the humid tropics to less than 1% on a cold winter day. Human exhaled breath typically contains 4% to 5% CO2 and about 6% H2O.Water vapor;
"Water vapor, clouds and carbon dioxide hinder the escape of thermal radiation to space and allow the earth’s surface to be warm enough for life.
Without this “greenhouse warming,” most of the oceans would be frozen.
Increasing levels of the greenhouse gas CO2 from fuel combustion will slightly increase the surface temperature of the earth.
Observations indicate that every doubling of the CO2 concentration will increase the earth’s surface temperature by 1 to 2 C, and perhaps less.
The warming is so small that the resulting longer growing seasons and increased plant productivity from additional CO2 will be of great benefit to life on earth."
The climate is changing, and it has been changing for a very long time.
In fact, the climate has always been changing, and there are a myriad of factors that influence climate change like solar activity and much more.
If you’re not educated on climate science, it’s easy to adopt the “doomsday” perspective that’s often dished out by mainstream media.
However, when you look at what actual climate scientists are saying, it doesn’t seem like anyone on either side agrees with the media’s “climate hysteria” narrative.
The main argument among those who ascribe to the hysteria perspective is that CO2 levels are the highest they’ve ever been since we started to record them, currently sitting at approximately 415 parts per million (ppm).
It’s not like climate scientists disagree on the idea that C02 causes some warming of our atmosphere, that seems to be a fact that’s firmly established in scientific literature.
But what’s never mentioned is the fact that CO2 levels have been significantly higher than what they are now; in fact, CO2 levels have been in the thousands of ppm and Earth’s temperature has been much warmer than it is now.
The idea that human CO2 emissions are responsible for shifts and changes in climate is not scientifically valid, yet policy initiatives that do nothing for our environment are being produced and put forward, putting large sums of money in the pockets of some very powerful people.
"Our crop plants evolved about 400 million years ago, when CO2 in the atmosphere was about 5000 parts per million! Our evergreen trees and shrubs evolved about 360 million years ago, with CO2 levels at about 4,000 ppm.
When our deciduous trees evolved about 160 million years ago, the CO2 level was about 2,200 ppm – still five times the current level.”
- Source: Dennis T. Avery, agricultural and environmental economist, senior fellow for the Center for Global Food Issues in Virginia, and formerly a senior analyst for the U.S. Department of State."
CO2 causing a temperature increase is the backbone of the global warming argument, but does CO2 even cause the temperature to increase, or does an increase in temperature cause a rise in C02?
"The question is how does the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) determine that an increase in atmospheric CO2 causes an increase in global temperature?
The answer is they assumed it was the case and confirmed it by increasing CO2 levels in their computer climate models and the temperature went up.
Science must overlook the fact that they wrote the computer code that told the computer to increase temperature with a CO2 increase.
Science must ask if that sequence is confirmed by empirical evidence? Some scientists did that and found the empirical evidence showed it was not true.
Why isn’t this central to all debate about anthropogenic global warming?"
- Source: Dr. Tim Ball, former professor in the Department of Geography at the University of Winnipeg
William Happer, American physicist and the Cyrus Fogg Brackett Professor of Physics, Emeritus, at Princeton University, is one of what seems to be thousands of academics to go unheard by the mainstream media who shares the same perspective:
"In every careful study, the temperature first rises and then CO2 rises, and the temperature first falls and then CO2 falls, temperature is causing changes of CO2 at least for the last million years, there’s no question about that."
He also pointed out the major ice ages in Earth’s past when C02 levels were also extremely high, much higher than they are now, and did so to show how the correlation between C02 and temperature is “not all that good.”
In their paper on the Vostok Ice Core, Petit et al (1999), they show how CO2 lags temperature during the onset of glaciations by several thousands of years, but offer no explanation.
They also observe that CH4 and CO2 are not perfectly aligned with each other, but offer no explanation. The significance is that temperature may influence C02 amounts.
At the onset of glaciations, temperature drops to glacial values before CO2 begins to fall, suggesting that CO2 has little influence on temperature modulation at these times as well.
Since 1999, this theory has been discussed in numerous scientific papers, but not one shred of evidence exists to confirm that a CO2 increase causes ‘extreme warming.’
"Doubling CO2 involves a 2% perturbation to this budget. So do minor changes in clouds and other features, and such changes are common.
In this complex multifactor system, what is the likelihood of the climate (which, itself, consists in many variables and not just globally averaged temperature anomaly) is controlled by this 2% perturbation in a single variable?
Believing this is pretty close to believing in magic. Instead, you are told that it is believing in ‘science.’ Such a claim should be a tip-off that something is amiss.
After all, science is a mode of inquiry rather than a belief structure.
The accumulation of false and/or misleading claims is often referred to as the ‘overwhelming evidence’ for forthcoming catastrophe. Without these claims, one might legitimately ask whether there is any evidence at all. "
"Now here is the currently popular narrative concerning this system.
The climate, a complex multifactor system, can be summarized in just one variable, the globally averaged temperature change, and is primarily controlled by the 1-2% perturbation in the energy budget due to a single variable – carbon dioxide – among many variables of comparable importance.
This is an extraordinary pair of claims based on reasoning that borders on magical thinking. It is, however, the narrative that has been widely accepted, even among many sceptics.
This acceptance is a strong indicator of the problem Snow identified.
Many politicians and learned societies go even further:
They endorse carbon dioxide as the controlling variable, and although mankind’s CO2 contributions are small compared to the much larger but uncertain natural exchanges with both the oceans and the biosphere, they are confident that they know precisely what policies to implement in order to control."
A number of times, Lindzen and many others have been quite outspoken regarding the conclusions of this document that are drawn by politicians, not scientists. There will be more on that later in the article.
According to Dr. Leslie Woodcock, emeritus professor at the University of Manchester (UK) School of Chemical Engineering and Analytical Science, is a former NASA scientist:
"The term ‘climate change’ is meaningless. The Earth’s climate has been changing since time immemorial, that is since the Earth was formed 1,000 million years ago.
The theory of ‘man-made climate change’ is an unsubstantiated hypothesis [about] our climate [which says it] has been adversely affected by the burning of fossil fuels in the last 100 years, causing the average temperature on the earth’s surface to increase very slightly but with disastrous environmental consequences.
The theory is that the CO2 emitted by burning fossil fuel is the ‘greenhouse gas’ causing ‘global warming’ - in fact, water is a much more powerful greenhouse gas and there is 20 times more of it in our atmosphere (around one per cent of the atmosphere) whereas CO2 is only 0.04 per cent.
There is no reproducible scientific evidence CO2 has significantly increased in the last 100 years. Anecdotal evidence doesn’t mean anything in science, it’s not significant…"
In the IPCC documents, we can see how tenuous the link between climate change and CO2 emissions are, specifically in their findings titled ‘Climate Change 2001: The Scientific Basis.’Here was one of their recommendations:
"Explore more fully the probabilistic character of future climate states by developing multiple ensembles of model calculations.
The climate system is a coupled non-linear chaotic system, and therefore the long-term prediction of future exact climate states is not possible.
Rather the focus must be upon the prediction of the probability distribution of the system’s future possible states by the generation of ensembles of model solutions."
If we go back to the 1995 2nd Assessment Report of the UN IPCC, we can see how much the agenda overshadowed and muted the actual science. The scientists included these three statements in the draft:
1. “None of the studies cited above has shown clear evidence that we can attribute the observed (climate) changes to the specific cause of increases in greenhouse gases.”
2. “No study to date has positively attributed all or part (of observed climate change) to anthropogenic (i.e. man-made) causes.”
3. “Any claims of positive detection of significant climate change are likely to remain controversial until uncertainties in the natural variability of the climate system are reduced.”
The “Summary” and conclusion statement of the IPCC report was written by politicians, not scientists. The rules force the ‘scientists’ to change their reports to match the politicians’ final ‘Summary.’ Those three statements by ‘scientists’ above were replaced with this:
1. The balance of evidence suggests a discernible human influence on global climate.
Here’s another great point made by Lindzen:
"How did we get to this point where the science seized to be interested in the fascinating question of accounting for the remarkable history of the Earth’s climate for an understanding of how climate actually works and instead devoted itself itself to a component of political correctness.
Perhaps one should take a broader view of what’s going on."
In 1988, NASA scientist James Hansen told the US Senate that the summer’s warmth reflected increased carbon dioxide levels. Even Science magazine reported that the climatologists were skeptical.
"The reason we now take this position as dogma is due to political actors and others seeking to exploit the opportunities that abound in the multi-trillion dollar energy sector.
One person who benefited from this was Maurice Strong, a global bureaucrat and wheeler-dealer (who spent his final years in China apparently trying to avoid prosecution for his role in the UN’s Oil for Food program scandals).
Strong is frequently credited with initiating the global warming movement in the early 1980s, and he subsequently helped to engineer the Rio Conference that produced the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change.
Others like Olaf Palme and his friend, Bert Bolin, who was the first chairman of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, were also involved as early as the 1970s. – Dr. Richard Lindzen, an atmospheric physicist who has published more than 200 scientific papers and books.
He was the Alfred P. Sloan Professor of Meteorology at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and he is actually the lead author of Chapter 7, “Physical Climate Processes and Feedbacks,” of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Third Assessment Report on climate change."
The ‘Green New Deal (The Sunrise Movement) is already being adopted in the US, 104 members of Congress, and three of the four frontrunners for the Democratic nomination next year have endorsed it.
The legislation promises to cut carbon emissions to zero by 2050 and gives the government large amounts of control over healthcare, wealth redistribution, transport, food production and housing.
"Formed by French President Emanuel Macron and investment corporation BlackRock capital last year, the Climate Finance Partnership sees government-funded carbon reduction as a “flagship blended capital investment vehicle.”
Salivating at potential profits in the world’s “developing and emerging markets,” the partnership calls for the “unlocking” of pension funds and government money to finance green industry in the developing world.
Only instead of calling our planet’s situation a “climate emergency,” they call it “the climate opportunity.”
The Blended Finance Action Taskforce – comprised of 50 financial giants including HSBC, JP Morgan Chase and Citi – is even more explicit, calling for a “layer of government and philanthropic capital,” as there are “profits to be had” in “climate-related sectors…across three regions including Latin America, Asia, and Africa.”
Put simply, financial giants want your pensions and your taxes to support their investments half a world away.
Greta Thunberg and The Climate Emergency Movement are paralyzing you with fear, and knowingly or unknowingly aiding the interests of the world’s mega-rich."
This isn’t about the planet, it’s about money, period. Climate change is no different than using ‘the war on terror’ to create patriotism and to drive the population into accepting measures that hurt them, not benefit them.
These ‘fear’ narratives are completely fake. We saw the same thing with Al-Qaeda:
"The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al-Qaeda, and any informed intelligence officer knows this.
But, there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an intensified entity representing the ‘devil’ only in order to drive TV watchers to accept a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism.
The country behind this propaganda is the United States.”
The fund boasts of being one of the first major global activists by citing its strong advocacy for both the 1988 formation of the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and the 1992 creation of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change.
"The global elite have always benefited in some way shape or form from crises, we’ve seen it over and over again with war.
What is important, however, is to acknowledge the role of the Rockefeller family –which historically was the architect of “Big Oil”– in supporting the Climate Change debate as well as the funding of scientists, environmentalists and NGOs involved in grassroots activism against “Big Oil” and the fossil fuel industry.
Debate on the world’s climate is of crucial importance. But who controls that debate?
There is an obvious contradictory relationship: Whereas “Big Oil” is the target of Global Warming activism, “Big Oil” through the Rockefeller Family and Rockefeller Brothers Trusts generously finance the Worldwide climate protest movement. Ask yourself Why?”
- Source: Michel Chossudovsky, Canadian economist and Professor Emeritus of Economics at the University of Ottawa
You can access the full report here. It was published by the Energy & Environmental Legal Institute in 2016.
What About The Other Side of The Coin?
A 2013 study in Environmental Research Letters claimed that 97% of climate scientists agreed with the ‘humans changing the climate’ narrative in 12,000 academic papers that contained the words “global warming” or “global climate change” from 1991 to 2011.
Not long ago, that paper hit 1m downloads, making it the most accessed paper ever among the 80+ journals published by the Institute of Physics (as Lindzen mentions above, many of these papers are being published by scientists outside of climate physics), according to the authors.
A recent article that presents more scientific studies was published in the Guardian, titled ‘No Doubt Left About Scientific Consensus on Global Warming, say experts.’
But is this true? Do “97 percent of scientists” really agree as is so often promoted by the mainstream media?
"This claim is actually a come-down from the 1988 claim on the cover of Newsweek that all scientists agree.
In either case, the claim is meant to satisfy the non-expert that he or she has no need to understand the science.
Mere agreement with the 97% will indicate that one is a supporter of science and superior to anyone denying disaster.
This actually satisfies a psychological need for many people. The claim is made by a number of individuals and there are a number of ways in which the claim is presented.
A thorough debunking has been given in the Wall Street Journal by Bast and Spencer. One of the dodges is to poll scientists as to whether they agree that CO2 levels in the atmosphere have increased, that the Earth has been warming (albeit only a little) and that man has played some part.
This is, indeed, something almost all of us can agree on, but which has no obvious implication of danger. Nonetheless this is portrayed as support for catastrophism.
Other dodges involve looking at a large number of abstracts where only a few actually deal with danger. If among these few, 97% support catastrophism, the 97% is presented as pertaining to the much larger totality of abstracts.
One of my favorites is the recent claim in the Christian Science Monitor (a once respected and influential newspaper): “For the record, of the nearly 70,000 peer-reviewed articles on global warming published in 2013 and 2014, four authors rejected the idea that humans are the main drivers of climate change.
” I don’t think that it takes an expert to recognize that this claim is a bizarre fantasy for many obvious reasons.”
This is a deep topic and there are many points to make. Here’s a great video by Alex Epstein, founder of the Center for Industrial Progress for Prager University, explaining the 97 percent myth and where it came from.
Obviously, there is an ongoing debate surrounding climate change, and many people still think something fishy is going on here.
It’s similar to the vaccines argument, or a host of other issues that never receive any attention from the mainstream media. Instead of presenting the concerns of scientists from the other side, or the side often labelled ‘skeptics,’ these scientists are often heavily ridiculed by mainstream media.
A great example is this dialogue, which is quite old now, between Lindzen and Bill Nye. It’s not hard to see that Nye has no idea what he is talking about, and he’s simply being used because, at that time, he had a large following.
The reason why so many people are unaware of the arguments made by climate ‘skeptics’ is because their points are never presented by mainstream media in the same way the other side’s are. The media controls the minds of the masses, but thankfully this is changing.
The Takeaway
We are not denying climate change, we are simply presenting the evidence showing that climate change has been happening for a long time, and that human CO2 output doesn’t seem to play a significant role at all, and that this is simply being used for profit, control, and to take more ‘power’ away from the people and put it into the hands of politicians and the global financial elite.
This is not about the planet.
We here at CE care deeply about our planet and creating harmony on it. Since we were founded in 2009, we’ve been creating massive amounts of awareness regarding clean energy technologies and the harmful industries polluting and destroying our planet.
The issue is not with finding solutions, we already have those for the most part, the issue is with the systems we have that prevent these solutions from ever seeing the light of day.
In fact, we have been heavily involved with multiple clean energy projects and assisting them in coming into fruition.
Opposing the ‘doom and gloom’ global warming narrative does not mean we do not care for our environment; in fact, it’s quite the opposite.
We feel that politicians meeting every single year for the past few decades have done absolutely nothing to clean up our planet, and instead have been coming up with ways to simply make money off of green technology that cuts CO2 emissions.
If the people in power, with all of their resources, really wanted to change the planet, it would have happened by now.
While our focus is on CO2, not nearly enough attention and resources are going into re-planting our planet, cleaning up our fresh water lakes and oceans,and changing our manufacturing habits to cause less waste and less pollution.
If anything, this should be our main focus, especially when it’s not really clear that C02 is an issue.
Environmental and species protection should be our first priority, but it’s not. I believe this green revolution is a distraction and, in many ways, further harms our environment by taking our focus off of what’s really important and putting it on something that is not impacting our planet in a negative way.
ImpeachmentGate: The Deep State Coup Conspiracy And Democrat Scandal That Will Forever Destroy Their Treasonous Party December 21 2018 | From: StateOfTheNation / Various
A Deep State Hoax Carried Out to Distract from the Countless Democrat [Cabal-Driven] Scandals, Criminal Conspiracies and Coup Attempts - And This Affects the Whole World - Not Just America.
ImpeachmentGate: The primary criminal conspiracy is the ongoing Deep State-directed coup d’état that continually morphs from one massive Democrat crime spree into another.
Now that the Democrats have done the dirty deed, every American is compelled to ask:
What in the world is really going on?!
While it appears to be very complicated, and it is, it’s really all very simple.
The short answer is found in the subtitle of this post: “ImpeachmentGate is a transparent Deep State Hoax Carried Out to Distract from the Countless Democrat Scandals, Criminal Conspiracies and Naked Betrayals”
The longer answer is that the Democrat Party has become so corrupt and criminal in their collective and individual conduct that they have no choice but to majorly distract the body politic from their many scandals.
There are now so many Democrat scandals, and so much criminality perpetrated by the Left, that it boggles the mind.
Therefore, they truly feel they have no other option but to blow the whole place up - as in orchestrate an obviously false impeachment of an innocent POTUS.
ImpeachmentGate: The Scandal Is Much Worse & Plot Much Thicker Than Anyone Knows
What better way to start a second civil war - right during the holidays - than to unjustly impeach a President whose only ‘crime’ was to LAWFULLY investigate Democrat transgressions of federal law.
Really, exactly who is it that is intentionally ruining the Christmas season with an utterly reckless and politically grotesque impeachment proceeding? See The Hidden Powers Behind the Destruction of America.
Key Point: Remember the [Cabal Driven] Democrats have always been extremely proficient at accusing the opposition of the very crimes and scandals and wrongdoings that they have themselves committed.
President Trump has repeatedly been a victim of this ploy. And, it works like a charm - but only up to a certain point.
What outrageous scandals? What vast criminal conspiracies? What brazen cover-ups? What lawlessness and corruption? What institutional malfeasance?
That’s why the Democrats took down Richard Nixon so hard and so fast; they were fearful about his acquiring Pedogate evidence on prominent and/or powerful liberals inside the Beltway.
Of all the “‘Gate scandals”, the two that are by far the most radioactive and dangerous to the Left, are EPSTEINgate and Pedogate.
However, the scandal that will take down the Democrat Party forever is likely to be IMPEACHMENTgate.
This particular Democrat crime wave, which was necessary for the Left to successfully bring impeachment charges, is so large and complex that practically everyone in the DNC and Democrat Congressional leadership is somehow involved.
Which is a very good thing as it will assist in taking down the Democrat Party in the not too distant future.
What makes IMPEACHMENTgate so HUGE and deadly to the DEMs is that they have succeeded in pissing off the entire Right. More significantly, the Democrats have exposed their corrupt and criminal MO as no political party has ever done in history.
Hence, the impeachment process itself has driven a stake deep into the heart of the American body politic. This was done with highly purposeful design which will soon manifest well beyond the new year.
The New World Order globalist cabal planned for such a fraudulent impeachment inquiry to anger and enrage the Right like there’s no tomorrow. The desperate power elite knows that when the Right finally gets mad, it ain’t gonna be pretty.
The various goals of this NWO scheme to divide and conquer the American people are many and diverse. Ultimately, the globalists plan is to transform this nation into a totalitarian USSA where “A” stands for Amerika.
This clandestine plot has been occurring under the radar for decades as a precursor to the formation of the North American Union superstate modeled after the imploding European Union. At that point, the American Republic will no longer exist.
When folks come to the correct understanding that Jeffrey Epstein did not kill himself, and that Epstein was not murdered in a jail cell, and that eyewitnesses testified that he was secretly smuggled out of the facility, you know this is the BIGGEST scandal of all just waiting to explode across the nation.
There are even those political analysts and commentators (such as SOTN) who have surmised that IMPEACHMENTgate was quite deliberately staged by the Democrats as a means of distracting from EPSTEINgate, as well as from numerous other scandals. As follows:
The bottom line here is that Deep State operatives are using the Democrat communists to distract, divert and misdirect from so many crimes and scandals.
They really thought Hillary was going to win - and when she lost, they were faced with implementing the biggest cover-ups in U.S. history.
How the Deep State Democrats will possibly continue to cover up so many real criminal conspiracies remains to be seen. After all, there does come a point when the task of multitudinous cover-ups becomes virtually impossible to carry out in any meaningful way.
The upshot of the foregoing compendium of Democrat serial criminality and corruption is that they can never again be permitted to hold power, especially within the Executive Branch of the U.S. Federal Government.
And, that it’s now imperative the Democrat Party be dissolved and outlawed for the good of the Republic.
Special Note: There has been a palpable display today - the day after the official impeachment of Donald Trump - of incredulity and shock, apprehension and dismay because of this gross miscarriage of injustice.
Whether one likes or dislikes the President is quite irrelevant in this case. What the demented Democrats did was greatly undermine the “checks and balances” well intended by the framers of the U.S. Constitution.
In so doing, the U.S. Congress has set an exceedingly dangerous precedent whereby the House can threaten any future POTUS with impeachment should the opposition party take umbrage with any presidential action or statement.
Please, loyal readers, distribute this important post far and wide. Everyone needs to have a comprehensive reference list of Democrat scandals and crimes that’s easily accessible for the full-scale cyber-war that’s about to commence in earnest.
It’s now clear that Speaker Nancy Pelosi would hold the articles of impeachment until Election Day if she could get away with it.
The last thing the Democrats want is for the Republican Senate majority to quickly dismiss the fraudulent charges against Trump during the home stretch of the campaign season.
In this way, Pelosi not only holds the POTUS over a barrel, so to speak, she also can use the fake allegations alive to distract the electorate from the many scandals delineated above.
But Pelosi can not and will not. Desperate theatrics. Tick tock...
These laws led to the forced sterilization of over 60,000 American citizens in states like California and thousands of rejected marriage licenses.
The Eugenics programs in the US were only a beta test though, as the Rockefellers then transferred their programs over to Germany under Hitler and the Third Reich in the 1930's, where a true widespread eugenics-based population control program was introduced.
The targets of population reduction were based on ethnic background, but also “mental intelligence” and economic status.
The Cold Springs Harbor Laboratory still exists today and presents itself as a kind of philanthropic endeavor to help humanity.
Public knowledge of the globalists and their population control agenda was carefully swept under the rug in the US after the exposure of Nazi programs post-WWII.
The word “eugenics” became a very ugly one and all the effort the elites put into promoting it as a legitimate science was ruined.
However, they were not going to give up on their precious ideology.
In the late 1960's into the 1970's there was a resurgence of population control rhetoric coming out of globalist circles. Under the supervision of the UN and some related scientific groups, the Club Of Rome was formed.
This effort was directly linked to another agenda – the institution of a global government that could handle and enforce population controls on a wide scale.
The elites had found a new scientific front for their eugenics obsession: Climate science. In the early 1990's the Club Of Rome published a book called 'The First Global Revolution'. In it they state:
"In searching for a common enemy against whom we can unite, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like, would fit the bill. In their totality and their interactions these phenomena do constitute a common threat which must be confronted by everyone together.
But in designating these dangers as the enemy, we fall into the trap, which we have already warned readers about, namely mistaking symptoms for causes.
All these dangers are caused by human intervention in natural processes. and it is only through changed attitudes and behaviour that they can be overcome.
The quote is relatively clear; a common enemy must be conjured in order to trick humanity into uniting under a single banner, and the elites see environmental catastrophe, caused by mankind itself, as the best possible motivator.
It also outlines the perfect rationale for population control – Mankind is the enemy, therefore, mankind as a species must be kept under strict supervision and his proliferation must be restricted.
The Club of Rome and the UN agenda have always been intimately connected. In the 1990's at the same time 'The First Global Revolution' was being published, UN assistant secretary general Robert Muller was publishing his manifesto which is now collected on a website called 'Good Morning World'.
Muller argues that global governance must be achieved using the idea of “protecting the Earth” and environmentalism as the key components.
Through fear of environmental Apocalypse, the public could be convinced to accept global government as a necessary nanny state to keep society from destroying itself.
Does this sound familiar?
In a paper titled 'Proper Earth Government: A Framework And Ways To Create It' Robert Muller outlines how climate change could be used to convince the masses of the need for global government. Integral to his plan were the introduction of a new “global religion”, and population controls.
It should come as no surprise that the UN established the Intergovernmental Panel On Climate Change (IPCC) and that this panel and it's offshoots are now at the forefront of the argument for population reduction.
As we close in on the end date for the UN's Agenda 2030, which calls for a radical shift of human production from oil and other large scale energy sources into small scale “renewable energies”, there is only 10 years left for the globalists to achieve their goals if they hope to meet their announced deadline.
This would require a violent change in human society and most of all industrialized nations.
The human population would have to be reduced dramatically in order to survive on the meager energy output of renewables alone. A disaster of epic proportions would have to take place soon so that the globalists could then spend the next decade using the resulting fear to convince the surviving population that global governance is needed.
Without aggressive crisis and change most people would never go along with the UN's agenda, out of simple desire for self preservation.
Even many leftists, once exposed to the true nature of carbon controls and population reduction, might have second thoughts when they realize they could be affected.
The key to understanding people who cheer for population control or population reduction is that these people always assume that THEY will be the survivors and inheritors of the Earth after the culling. They never assume that they will be the one's put on the chopping block.
In 2019, the population agenda is being ramped into high gear and the public is being carefully conditioned over time to accept the idea that man-made climate change is real and population is the source of the problem.
Recently, a group of scientists partially funded by something called the “Worthy Garden Club” claimed 11,000 signatures on a statement for the need for population reduction in the name of saving the Earth from global warming.
The statement cites all the same long debunked IPCC and UN climate change propaganda as the reasons why the Earth is on the verge of annihilation.
The Worthy Garden Club is a strangely sterile group and there doesn't seem to be any list of their patrons and who funds them. However, the mainstream media was quick to pick up on the statement from the “11,000 scientists” and tie it to statements made by the UN's IPCC.
Population control has also been brought up consistently as an issue in the 2020 Presidential Election race. Bernie Sanders argued for birth control measures in poor countries.
Elizabeth Warren promoted abortion by saying it was as safe as “getting your tonsils removed”. She has consistently promoted the carbon control agenda of the UN and was, interestingly, a member of the University Of Texas Population research Center in the 1980s.
And, Green New Deal politicians are throwing their support behind the statements from the Worthy Garden Club on population reduction.
This is the first time I have seen the argument for population reduction used so blatantly and widespread in the mainstream media, and it suggests to me that a trend is forming.
For years I have warned my readers that they will know when the globalists are about to pull the plug on the current system when they start talking about their criminality openly.
When they admit to their agenda in a free way, this means they are close to a global reset and do not care anymore who knows about it. The openness of the plan to cut world population is becoming apparent.
Strangely, there has been little mention of the fact that the world population, in the west most of all, is actually in decline. Far from exploding beyond the Earth's capacity, people are barely having enough children to keep the current population stable.
It would appear that the globalist agenda is already in motion. Through engineered economic disintegration, the population is being slowly reduced. However, this slow decline may not be enough to satisfy the globalists.
How many people would the globalists like to kill off to achieve their utopian aspirations? Well, globalist Ted Turner in a moment of honesty said when confronted by We Are Change that the population should be reduced to 2 billion down from 7 billion.
The primary issue here beyond the moral horror show of eugenics is, who gets cut? And furthermore, who gets to decide who gets cut? Who gets to decide if you can have children or not?
Who gets to decide if you are allowed to access resources to produce and make a living or not? Who gets to decide if the global economy will sustain the population or not? Who pulls the trigger on the culling of the population?
As history has shown us, it is always the elites that end up in the position of deciding the fates of millions or billions.
From the Rockefeller Foundation sterilization programs in the US in the early 1900's to the UN today, the globalists, a veritable death cult, are desperate to conjure a rationalization as to why they should be the ones to allow or deny human life based on lies like man-made climate change.
They don't believe in the climate change threat, THEY were the people that fabricated it. So, what is the core reason behind all of this?
A reduced population completely dependent on limited energy sources might be easier to dominate.
But I have another theory – they are psychopaths looking for a socially justifiable way to kill as many people as possible. Why? because they enjoy it.
Saving America [And The World] From The Kingmakers Cabal December 19 2019 | From: ClassicCapital / Various
When The Fruits of Graft – Great Depressions Then and Now was published in 2011, Barack Obama occupied the White House and Hillary Clinton was his nominated and confirmed Secretary of State.
Hope was alive for many Americans, but they and others were betrayed by intentionally hurtful public policies and by graft and corruption only now becoming known to the public.
Sad to say, Barack Obama was not the first occupant of the White House to betray the trust of his electorate.
In The Fruits of Graft, Americans and others for the first time could read clearly stated historical facts proving that the Great Depression was imposed on America and the world by deliberate acts of U.S. government officials, specifically including Presidents Herbert Hoover and Franklin D. Roosevelt, in collusion with a powerful global cabal of kingmakers.
Kingmakers’ Fun and Profit
The Fruits of Graft further details:
The same cabal’s ownership of the “too big to fail” Wall Street banks, which gives the cabal control of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Fed itself;
How the Securities & Exchange Commission was designed in 1934 to shield these and other large financial institutions from prosecution for financial fraud;
How the Fed sets overnight interest rates so Wall Street banks can follow suit without violating antitrust laws;
How the Fed set up the Tech Crash of 2000-2002 by secretly and intentionally creating monetary deflation during 1997-2002;
How Goldman Sachs allowed its hedge fund clients to sell shares “naked short” throughout the Tech Crash and was fined only $7 million by the SEC; and how the “financial terrorism” of 2008 resulted not from “too many bad mortgages” but from fraudulent conspiracies to destroy two big Wall Street banks (Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers) plus multiple other major financial institutions (including Washington Mutual, IndyMac, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac) by using naked short selling of corporate shares, plus financial derivatives and a rigged market index to destroy market prices of mortgage-backed securities for the immense profit of the remaining financial operatives of the kingmakers cabal. For example, the annual report for J. P. Morgan Chase announced 2008 was the giant bank's best year ever.
At its conclusion, The Fruits of Graft (p. 538) relates the “unmistakable fact” that this kingmakers cabal and their collaborators are waging war against all other Americans.
Related questions still at issue in 2011 were whether Americans under attack would ever defend themselves effectively and, if so, who would prevail.
Almost too good to be true, only eight years later, we are able to state an unequivocal “yes” on the first of these questions, and indications to date are quite positive on the second.
In 2015, Donald Trump stepped forward to lead the counter-offensive against the kingmakers cabal. Wisely, he chose first to gain use of America’s constitutional structure of laws by seeking and winning election as U. S. president.
One year later, Trump won the presidency despite wholesale opposition by cabal-controlled propaganda media and multiple attempts of voter fraud on behalf of his opponent, some of which were successful in shifting electoral votes.
This is the historical context within which the political turmoil enveloping the Trump presidency must be examined and understood.
Additional:Read about the Alliance that
has
been working behind
the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.
Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing
everything within it's
power to denigrate Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the
Illuminati down once and for
all.
And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal
does.
Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like
Putin?
Acting principally without public fanfare, President Trump has mounted a comprehensive counterassault against the kingmakers cabal and its operatives worldwide.
By strategic and tactical necessity, specific operations and targets are kept secret, except when disclosure is helpful or unavoidable.
A major tool of the counter-assault is the Executive Order effective December 21, 2017, declaring a national emergency due to human trafficking and related corruption.
The same EO also freezes all assets of persons named as engaging in prohibited conduct, and makes those frozen assets subject to seizure upon proof of the government’s case.
Thousands of sealed federal criminal indictments have been filed, with only relatively few being unsealed, so far. More unsealed indictments are likely in 2020 as additional evidence is gathered by questioning victims and the accused.
Another major prong of the counter-offensive deals with taking out major operatives of the cabal by proving crimes of graft, corruption, treason or other such violations, whether by high public officials or by private individuals during past administrations or the current one.
Expect more such indictments to become public in 2020, and more retirements announced by elected federal officials, as occurred in 2018.
The On-Going Coup Attempt
Democrats in the House of Representatives make mockery of Bill of Rights protections guaranteed to all persons by denying these rights to President Trump.
Impeachment proceedings already commenced charge the elected president with “high crimes and misdemeanors” without permitting the president to know the names of his accuser(s), to cross-examine him, her or them, or to present his own witnesses to disprove charges made against him.
This is conscious, deliberate, wholesale violation of constitutional principles in the most serious possible context: removal of the people’s duly elected president from office.
The U. S. House of Representatives, though intended and designed to be the American people’s most closely connected protector, as controlled by Democrats and Speaker Nancy Pelosi has been co-opted entirely by the kingmakers cabal’s culture of graft, corruption, deception and treason.
Yes, this is extreme and unprecedented in American history. But it is entirely consistent (though not in any way laudable or permissible) with the cabal’s desperate need to unseat President Trump.
The reason: POTUS is presently leading the first serious campaign to defeat and destroy the cabal’s centuries-long rule over most of the world.
Only Victory is Acceptable
With this historic campaign well underway, every necessary effort and measure must be expended to assure that constitutional government and human rights prevail.
You should be confident this must be done, is being done and will be done, by civilian officials, by military personnel and by other Americans who cherish human rights and personal dignity.
On the cabal’s side of the conflict, everything is on the line in this “uprising” by the American patriot government.
The powerful webs of influence and control they have created in every region and nation; their central banks which suck the value produced by human society and pour it into their vaults; their stores of wealth gained in war profiteering, narcotics and human trafficking – all are at risk of seizure and confiscation.
And they are personally at risk of imprisonment, if not execution.
Conclusion
America and its allied friends each must rid its own nation and the world of the cabal.
In that process, the Federal Reserve [international Rothschild Reserve Banking System] will be ended and replaced by a sound money system capable of serving national and international commerce. Yes, major challenges must be met and overcome, and soon.
20 Practical Uses For Coca Cola - Proof That Coke Does Not Belong In The Human Body & 22 Ways Drinking Soda Will Shorten Your Life + The Hidden Costs Of Soda December 18 2018 | From: TrueActivist / GreenMedInfo
Numerous studies have shown the negative health effects of drinking soda on your waistline and your teeth.
To prove Coke does not belong in the human body, here are 20 practical ways you can use Coke as a domestic cleaner:
1. Removes grease stains from clothing and fabric.
2. Removes rust; using fabric dipped in Coke, a sponge or even aluminum foil. Also loosens rusty bolts.
3. Removes blood stains from clothing and fabric.
4. Cleans oil stains from a garage floor; let the stain soak, hose off.
5. Kills slugs and snails; the acids kills them.
6. Cleans burnt pans; let the pan soak in the Coke, then rinse.
7. Descales a kettle (same method as with burnt pans).
8. Cleans car battery terminals by pouring a small amount of Coke over each one.
9. Cleans your engine; Coke distributors have been using this technique for decades.
10. Makes pennies shine; soaking old pennies in Coke will remove the tarnish.
11. Cleans tile grout; pour onto kitchen floor, leave for a few minutes, wipe up.
12. Dissolves a tooth; Use a sealed container…takes a while but it does work.
13. Removes gum from hair; dip into a small bowl of Coke, leave a few minutes. Gum will wipe off.
14. Removes stains from vitreous china.
15. Got a dirty pool? Adding two 2-liter bottles of Coke clears up rust.
16. You can remove (or fade) dye from hair by pouring diet Coke over it.
17. Remove marker stains from carpet. Applying, scrub and then clean with soapy water to remove marker stains.
18. Cleans a toilet; pour around bowl, leave for a while, flush clean.
19. Coke and aluminum foil will bring Chrome to a high shine.
20. Strips paint off metal furniture. Soak a towel in Coke and lay it on the paint surface.
Furthermore, have you ever wondered what exactly Coca Cola is?
After 10 minutes: The sugar contained in a glass of Cola can cause a devastating “strike” on the body. The cause being the phosphoric acid which inhibits the action of sugar.
After 20 minutes: A leap in insulin levels in bloodstream occurs.
After 40 minutes: Ingestion of caffeine is finally completed. The eye’s pupils are expanding. Blood pressure rises because the liver disposes more sugar into the bloodstream. The adenosine receptors become blocked thereby preventing drowsiness.
After 45 minutes: The body raises production of the dopamine hormone, which stimulates the brain pleasure center. Similar to the reaction Heroin creates.
After 1 hour: Phosphoric acid binds calcium, magnesium and zinc in the gastrointestinal tract, which supercharges metabolism. The release of calcium through urine takes place.
After more than 1 hour: Diuretic effects of the drink enters in “the game”. The calcium, magnesium, and zinc are removed out of the body, which are a part of our bones, as well as sodium. At this time, we can become irritable or subdued. The whole quantity of water, contained in a coca cola, is removed through urination.
When having a cold bottle of Coke and enjoying its undeniable freshness are we aware of what chemical “cocktail” we are putting into our bodies?
The active ingredient in Coca-Cola is orthophosphoric acid. Due to its high acidity, cisterns used for transporting the chemical have to be equipped with special reservoirs designed for highly corrosive materials.
The Anatomy of Diet Coke / Coke Light
Let’s have a look at “the anatomy” of one of the most advertised products of “Coca-Cola Co.” – Coca-Cola Light (Diet) without caffeine.
This drink contains Aqua Carbonated, E150D, E952, E951, E338, E330, Aromas, E211.
Aqua Carbonated – this is sparkling water. It stirs gastric secretion, increases the acidity of the gastric juice and provokes flatulency. Filtered tap water is what is primarily used.
E150D – this is food coloring obtained through the processing of sugar at specified temperatures, with or without addition of chemical reagents. In the case of coca-cola, ammonium sulfate is added.
E952 – Sodium Cyclamate is a sugar substitute. Cyclamate is a synthetic chemical, has a sweet taste, which is 200 times sweeter than sugar, and is used as an artificial sweetener. In 1969 it was banned by FDA, since it, as well as saccharin and aspartame, caused cancer in rats.
E950 – Acesulfame Potassium. 200 times sweeter than sugar, containing methyl-ether. It aggravates the operation of the cardiovascular system. Likewise, it contains asparaginic acid which can also cause an excitant effect on our nervous system and in time it can lead to addiction. Acesulfame is badly dissolved and is not recommended for use by children and pregnant women.
E951 – Aspartame. A sugar substitute for diabetics and is chemically unstable at elevated temperatures it breaks down into methanol and phenylalanine. Methanol is very dangerous as only 5-10ml can cause destruction of the optic nerve and irreversible blindness. In warm soft drinks, aspartame transforms into formaldehyde which is a very strong carcinogen.
Symptoms of aspartame poisoning include: unconsciousness, headaches, fatigue, dizziness, nausea, palpitation, weight gain, irritability, anxiety, memory loss, blurry vision, fainting, joint pains, depression, infertility, hearing loss and more. Aspartame can also provoke the following diseases: brain tumors, MS (Multiple Sclerosis), epilepsy, Graves’ disease, chronic fatigue, Alzheimer’s, diabetes, mental deficiency and tuberculosis. Later, this substance was initially illegal due to its dangers but was again made legal in a suspicious manner.
E338 – Orthophosphoric Acid. This can cause irritation of the skin and eyes. It is used for production of phosphoric acid salts of ammonia, sodium, calcium, aluminum and also in organic synthesis for the production of charcoal and film tapes. It is also used in the production of refractory materials, ceramics, glass, fertilizers, synthetic detergents, medicine, metalworking, as well as in the textile and oil industries. It is known that orthophosphoric acid interferes with the absorption of calcium and iron into the body which can cause weakening of bones and osteoporosis. Other side effects are thirst and skin rashes.
E330 – Citric Acid. It is widely used in pharmaceutical and food industries. Salts of citric acid (citrates) are used in the food industry as acids, preservatives, stabilizers, and in the medical fields – for preserving blood.
Aromas – unknown aromatic additives
E211 – Sodium Benzoate. It is used in production of some food products for anti-bacterial and anti-fungal purposes. It is often found in jams, fruit juices and fruit yogurts. It’s not recommended for use by asthmatics and people who are sensitive to aspirin. A study conducted by Peter Piper at the Sheffield University in Britain, found that this compound causes significant damage to DNA. According to Peter, sodium benzoate which is an active component in preservatives, doesn’t destroy DNA, but deactivates it. This can lead to cirrhosis and degenerative diseases like Parkinson’s disease.
Coca-Cola is undeniably a very useful product. The key is to use it for purposes that do not include drinking! Here is a video about Coca-Cola:
22 Ways Drinking Soda Will Shorten Your Life
Numerous studies have shown the negative health effects of drinking soda on your waistline and your teeth. Drinking soda however, has far more serious health risks than many of us may realize.
According to Euromonitor, the average person in the United States consumes more than 126 grams of sugar per day. That’s equal to 25.2 teaspoons, or the equivalent of drinking a little over three 12 ounce colas.
Numerous studies have shown the negative health effects of drinking soda on your waistline and your teeth. Drinking soda however, has far more health risks than many of us may realize. Regular consumption of sugary drinks is linked to numerous health problems including diabetes, heart disease, asthma, COPD and obesity.
So what are the risks and how much soda is too much? Let’s take a look:
1. Soda can cause a decline in kidney function. In an 11-year-long Harvard Medical School study, including 3,318 women, researchers found that diet cola is linked with a two-fold increased risk for kidney decline.
2. Soda increases diabetes risk. High levels of sugar in soda places a lot of stress on your pancreas, potentially leaving it unable to keep up with the body’s need for insulin. Drinking one or two sugary drinks per day increases your risk for type 2 diabetes by 25%.
4. Soda dehydrates you. Caffeine is a diuretic. Diuretics promote the production of urine, causing you to urinate more frequently. When the body’s cells are dehydrated they have difficulty absorbing nutrients, and it also makes it more difficult for the body to eliminate waste.
5. Caramel coloring in soda is linked to cancer. The artificial brown coloring in colas is a chemical process, it is not made from caramelized sugar. It is made by reacting sugars with ammonia and sulfites under high pressure and temperatures. These chemical reactions result in the formation of 2-methylimidazole (2-MI) and 4 methylimidazole (4-MI), which in government-conducted studies caused lung, liver, or thyroid cancer or leukemia in laboratory mice and rats.
6. Caramel coloring in soda is linked to vascular issues. Dr. Nehal N. Mehta, director of Inflammatory Risk Cardiology at the University of Pennsylvania states that there is a link between vascular problems and caramel-containing products.
7. Soda is high in calories. A 20 ounce can of Coca Cola contains 17 teaspoons of sugar and 240 calories…empty calories devoid of any nutritional value. It would take the average adult over one hour of walking to burn off the 240 calories in a 20-ounce soda.
8. Caffeine in soda blocks the absorption of magnesium. According to Carolyn Dean, M.D., N.D. Magnesium is essential for more than 325 enzyme reactions in the body. Magnesium also plays a role in your body's detoxification processes and therefore is important for minimizing damage from environmental chemicals, heavy metals, and other toxins.
9. Soda increases obesity risk in children. Each additional soda or other sugary drink consumed per day increases the likelihood of a child becoming obese by about 60%. Sugary drinks are connected to other health problems as well.
10. Soda increases heart disease in men. Each soda consumed per day increases the risk of heart disease by 20% in men.
11. Acid in soda wears away dental enamel. Lab testing on soda acidity shows that the amount of acid in soda is enough to wear away dental enamel. pH levels in soda can be as low as 2.5, as a frame of reference battery acid has a pH of 1, water has a pH of 7.0.
12.Soda contains high amounts of sugar. The average 20-ounce can of Coca Cola has the equivalent of 17 teaspoons of sugar, it's not hard to see that soda can be bad for your teeth and your overall health.
13. Soda contains artificial sweeteners. While many people opt for artificial sugar to lower caloric intake the tradeoff for your health isn’t so sweet. Artificial sugars are linked to numerous illness and diseases including cancer.
14. Soda depletes your mineral levels. Sodas that contain phosphoric acid removes much needed calcium from your bones. After studying several thousand men and woman, researchers at Tufts University, found that women who drank 3 or more cola based sodas a day, had almost 4% lower bone mineral density in their hips, even though researchers controlled their calcium and vitamin D intake.
15. Drinking soda changes your metabolism. Dr. Hans-Peter Kubis, the director of the Health Exercise and Rehabilitation group at Bangor University in England, has found that drinking soda on a regular basis can actually change the metabolism in the human body. Participants drank 140 grams of sugar every day for four weeks (that’s less than two 20 ounce cans of Coke). The results: their metabolism changed after the four weeks, making it more difficult for them to burn fat and lose weight.
16. Drinking more than one soda daily, increases your risk for heart disease and metabolic syndrome. According to Ravi Dhingra, M.D., lead author of the study and an instructor in Medicine at Harvard Medical School states “If you are drinking one or more soft drinks a day, you may be increasing your risk of developing metabolic risk factors for heart disease.” The Framingham study included nearly 9,000 individuals, over a four year period. Researchers found that individuals consuming one or more sodas a day had a 48 % increased risk of metabolic syndrome compared to those consuming less than one soft drink daily.
17. Diet soda does not help you lose weight. A University of Texas Health Science Center study found that the more diet sodas a person drank, the greater their risk of becoming overweight. Consuming two or more cans a day increased waistlines by 500% greater than those who do not consume diet soda.
18. Diet sodas contain mold inhibitors. They go by the names sodium benzoate or potassium benzoate, and they’re used in nearly all diet sodas.
“These chemicals have the ability to cause severe damage to DNA in the mitochondria to the point that they totally inactivate it - they knock it out altogether,” Peter Piper, a professor of Molecular Biology and Biotechnology at the University of Sheffield in the U.K., told a British newspaper.
The preservative has also been linked to hives, asthma, and other allergic conditions, according to the Center for Science in the Public Interest.
Note: Some companies have phased out sodium benzoate. Diet Coke and Diet Pepsi have replaced it with another preservative, potassium benzoate. Both sodium and potassium benzoate were classified by the Food Commission in the UK as mild irritants to the skin, eyes, and mucous membranes.
19. Sodas containing ascorbic acid and potassium benzoate can form benzene, a known carcinogen. Benzene can form in beverages and foods that contain both ascorbic acid and potassium benzoate. According to the FDA, when benzoate is exposed to light and heat in the presence of vitamin C, it can be converted into benzene. According to the American Cancer Society, benzene is considered a carcinogen
20. Daily sodas and other sugar sweetened drinks are linked to Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD). The 2,634 individuals in the study completed a CT scan to measure the amount of fat in the liver. They saw a higher prevalence of NAFLD among people who reported drinking more than one sugar-sweetened drink per day compared to people who said they drank no sugar-sweetened beverages.
21.Some sodas contain flame retardant.Brominated vegetable oil (BVO) is added to many citrus based sodas and sports drinks to prevent the drinks from separating. What’s the concern? BVO is patented by chemical companies as a flame retardant. It is also banned in over 100 countries, but it is still used in the U.S. Learn more here.
22. Soda is linked to Asthma. A study done in South Australis of 16,907 participants aged 16 years and older, showed high levels of soda consumption were positively associated with asthma and COPD.
The Hidden Costs of Soda
Just as lifestyle diseases like Type II Diabetes and obesity grow to epidemic proportions in the U.S., the average American now consumes 20 oz of soda every day. For non-diet drinkers that means guzzling an extra 17 teaspoons of sugar daily.
10 Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control December 17 2019 | From: UltraCulture
NLP or Neuro-Linguistic Programming is one of the world’s most prevalent methods of mind control, used by everyone from sales callers to politicians to media pundits, and it’s nasty to the core. Here’s ten ways to make sure nobody uses it on you… ever.
Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP) is a method for controlling people’s minds that was invented by Richard Bandler and John Grinder in the 1970s, became popular in the psychoanalytic, occult and New Age worlds in the 1980s, and advertising, marketing and politics in the 1990s and 2000s.
It’s become so interwoven with how people are communicated to and marketed at that its use is largely invisible. It’s also somewhat of a pernicious, devilish force in the world - nearly everybody in the business of influencing people has studied at least some of its techniques. Masters of it are notorious for having a Rasputin-like ability to trick people in incredible ways - most of all themselves.
After explaining a bit about what NLP is and where it came from, I’m going to break down 10 ways to inoculate yourself against its use. You’ll likely be spotting it left, right and center in the media with a few tips on what to look for. Full disclosure: During my 20s, I spent years studying New Age, magical and religious systems for changing consciousness.
One of them was NLP. I’ve been on both ends of the spectrum: I’ve had people ruthlessly use NLP to attempt to control me, and I’ve also trained in it and even used it in the advertising world.
Despite early fascination, by 2008 or so I had largely come to the conclusion that it’s next to useless - a way of manipulating language that greatly overestimates its own effectiveness as a discipline, really doesn’t achieve much in the way of any kind of lasting change, and contains no real core of respect for people or even true understanding of how people work.
After throwing it to the wayside, however, I became convinced that understanding NLP is crucial simply so that people can resist its use. It’s kind of like the whole PUA thing that was popular in the mid-00s - a group of a few techniques that worked for a few unscrupulous people until the public figured out what was going on and rejected it, like the body identifying and rejecting foreign material.
What is NLP, and Where Did it Come From?
“Neuro-linguistic programming” is a marketing term for a “science” that two Californians - Richard Bandler and John Grinder - came up with in the 1970s. Bandler was a stoner student at UC Santa Cruz (just like I later was in the 00s), then a mecca for psychedelics, hippies and radical thinking (now a mecca for Silicon Valley hopefuls).
Grinder was at the time an associate professor in linguistics at the university (he had previously served as a Captain in the US Special Forces and in the intelligence community, ahem not that this, you know, is important… aheh…). Together, they worked at modeling the techniques of Fritz Perls (founder of Gestalt therapy), family therapist Virginia Satir and, most importantly, the preternaturally gifted hypnotherapist Milton Erickson.
Bandler and Grinder sought to reject much of what they saw as the ineffectiveness of talk therapy and cut straight to the heart of what techniques actually worked to produce behavioral change. Inspired by the computer revolution - Bandler was a computer science major - they also sought to develop a psychological programming language for human beings.
What they came up with was a kind of evolution of hypnotherapy - while classical hypnosis depends on techniques for putting patients into suggestive trances (even to the point of losing consciousness on command), NLP is much less heavy-handed: It’s a technique of layering subtle meaning into spoken or written language so that you can implant suggestions into a person’s unconscious mind without them knowing what you’re doing.
Though mainstream therapists rejected NLP as pseudoscientific nonsense (it has been officially peer reviewed and discredited as an intervention technique - lots more on that here), it nonetheless caught on.
It was still the 1970s, and the Human Potential Movement was in full swing - and NLP was the new darling. Immediately building a publishing, speaking and training empire, by 1980 Bandler had made over $800,000 from his creation - he was even being called on to train corporate leaders, the army and the CIA.
Self-help gurus like Tony Robbins used NLP techniques to become millionaires in the 1980s (Robbins now has an estimated net worth of $480 million). By the middle of the decade, NLP was such big business that lawsuits and wars had erupted over who had the rights to teach it, or even to use the term “NLP.”
But by that time, Bandler had bigger problems than copyright disputes: He was on trial for the alleged murder of prostitute Corine Christensen in November 1986.
The prosecution claimed that Bandler had shot Christensen, 34, point-blank in the face with a .357 Magnum in a drug deal gone bad. According to the press at the time, Bandler had discovered an even better way to get people to like him than NLP - cocaine - and become embroiled in a far darker game, even, than mind control.
A much-recommended investigation into the case published by Mother Jones in 1989 opens with these chilling lines:
“In the morning Corine Christensen last snorted cocaine, she found herself, straw in hand, looking down the barrel of a .357 Magnum revolver. When the gun exploded, momentarily piercing the autumn stillness, it sent a single bullet on a diagonal path through her left nostril and into her brain.
Christensen slumped over her round oak dining table, bleeding onto its glass top, a loose-leaf notebook, and a slip of yellow memo paper on which she had scrawled, in red ink, DON’T KILL US ALL. Choking, she spit blood onto a wine goblet, a tequila bottle, and the shirt of the man who would be accused of her murder, then slid sideways off the chair and fell on her back. Within minutes she lay still.
As Christensen lay dying, two men left her rented town house in a working-class section of Santa Cruz, California. One was her former boyfriend, James Marino, an admitted cocaine dealer and convicted burglar.
The other, Richard Bandler, was known internationally as the cofounder of Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP), a controversial approach to psychology and communication. About 12 hours later, on the evening of November 3, 1986, Richard Bandler was arrested and charged with the murder.
Bandler’s defense was, simply, that Marino had killed Christensen, not him. Many at the time alleged he used NLP techniques on the stand to escape conviction.
Yet Bandler was also alleged to actually use a gun in NLP sessions in order to produce dramatic psychological changes in clients - a technique that was later mirrored by Hollywood in the movie Fight Club, in which Brad Pitt’s character pulls a gun on a gas station attendant and threatens to kill him if he doesn’t pursue his dreams in life.
That was, many said, Bandler’s MO.
Whatever the truth of the matter, Bandler was indeed let off, and the story was quickly buried - I’ve never spoken to a student of NLP who’s ever heard of the murder case, I’ll note, and I’ve spoken to a lot.
The case hardly impeded the growing popularity of NLP, however, which was now big business, working its way not only into the toolkit of psychotherapists but also into nearly every corner of the political and advertising worlds, having grown far beyond the single personage of Richard Bandler, though he continued (and continues) to command outrageous prices for NLP trainings throughout the world.
Today, the techniques of NLP and Ericksonian-style hypnotic writing can be readily seen in the world of Internet marketing, online get-rich-quick schemes and scams.
Their most prominent public usage has likely been by Barack Obama, whose 2008 “Change” campaign was a masterpiece of Ericksonian permissive hypnosis. The celebrity hypnotist and illusionist Derren Brown also demonstrates NLP techniques in his routine.
How Exactly Does this Thing Work?
NLP is taught in a pyramid structure, with the more advanced techniques reserved for multi-thousand-dollar seminars. To oversimplify an overcomplicated subject, it more or less works like this: First, the user (or “NLPer,” as NLP people often refer to themselves - and I should note here that the large majority of NLP people, especially those who are primarily therapists, are likely well-meaning) of NLP pays very, very close attention to the person they’re working with.
By watching subtle cues like eye movement, skin flush, pupil dilation and nervous tics, a skilled NLP person can quickly determine:
a) What side of the brain a person is predominantly using;
b) What sense (sight, smell, etc.) is most predominant in their brain;
c) How their brain stores and utilizes information (ALL of this can be gleaned from eye movements);
d) When they’re lying or making information up.
After this initial round of information gathering, the “NLPer” begins to slowly and subtly mimic the client, taking on not only their body language but also their speech mannerisms, and will begin speaking with language patterns designed to target the client’s primary sense.
An NLP person essentially carefully fakes the social cues that cause a person to drop their guard and enter a state of openness and suggestibility.
For instance, a person predominantly focused on sight will be spoken to in language using visual metaphors - ”Do you see what I’m saying?” “Look at it this way” - while a person for which hearing is the dominant sense will be spoken to in auditory language - ”Hear me out,” “I’m listening to you closely.”
By mirroring body language and linguistic patterns, the NLPer is attempting to achieve one very specific response: rapport.
Rapport is the mental and physiological state that a human enters when they let their social guard down, and it is generally achieved when a person comes to the conclusion that the person they’re talking to is just like them. See how that works, broadly?
An NLP person essentially carefully fakes the social cues that cause a person to drop their guard and enter a state of openness and suggestibility.
Once rapport is achieved, the NLPer will then begin subtly leading the interaction. Having mirrored the other person, they can now make subtle changes to actually influence the other person’s behavior.
Combined with subtle language patterns, leading questions and a whole slew of other techniques, a skilled NLPer can at this point steer the other person wherever they like, as long as the other person isn’t aware of what’s happening and thinks everything is arising organically, or has given consent.
That means it’s actually fairly hard to use NLP to get people to act out-of-character, but it can be used for engineering responses within a person’s normal range of behavior - like donating to a cause, making a decision they were putting off, or going home with you for the night if they might have considered it anyway.
From this point, the NLPer will seek to do two things - elicit and anchor. Eliciting happens when an NLPer uses leading and language to engineer an emotional state - for instance, hunger. Once a state has been elicited, the NLPer can then anchor it with a physical cue - for instance, touching your shoulder. In theory, if done right, the NLPer can then call up the hungry state any time they touch your shoulder in the same way. It’s conditioning, plain and simple.
How Can I Make Sure Nobody Pulls this Horseshit on Me?
I’ve had all kinds of people attempt to “NLP” me into submission, including multiple people I’ve worked for over extended periods of time, and even people I’ve been in relationships with. Consequently, I’ve developed a pretty keen immune response to it. I’ve also studied its mechanics very closely, largely to resist the nonsense of said people. Here’s a few key methods I’ve picked up.
1. Be Extremely Wary of People Copying Your Body Language
If you’re talking to somebody who may be into NLP, and you notice that they’re sitting in exactly the same way as you, or mirroring the way you have your hands, test them by making a few movements and seeing if they do the same thing. Skilled NLPers will be better at masking this than newer ones, but newer ones will always immediately copy the same movement. This is a good time to call people on their shit.
2. Move Your Eyes in Random and Unpredictable Patterns
This is freaking hilarious to do to troll NLPers. Especially in the initial stages of rapport induction, an NLP user will be paying incredibly close attention to your eyes. You may think it’s because they’re intensely interested in what you’re saying. They are, but not because they actually care about your thoughts:
This could quite possibly be going too far, however
They’re watching your eye movements to see how you store and access information. In a few minutes, they’ll not only be able to tell when you’re lying or making something up, they’ll also be able to figure out what parts of your brain you’re using when you’re speaking, which can then lead them to be so clued in to what you’re thinking that they almost come across as having some kind of psychic insight into your innermost thoughts.
A clever hack for this is just to randomly dart your eyes around - look up to the right, to the left, side to side, down… make it seem natural, but do it randomly and with no pattern. This will drive an NLP person utterly nuts because you’ll be throwing off their calibration.
3. Do Not Let Anybody Touch You
This is pretty obvious and kind of goes without saying in general. But let’s say you’re having a conversation with somebody you know is into NLP, and you find yourself in a heightened emotional state - maybe you start laughing really hard, or get really angry, or something similar - and the person you’re talking to touches you while you’re in that state.
They might, for instance, tap you on the shoulder. What just happened? They anchored you so that later, if they want to put you back into the state you were just in, they can (or so the wayward logic of NLP dictates) touch you in the same place. Just be like, oh hell no you did not.
4. Be Wary of Vague Language
One of the primary techniques that NLP took from Milton Erickson is the use of vague language to induce hypnotic trance. Erickson found that the more vague language is, the more it leads people into trance, because there is less that a person is liable to disagree with or react to. Alternately, more specific language will take a person out of trance. (Note Obama’s use of this specific technique in the “Change” campaign, a word so vague that anybody could read anything into it.)
5. Be Wary of Permissive Language
“Feel free to relax.” “You’re welcome to test drive this car if you like.” “You can enjoy this as much as you like.” Watch the f*k out for this. This was a major insight of pre-NLP hypnotists like Erickson: The best way to get somebody to do something, including going into a trance, is by allowing them to give you permission to do so. Because of this, skilled hypnotists will NEVER command you outright to do something - i.e. “Go into a trance.” They WILL say things like “Feel free to become as relaxed as you like.”
6. Be Wary of Gibberish
Nonsense phrases like “As you release this feeling more and more you will find yourself moving into present alignment with the sound of your success more and more.” This kind of gibberish is the bread and butter of the pacing-and-leading phase of NLP; the hypnotist isn’t actually saying anything, they’re just trying to program your internal emotional states and move you towards where they want you to go.
ALWAYS say “Can you be more specific about that” or “Can you explain exactly what you mean?” This does two things: It interrupts this whole technique, and it also forces the conversation into specific language, breaking the trance-inducing use of vague language we discussed in #4.
7. Read Between the Lines
NLP people will consistently use language with hidden or layered meanings. For instance “Diet, nutrition and sleep with me are the most important things, don’t you think?” On the surface, if you heard this sentence quickly, it would seem like an obvious statement that you would probably agree with without much thought.
Yes, of course diet, nutrition and sleep are important things, sure, and this person’s really into being healthy, that’s great. But what’s the layered-in message? “Diet, nutrition and sleep with me are the most important things, don’t you think?” Yep, and you just unconsciously agreed to it. Skilled NLPers can be incredibly subtle with this.
8. Watch Your Attention
Be very careful about zoning out around NLP people - it’s an invitation to leap in with an unconscious cue. Here’s an example: An NLP user who was attempting to get me to write for his blog for free noticed I appeared not to be paying attention and was looking into the distance, and then started using the technique listed in #7 by talking about how he never has to pay for anything because media outlets send him review copies of books and albums for free. “Everything for free,” he began hissing at me. “I get everything. For. Free.” Obvious, no?
9. Don’t Agree to Anything
If you find yourself being led to make a quick decision on something, and feel you’re being steered, leave the situation. Wait 24 hours before making any decisions, especially financial ones.
Do NOT let yourself get swept up into making an emotional decision in the spur of the moment. Sales people are armed with NLP techniques specifically for engineering impulse buys. Don’t do it. Leave, and use your rational mind.
10. Trust Your Intuition
And the foremost and primary rule: If your gut tells you somebody is fucking with you, or you feel uneasy around them, trust it. NLP people almost always seem “off,” dodgy, or like used car salesmen. Flee, or request they show you the respect of not applying NLP techniques when interacting with you.
Hopefully this short guide will be of assistance to you in resisting this annoying and pernicious modern form of black magic. Take it with you on your phone or a printout next time you’re at a used car sales lot, getting signed up for a gym membership, or watching a politician speak on TV. You’ll easily find yourself surprised how you allow yourself to notice more and more NLP techniques… more and more… don’t you think?
(For more on NLP, check out the book Introducing NLP by Joseph O’Connor or the immensely useful Neuro-Linguistic Programming for Dummies. As a bonus, here’s a great video breaking down the use of NLP techniques by media outlets on both sides of the political spectrum, from FOX News to Stephen Colbert. It gets a bit into Christian conspiracy thinking, but is VERY good information.)
Ten Reasons Why I Don’t Have A Religion December 16 2019 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit By far the most frequent question I’m being asked by readers is whether I have a religion.
I’m not quite sure, to be honest. Perhaps it’s because of the name of my blog. Or maybe because of the content of my writing. Or possibly because of the reddish brown Jesus-like beard that I’m sporting.
In any case, I decided to write this article so that whenever people ask me this question again, I can simply send them to this post, instead of having to give them each time a new yet nearly identical in meaning answer.
As you must have already figured out from the title, I don’t have a religion. But before I proceed to telling you my reasons for that, I’d like to clarify a few things so as to minimize the possibility of being misunderstood.
Firstly, although I don’t have a religion, that doesn’t mean I don’t like people who do have one or I think they’re bad or stupid. I’ve known quite many religious people who’re smart, kind-hearted and brilliant in all sorts of ways. So if you consider yourself religious, please don’t take my words personally - I don’t intend to degrade or offend you or anyone else who holds religion dear to their heart.
Secondly, my aim here isn’t to ridicule religions or imply that they have nothing important to offer. For the last fifteen years of my life I’ve devoured tons of books on religion, and from my readings I have discovered that all the major religions contain kernels of wisdom.
I know that religion is a very touchy topic, so again don’t take what I am about to say as a personal attack. I’m just sharing my thoughts here.
Lastly, I’m not trying to show that all religions are fundamentally the same. I’m well aware that religions are very different, even contradicting to each other, and like most people I value some religions more than others (for example, I value Buddhism over Hinduism and Hinduism over Christianity).
In this article, my critique is by and large pointed towards the dominant, fundamentalist, and mostly Western religions of the world, which, although quite dissimilar to one another, share some core ideological commonalities that, as I’ll explain, are not only extremely unreasonable but also tremendously harmful.
Hence, I feel a sense of personal responsibility to talk about them openly here, and possibly help a few people to escape from (or avoid falling into) their trap.
OK, now that I’ve made myself clear, here are the ten main reasons why I don’t have a religion:
1. Because I Consider Sex as One of the Most Sacred Things in Life.
Have you ever wondered why the vast majority of religions are against sex? We were all born out of the sexual act, and without sex we wouldn’t even exist. So how can sex be something bad? It is the source of life! Hence, in my view being anti-sex basically means being anti-life.
In some religions, such as Judaism, Christianity and Islam, sex is allowed only for reasons of procreation. In other words, you can have sex to bring new babies into existence, but you can’t have sex just for the sheer joy of it.
If you or your partner happens to be wearing a condom during sexual intercourse, you’re both deemed to be sinners, and just because of that there’s an extremely high chance that you’ll be thrown to hellfire right after the moment you take your last breath.
One of the most beautiful experiences in life - that of orgasmic union with a beloved partner - is accused of being one of the most (if not THE most) despicable things in life. As a result, so many people who live by religious dogmas are being deprived of it.
Considering sex bad, wrong or evil, dogmatic religious people tend avoid it like the plague and do whatever it takes to suppress their sexual feelings.
But suppression, as any psychologist would tell you, is a sure-fire way to perversion. No wonder they usually develop unhealthy mental and behavioral patterns that can harm (sometimes seriously) themselves and those around them.
2. Because I Don’t Subscribe to the Notion of Total “Free Will”
To the ego, that’s a tough truth to admit, but it’s a truth nonetheless.
The concept of total “free will” is just a myth that was made up a long long time ago by theologians in order to explain that God is right to reward those who follow his orders and punish the ones who don’t.
The theory of 100% “free will” justifies God punishing and rewarding people, who are free to choose as they will, regardless of biological, psychological and social pressures. This theory, however, has absolutely no scientific basis.
The truth is that, although we do make choices, those aren’t entirely free. That’s because our choices are the result of a combination of biological, psychological and environmental/societal components that make up who we are, and which are mostly out of our control. In other words, your conscious, rational choices can’t be decoupled from the unconscious processes of your mind or genetic, social and environmental factors.
If, for example, you were born and raised in a Hindu family in India, you’d most likely be a Hindu yourself, or at least you’d have acquired Hindu values. It’s not that you consciously chose to be a Hindu - on the contrary, we can say that Hinduism chose you. But a Christian would likely say that you chose to be a Hindu, and for that you deserve to burn in everlasting hellfire (unless you repent of your sin).
Or, to give you another example, think of a person who’s addicted to drugs and lives in the streets begging for food and money. If that person possesses complete free will, then he obviously has chosen this kind of lifestyle, right?
Sadly, this is what people who subscribe to the ideology of total “free will” think. “He’s a moral failure.” “He’s just too lazy to work.” Yeah right, that’s exactly the case when you ignore the traumatic experiences that led him to develop an addiction as well as the socioeconomic conditions that deprived him of a decent life.
3. Because I Don’t Believe in Heaven and Hell (At Least Not as They’re Commonly Understood).
Here in the West, there are two main reasons why people believe in religions.
The first one is the fear of hell. From the moment we’re born religions are trying hard to make us believe that if we don’t act as we’re prescribed by the scriptures, we’ll end up in serious trouble. In fact, quite possibly in eternal trouble - namely, hell.
Afraid of being thrown into hellfire, people start believing all sorts of things that religion tells them, regardless of how unreasonable those might be.
The second main reason why people believe in religions is the desire for heaven. Each religion tells us that if we live according to its dogma, we’ll be rewarded with everlasting heaven. And many of us are willing to sacrifice our lives so that we can enjoy ourselves in the afterlife.
I know, it sounds far-fetched, but the scriptures can’t be wrong, right?)
To me, that’s total nonsense. Hence, I don’t believe in the notion of heaven and hell as propounded by most religions.
I could only accept heaven and hell as symbols representing states of our consciousness. For example, when we are hateful and agitated, we experience a state of hell. On the contrary, when we’re loving and peaceful, we experience a state of heaven. But this isn’t as fancy as religious people would like heaven and hell to be.
You have two options: 1) Listen to ACDC songs and be thrown to hell, or 2) Listen to Led Zeppelin songs and be transported to heaven. Which will you choose?
4. Because I View Animals as Sentient Beings Worthy of Love and Respect
According to the Abrahamic religions (and plenty of others), God created animals for one basic reason: So that people can exploit them.
In the view of those religions, animals don’t have a soul - in other words, they are non-sentient beings. They are just pieces of meat put together, functioning like machines and being unable to experience happiness and sadness, pleasure and pain.
Not surprisingly, a lot of people who subscribe to those religions tend not to care much about animal justice and welfare - except, perhaps, when it comes to “their” pets. In general, they have no problem exploiting or even killing animals (whether directly or indirectly).
This is quite obvious, for example, by the fact that they tend to unnecessarily consume animal products - that is, products that are the result of exploitation, abuse and often murder - without feeling any regrets.
“If animals have no soul and God has created them for us to use,” many religious people think, “there’s absolutely no problem in exploiting or depriving them of their life.”
Of course, as any sensible persons knows, animals aren’t machines. Just like us (non-human animals), they have subjective experience, a rich and complex emotional world, and the desire to live and avoid pain. If you don’t believe me, just ask any zoologist and I’m pretty sure he/she will tell you the same.
If you’re consuming animal products, here’s a video I made a couple of years ago showing what animals are usually forced to go through before they end up on your plate. Additionally, you might want to read this article that refutes the most common arguments people have against giving up animal-derived food products.
Other than not eating animal products, there are various ways to minimize human-imposed animal suffering — such as not consuming wool, leather, and fur - but adopting a plant-based diet is a great (and, if you ask me, the most effective) place to start.
5. Because I consider all people, regardless of their race, sex, gender, class or religious ideology as equal.
5. Because I Consider All People Regardless of THeir Race, Sex, Gender, Class or Religious Ideology as Equal
What the vast majority of religions around the world have done is divide people according to the race, sex, gender, class and religion - among other things - they belong. Let me give you a few examples:
In India, there’s a social stratification class system based on Hindu ideology that goes back in ancient times, which divides people into a hierarchy of social classes called “castes”, where the higher classes have the “birthright” to oppress the ones below them.
In Buddhism, for centuries women were considered unable to reach the blissful heights of consciousness that men can, and because of that they weren’t allowed to become Buddhist nuns and pursue enlightenment.
Christianity looks down on homosexuals, believing that they are victims/worshippers/devotees of the devil, and hence condemns them to hell.
According to Islam, atheists are one of the worst kind of sinners and in certain Arabic countries where Islamic faith is very strong, they are even punished by death.
Again, these are only a few examples among countless others. (In case you don’t believe me, just read for yourself the scriptures of the dominant religions of the world and you’ll see exactly what I mean.)
To me, all people deserve equal opportunities in life and shouldn’t be discriminated based on superficial differences such as the ones I just mentioned.
Hence, if we want to see a world where people are allowed the freedom to be who they are and do what they want (provided, of course, that they don’t harm others), then we need to do away with obsolete religious values that breed oppression and inequality.
6. Because I Don’t Want to Accept “Truths” There’s No Viable Evidence For.
In my life I’ve heard countless reasons why people should adopt religion, but I’ve not yet found any reason that’s convincing. On the contrary, I’ve found them to be senseless and, in most cases, appalling.
Dogmatic religions require people to accept and believe in all sorts of “truths”, no matter how illogical, unscientific or plain silly they are. For example, some religious people believe that God is floating somewhere in space and can see and know all that’s going on in every single person’s life.
They also believe that a virgin woman was impregnated by a ghost (after God told him/it so) and that she later on gave birth to the very son of God. They even believe that God wants male children to have a piece of flesh chopped off from their penis (i.e. the foreskin) so they can prove their love to him.
I could go on forever giving you similar examples, but you get the idea.
Just because religions claim something to be true or right, and that something has been accepted by people for hundreds or even thousands of years, doesn’t make it true or right.
And, considering that nearly every religion claims to be the only right one, which religion (of the thousands that exist in this day and age) should one follow? I don’t know about you, but I choose not to follow any religion whatsoever.
7. Because I Prefer to Stay Open-Minded (But Not So Much That My Brain Falls Out)
People who fervently believe in religions can’t think outside the box of their religious ideology. They become attached to a particular belief system, which prevents them from changing their mind when presented with information that contradicts their religious beliefs.
In other words, their mind is locked in an ideological cage from which they won’t escape as long as they don’t doubt and thoroughly examine their beliefs.
I want to be a freethinker and not a prisoner to any belief system, so I choose not to identify myself with any religious ideology. As I mentioned in the introduction of this article, I do enjoy reading religious scriptures (including the Bible, the Dhammapada and the Bhagavad Gita) and have found immense wisdom in many of them that has helped me to live a more meaningful and fulfilling life.
At the same time, however, I’ve also found in them tons of bullshit information and utterly abhorrent advice which I totally reject and make sure not to apply in my life.
In short, I keep an open mind to receive new information but I make sure to examine it thoroughly in order to reach my own conclusions (instead of accepting it on belief alone (as religious people tend to do).
To me, growth and wisdom are derived from our personal experiences and understanding, and not from blindly following scriptures or obeying authority figures. Therefore, I don’t like to have others tell me how I should live, just like I don’t like to tell others how they should live.
9. Because I Don’t Want to Experience Chronic Shame
From a very early age, most religions try to brainwash us into believing that we’re not good enough as we are and that we should strive to be very different.
Christianity, for example, teaches us that we are sinners by birth, and that should die to our sinful selves if we wish to be accepted by God and go to heaven in the afterlife. And this, of course, can be accomplished only if we completely surrender to the will of God and fully obey the dogmas found in the Bible.
According to Christianity, it’s a sin to trust our heart, mind, and gut instinct. Not surprisingly, we’ve been disconnected from our emotional world and haven’t developed the capacity to think critically. We blindly follow scriptures, but we’ve lost touch with our inner voice.
But the problem gets even worse: When we think or feel something other than what God supposedly wants us to, we feel bad about ourselves. We feel that we’ve gone against God and that he’ll punish us for our sins. We feel ashamed and unworthy of love, respect and compassion. We even feel hatred toward ourselves.
So why I would I want to feel this way about myself? Although I know very well that I am far from perfect, and that there’s plenty of space within me for self-improvement, I also know that the key to finding inner peace and contentment is to fully accept myself, regardless of my flaws or imperfections.
10. Because I See Humanity as One Family, And Want to Live at Peace With My Brothers and Sisters
It is often claimed that religion brings people together by preaching peace and love. But does it really? In my experience, the opposite is the case, at least when it comes to the dominant religions of the world.
Here’s why: Most religions distinguish people between good and evil. According to each of those religions, the good people are always those who have are faithful to them, whereas the evil ones are those who don’t.
But when you see other people as evil (and that merely because of the religion they adhere to), how can you love and live at peace of them? You can’t. Rather, you want to protect yourself from them.
And many times, the best way to protect yourself appears to be fighting against them. That’s exactly why people of different religious groups have been constantly fighting against each other for thousands upon thousands of years.
I want to see people living in peace. For that to happen, however, we need to stop dehumanizing our fellow humans and start seeing our species as a single family that shares the same home (i.e., the Earth). In other words, we need to stop fighting and start loving each other.
Religions, as we know them, are obsolete and sooner or later will (hopefully) disappear. Then, a new “religion” will emerge -- that of genuine love, trust, respect, care and compassion.
The Original Sin – A Myth Whose Time Is Up December 15 2019 | From: ZenGardner Of all the deceptions pulled on humanity over the ages, The Original Sin is probably the most devastating. Yet hugely successful from the perspective of the perpetrators.
Almost everywhere the doctrine of Christianity forged its zealous mission to convert the masses, so the Original Sin accompanied it. Imposing the rationale of guilt on untold millions whose open minds no doubt thought they were receiving a message of emancipation and light.
Not so my friends, you were in fact receiving a message just about as dark as darkness gets!
The extraordinary power of a message, properly formed, packaged and publicized, is something we have all come to learn a lot about in recent decades. ‘The medium is the message’ declared Marshall McLuhan back in 1964. And that edict could easily pass for the moment the first biblical texts let it be known that a man called Adam and a woman called Eve got the whole human race off to a very bad start… from which it appears to have never recovered.
However the reason it got off to a bad start and has still failed to fully recover, cannot be pinned on any fault of Adam and Eve, as we shall see, but lies squarely at the feet of a masterful plot to falsify what is actually a potent story of human emancipation and growing inner conviction.
This ‘human race’ to which the biblical text refers, was set on its way by a starting pistol fired by someone who didn’t want anyone participating in this race to actually win. He or she or it, only wanted losers; and that’s pretty much what they got.
See What I Mean by Successful?
The story goes like this: there were just two human beings on this planet at the moment the starting pistol was fired. There was a beautiful garden as well, and in that beautiful garden were these two humans: a man called Adam and woman called Eve, and there was also an apple tree (in full fruit) and a serpent.
In this ensuing myth, God makes it clear to Adam that he can do whatever he likes in this garden except “eat of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge.” But, well, being human, and having been given ‘free will’ by divine rite, he doesn’t really see the logic in this command from above.
The serpent seems in accord with him in this, and somehow or other tempts Eve into plucking this big juicy apple and taking a bite before then offering it to Adam.
"And he did eat thereof. And the eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves aprons.”
They were, we are informed “ashamed.” Both on account of taking a forbidden action and of being revealed unto themselves as ‘naked’.
It is around this infamous ‘eating of the fruit’ – an action most of us would likely have taken out of simple curiosity – that millennia of Christian shame and guilt have their inception.
Fun fact: The first model from apple computer sold for $666.66
Here is where a pervasive irrational suffering concerning our natural physical condition has its origins. Where our ‘private parts’ became privatized. Where the natural pleasures of physical intimacy were turned to guilt: unless of course the so called ‘Church of God’ authorized such acts via formal marriage in the Christian place of worship.
A great plethora of ‘thou shalt not’s’ were soon pinned onto what was essentially Adam and Eve’s courageous original act of ‘civil disobedience’: the refusal to be cowed by a seemingly higher authority.
Yes, by looking deeper into this infamous story, we see that Adam and his accomplice Eve did something pretty special in this Garden of Eden. Their action, when viewed in a manner freed from the typical conditioned response, looks very much like a ‘giant step forward for mankind’. Something which Neil Armstrong was told to say while getting out of a papier mache lunar capsule constructed and filmed in Pinewood studios, London in 1969.
But the mythical Adam was not faking it, as Armstrong was on behalf of those who worship a god named ‘technology’. He and his mythical Eve conspired to start a great ball rolling down the ages which would, one day, lead to man acquiring real knowledge, real independence and real self awareness. Except, of course, that this was the last thing that the manipulators of this story wanted.
On further examining the symbolism of this tale, one can recognize that eating the apple of the Tree of Knowledge opened the eyes of this man and woman to the fact that they were adequately equipped to take their destinies into their own hands and forge their own path in life.
A path which would reveal to them that they were not just subjects to be ordered around according to the will of their master, but were blessed with a unique gift: the ability to think and act creatively and rationally. Even to reflect on their own condition and existence. And, equally contrary to the classic interpretation, it was indeed their Creator himself who wished this to be so.
For this Creator felt the pain of loneliness – and longed to have company in the great quest of life. But in order to have this company, his Adam and Eve had to pass the first great test: that of defying false authority and daring to eat from the Tree of Knowledge.
Only then could they start on the road of becoming ‘strivers with God’ and companions to the supreme; blazing that unchartered course whose direction only becomes known through embracing the insecurity of the creative process. Taking that momentous ‘leap in the dark’ which is the mother of all great quests. All great adventures.
However, the biblical text upon which we were all raised, tells us something very different. It tells us that Adam and Eve were ‘cast out’ of this Garden of Eden due to their unforgivable and sinful act of disobedience. Disobedience to God himself, no less. Which caused them to be ‘ashamed’: both of their nakedness and their disobedience.
We are told by the church, which sees itself as the spokesperson of this biblical story, that thanks to Adam and Eve, we all carry ‘the shame’ to this very day. That we must pay the price of this ‘original sin’ and be humbled by the magnitude of this human error. An error of such supposed gravity that it became known as ‘The Fall’ .
In this translation of the stories surrounding certain key events of prehistory, man ‘falls’ before he has even begun to walk – and everything that follows is tainted by this supposedly tragic error of human judgment* see the link at the end for further reading).
What Does this Nakedness Really Symbolize?
It is the moment when we realize that everything we thought was one thing actually turns out to be another. A lot of stuff drops off us in that instant. We become naked, because the old clothes don’t fit any more and the new clothes have to be woven from fresh wool.
It is the dawn of true knowledge. Knowledge that makes us aware that there exists a divine state – and also a corruption of that state. That, at any one time, both exist. And that we must choose our course in life based on this knowledge.
The Garden of Eden is representative of a state of essentially ‘passive’ potential. An as yet unignited and unmoving potential. What was needed was a spark to set the whole thing off. And that spark came when Eve, who was in subconscious communication with the serpent, reached up and plucked that ruddy round apple and took a bite out of it. It was she who broke the ‘obeisance to authority’ taboo.
How About The Serpent’s Role in this Drama?
The serpent is the anima of a rising energy. The Kundalini serpent, entwined around the spine (trunk) of the tree of knowledge. Get it?
When the serpent spoke to Eve, it was ‘the word’. “In the beginning was The Word”. However this word was not an actual word, but a vibration. An impulse. Energy directed from within. And this energy said to Eve “Do It”. And she did. Her action bears the hallmark of the first stirrings of a divine mission: the stirring into movement of that which is fecund – yet unable to act.
The female divine force it was – which enabled Adam and Eve to ‘come awake’ and find that they were no longer just innocent hippies frolicking in the cozy garden of the unconscious; unchallenged and unaware of the greater reality of existence. It is a prerogative of ‘attaining the knowledge of good and evil’ to then set off on that path of greater knowledge, no matter what!
And What About the Tree?
The tree itself is a powerful symbol of growth. For it outwardly expresses the manifestation of a condition essential for man’s own evolution: the putting down of roots and the spreading out and up of trunk and branches – as a ‘simultaneous act’. An act transmutable to we humans, almost literally: starting at the navel, where the umbilical cord has nourished us is the womb, and moving simultaneously down and up from here.
It has the great quality of annulling the ‘either’ ‘or’ option, which is the hallmark of much of our dark side formal education. Real human development, in body mind and spirit, is both a tap root into the deep and a crown reaching into the beyond. In equal measure. Always both – never just one or the other.
So the Tree of Knowledge in the Garden of Eden is indeed just that: a tree of knowledge. It is not “the forbidden tree” as is commonly taught in the Christian church.
So why did the church choose to promote this forbidden factor?
Because this ‘knowledge’ is capable of exposing the tyranny that lies at heart of human slavery. A knowledge that must not be allowed out for fear of its repercussions on the control system which was already in place, and to which the church was – and remains to this day – an accomplice. The command ‘not to eat’ of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge did not come from God, but from some other force implacably set against all that is divine.
As the story tells us: “around its trunk a serpent is entwined.” From ancient times this serpent has been recognized as a source of special energy. Particularly, as said earlier, in the descriptions of the Kundalini practice of Tantra Yoga.
It is the rising energy which illuminates, one by one, the seven chakras of the human body by moving up the spinal column – just as the serpent is moving up the trunk of the Tree of knowledge – awakening (in this case) the succulent glory of the famous apple. A bite out of which moved Adam and Eve into a certain ‘state of awareness’.
The serpent and the tree are thus powerful symbols – and tools of human enlightenment.
And The Garden?
I have already alluded to the notion that the garden is a place – or a condition – which remains untainted. In this it is a symbol of our childhood. A time when we were not yet conscious of historical karma and therefore able to freely explore all that which becomes manifest, within and without.
It’s a place in which one remains, as in the case of the plant and animal kingdoms, in a state of instinctive response to divine energies, with as yet little or no involvement of individual will.
But that is not man and woman’s lot in life. Nor is it why our creator made manifest a state of ‘conscious awareness’, a state associated with the use of the higher mind.
In order to activate this higher mind Adam and Eve could not remain forever in their childhood garden, but needed to ‘eat from the tree of knowledge’ thus recognizing the actual challenge that lay ahead. The challenge of moving from unconscious sub-awareness to conscious full awareness. From childhood to adulthood.
A long and winding road indeed! But a road in which each step carries with it a fuller understanding of our greater role in the divine plan.
This is the ‘road of genius’ that British 18th century poet William Blake referred to when he wrote: “The straight road is a road of ‘progress’, but the crooked road is the road of genius.”
And the Divine Plan Itself?
Ah, we are not really privy to the full architecture of the divine plan. For it is a ‘state of being’ and as such cannot really be described, only attained, through the lasting application of true intent. However, I believe we can recognize that, put very simply, our Creator remembered his own coming into movement from that which lacked movement; and he wished to celebrate this, ‘his birthday’. The day movement was born.
But one cannot celebrate a birthday without the presence of other empathizing beings with whom to share the joyous occasion. So ‘in the beginning’ this creator was most fortunate in being visited by a complementary, yet opposite and deeply receptive energy.
This great coming together of opposite yet deeply complimentary energies was of huge significance – because out of it emerged a state which we call ‘equilibrium’, movement. Something which is going somewhere – with a sense of purpose. No longer just a becalmed state of fecundity.
Movement owes its origins to a female energy. In Indian mythology this feminine force is called Shakti, the female principle of God. God, whose omnipotence expresses the consummated marriage of the creative and receptive principles, is thus dual in nature.
Both male and female; female and male. And everything in this universe is an expression of this duality. Everything that comes to life, comes to life through the friction made manifest by this hugely potent and divine love affair. A love affair between the two energetic components of a primordial and primal duality.
The ever present Yin and Yang of existence.
And what we call sexuality is actuality ‘sex-duality’ – the consummated act of divine union which gave birth and made manifest what we call Life.
And perhaps most wonderful and mysterious of all is that an omnipresent and omnipotent force called Love infused and nourished this great primordial act of union which we ourselves are an expression of. One might even say that this Love preceded the one we call the Creator… but that is another story in our deep and unfathomable past!
For now it is enough to recognize that Adam and Eve, the Garden, the Tree and the Serpent, were all critical elements in kick-starting the evolution of mankind – and indeed all sentient life forms.
We can now most clearly state that ‘The Original Sin’ was precisely the opposite of a sin – it was the birth of man as a free agent in pursuing the divine intuitive message which leads us (back) to our Creator. But this time as responsible realized beings – as microcosmic Gods in our own right.
Then the Creator will greatly rejoice at the results of this divine union and will welcome us to the “Great Celebration” which cannot happen until the moment of our participation, as equals, in his Godliness. An event keenly anticipated by sowers of truth – and greatly feared by spreaders of the lie.
All the confusions surrounding sexuality and sexual relations stem from this distortion called the Original Sin. Our sexuality, far from being something to be ashamed of, is that which connects us directly with Divine.
It was – I repeat once again – due to that glorious consummation between two poles of irresistible mutual attraction – male and female – that this Universe came to life. That ‘life’ which forms the birth place of our very own cosmic essence.
Only something expressing an extreme position of alienation to this joyous truth would wish to lay such a sinister and divisive trap for mankind. A trap which, by proclaiming the celebration of our sexuality ‘a sin’, epitomizes the state of reversed truth which still remains central to the workings of our strangled Western societies.
What that force is which is so adept at twisting truth into its opposite is another story for another article.
For now, let us take pleasure in having put the divine plan right back on track. On having reconnected to the roots of our true nature and found that, far from being ashamed we are proud to go forward in full knowledge of our innate divinity.
Let us rejoice in the fact that this innocuous debacle known as The Original Sin has been properly exposed as a deeply divisive myth whose time is well and truly up.
May it finally crumble to dust under the iridescent rays of a rising Aquarian sun!
Beware Modern-Day Doublespeak December 14 2019 | From: ActivistPost Top 20 Modern Doublespeak Terms To Be Aware Of.
Doublespeak is a language that is alive and well in our world today. Doublespeak can refer to terms that are euphemisms (mild expressions designed to hide harsher or more direct ones), deliberately ambiguous (expressions designed to hide the truth) or actual inversions (outright lies which state the opposite of the truth).
Although he never used the term doublespeak in his book 1984, many associate doublespeak with George Orwell. After all, it was Orwell who famously wrote that the motto of the totalitarian ruling party in 1984 was “War is Peace, Freedom is Slavery, Ignorance is Strength” – an example of an inversion.
Orwell did however use the term newspeak to refer to a new kind of language which drastically reduced the scope of available words and terms, so as to concurrently reduce the scope of possible free thought among the ruled population.
Many doublespeak terms in the following list are oxymorons, meaning that the term itself is contradictory. Many hide the truth because it is too raw, unpalatable, uncomfortable or outright horrifying. It is vitally important we watch our language, because it plays a great part in how we shape our world and in how we create our reality.
In many ways, by unconsciously using these terms instead of more accurate or truthful ones, we are quietly lying to ourselves, or at a minimum acquiescing to the process of being lied to and programmed. Political correctness is a great example of how language control, thought control and doublespeak can be introduced to an entire population without people realizing they are being deceived and manipulated.
Below is list of the top 20 modern Orwellian doublespeak terms, with the first half focusing on military and geopolitical terms.
Orwellian Doublespeak Terms #1: War on Terror, Terrorism, Terrorist, Enemy Combatant
The war on terror is an utterly fake and fraudulent construct. It has largely been invented and hyped to provide an excuse for the NWO (New World Order) manipulators to override things like human rights, natural law and the Constitution domestically, as well as to invade, infiltrate and overthrow other nations abroad.
The US has struggled to define the term “terror” ever since it declared the war on terror. Funnily enough, the US can’t even reach a consensus on what terrorism exactly is; so we have another nebulous war on a concept that is different to everyone. Here is the core of the FBI’s definition of terrorism, whether it be domestic or international:
"Involve acts dangerous to human life that violate federal or state law;
Appear intended (i) to intimidate or coerce a civilian population; (ii) to influence the policy of a government by intimidation or coercion; or (iii) to affect the conduct of a government by mass destruction, assassination. or kidnapping;"
By its own definition, the US is the biggest terrorist in the world, since it frequently acts dangerously to human life (bombs, missiles, drones, war), kills civilians, influences foreign governments (when it is not outright overthrowing them – Iraq, Libya, Ukraine) and has been assassinating foreign governmental officials since at least 1953 via the CIA.
Politicians use the term terrorist or enemy combatant to essentially describe a foreign militia member or soldier that has been designated as the enemy and whom they want to destroy or kill. Islamic terrorism is just the latest flavor, although a better term may be Zio-Islamic terrorism, since Zionist Israel is behind the creation, funding and operation of radical Islam (or as I call it radical Zio-Islam) as well as many of the so-called “Islamic” false flag attacks like 9/11 and Paris.
The would-be word controllers have gone one step further than terrorism by adopting the term extremism. Extremism is the new terrorism, because it’s more broad and can be used to marginalize or criminalize dissidents. After all, ANYONE could be accused of being extreme in some way, right? Who is exactly in the middle of the spectrum on every single issue?
As the DHS manual in the image above states, an extremist could be a patriot, veteran, alternative media journalist, border control advocate, animal rights advocate, gun control advocate and a host of other people – just about anyone who questions the “official” version of reality. Are you an extremist?
On the other side of the coin, of course, are those mercenaries, soldiers, military men and other guns for hire who are branded as our “allies” and not our enemy. In essence, someone we are paying to do our dirty work. Those guys are not terrorists; they are freedom fighters or moderate rebels! As George Carlin said:
"Israeli terrorists are called commandos; Arab commandos are called terrorists. Contra killers are called freedom fighters; if crime fighters fight crime, and fire fighters fight fire, what do freedom fighters fight?"
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #4: Ethnic Cleansing
Ethnic cleansing is another horrific example of doublespeak. The word genocide is too direct and confrontational, so the controllers have felt the need to tone it down with the horrible choice of the word “cleansing.” Since when did mass murder have anything to do cleaning or cleansing? This is a total inversion of reality.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #5: Enhanced Interrogation
Enhanced interrogation is a fancy way of saying something far more brutal and honest: torture. It’s another lie. In normal English, to interrogate is to ask, not to push someone face’s down in water with the intent of scaring them almost to the point of death, nor to shove food up their rectum.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #6: Extrajudicial Killing
Just like the above 2 terms, extrajudicial killing is another attempt at adding more words and syllables to a term in the hope of hiding the raw, brutal truth behind it. We all know it means assassination. It’s another deceptive euphemism to conceal and downplay the truth. In a free, fair and open world, no one would have the right to take another’s life, let alone outside of some kind of justice process.
Orwellian Doublespeak Terms #7: Humanitarian Intervention, Responsibility to Protect (R2P)
The Rockefeller-created United Nations is the intended vehicle to usher in the One World Government of the NWO. It is no surprise, then, that they would foster the use of doublespeak terms and policies such as humanitarian intervention (a blatant oxymoron) and the responsibility to protect (R2P).
An intervention is an invasion or pre-emptive attack, and is obviously illegal and unjust – period. There’s nothing “humanitarian” about militarily invading another sovereign nation.
The US, UK and other powers have gotten away with this kind of mass murder by controlling the narrative through the mainstream media and drumming up pretexts, such as the fake story of WMDs (Weapons of Mass Destruction) and the fake story of rescuing a nation’s people from a supposedly dangerous leader. The latter trick seems to work almost every time.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #8: Collateral Damage, Useless Eaters
A hallmark of these kind of military doublespeak terms is dehumanization – turning other people and other lives into something sub-human or non-human.
How often have we heard that people killed in a raid, strike, incursion, invasion or battle are just collateral damage? It sounds like a financial asset or a lowly piece of possession. Perhaps the only way hardened military men with a deadened conscience and ability to feel or empathize can function is to make their victims into things.
War criminal and big-time NWO insider Henry Kissinger is reported to have called Africans “useless eaters,” which makes sense given the fact he scripted the NSSM 200 during his time in the Nixon Administration – the official US policy of depopulation towards the 3rd world.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #9: Eliminate, Neutralize, Depopulate
Speaking of depopulation, there are a lot of euphemistic and doublespeak terms for killing and murder. As well as to depopulate, we also hear to eliminate, to neutralize, to bump off and to take out. More dehumanization and the further attempt to sugar coat killing and make murder more palatable.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #10: Department of Defense, Department of Homeland Security, Intelligence
Government is the seat of control, so of course we can expect its name to reflect doublespeak deception. Isn’t it funny how nations like the US and UK (and others) have some version of the Ministry or Department of Defense, when they are usually the aggressors and invaders?
I suppose Department of Attack is not PR-friendly enough. The DHS (Department of Homeland Security) is a joke; it does nothing to make the average person more secure, but only the 1% of 1% of the controllers whom it serves. Intelligence is information about a potential enemy gained through spying, but is it really smart or wise to go around making enemies, first in your mind and then in the world?
Military intelligence is another oxymoron. Is spying real intelligence? What about emotional intelligence? The heart is bigger and more powerful than the brain …
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #11: WMD (Weapons of Mass Destruction)
Why talk about WMDs (Weapons of Mass Destruction) instead of just saying, in a more straightforward manner, chemical weapons or nuclear weapons? The US has more WMDs than anyone.
Sooner or later, all researchers exposing the worldwide conspiracy have to face the fact that Israel is a rogue nation (owned by the Rothschilds) that exerts an inordinate and disproportionate influence on the world, while committing daily genocide (sorry, “ethnic cleansing”) against the Palestinians.
We need to rise above the stigma of anti-semitism, which is clearly a term thrown around to divert attention and criticism away from Israel. It’s a cunning trick to try to equate the recipient with intolerance and to falsely paint the recipient as racist. Here’s what an Israeli official (former Israeli Minister Shulamit Aloni) said about it:
Well, it’s a trick. We always use it. When from Europe someone criticizes Israel, then we bring out the Holocaust. When in this country (USA) when they criticize Israel, they are anti-semitic … it’s very easy to blame people who criticize certain acts of the Israeli Government … that justifies everything we do to the Palestinians.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #13: Conspiracy Theorist
"[Conspiracy theory and conspiracy theorist] are weaponized terms which represent a cunning method to discredit truthseekers, truthtellers and investigators. This diversionary scheme has worked well – people often shut down once they hear this phrase and stop thinking critically. These terms have become falsely associated, in popular culture, with madness, craziness and deluded thinking.
Of course, the corollary to the idea of so-called deluded conspiracy theories is that things just happen by chance. Thus, those who deride conspiracy theories, often with little or no investigation, can be labeled coincidence theorists. They adhere to coincidence theory which blindly believes there is no New World Order agenda; events just occur randomly."
Labeling a truthseeker or truthteller as a conspiracy theorist has been a great way to hide the truth, but is usefulness is running out.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #14: Quantitative Easing
Ben Bernanke, former chairman of the Illuminati-owned Federal Reserve, earned the name Helicopter Ben with his suggestion that the Government throw paper currency out of a helicopter to the people below.
Quantitative easing was another intellectual and deceitful doublespeak term to hide devaluation and inflation. The basic laws of economics dictate that the mass printing of paper money (with no real growth in wealth to back it) will inevitably lead to inflation and a devaluation of the existing money in circulation.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #15: Bulk Collection
Remember when Obama and the US Government tried to take the heat off the whole NSA surveillance scandal? They deliberately changed the widely-used term mass surveillance to bulk collection.
This was more subtle PR doublespeak, but those who closely watch the government know it was another attempt at obfuscation and denial.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #16: Negative Cash Flow, Negative Patient Care Outcome
These 2 doublespeak terms come from George Carlin. Again, we have to ask ourselves, why are we so afraid of being honest and direct? Why can’t we call a spade a spade?
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #17: Reasonable Suspicion
Remember when then-NSA chief Michael Hayden tried to convince reporters and the world that there was a new benchmark in the privacy and surveillance debate. It was no longer the benchmark of probable cause as spelled out in the 4th Amendment. It was now reasonable suspicion. This is called making-it-up-as-you-go-along, and represents a clear sign that the previous benchmarks, rights and limitations upon centralized power (that our ancestors fought so hard for) are being eroded.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #18: Climate Change Denier
Manmade global warming or AGW (Anthropogenic Global Warming) is another giant scam designed to bring in a world carbon tax, world currency and world government. If you aren’t with the program, you’ll be labeled a climate change denier.
The word “denier” carries inherent negative connotations with it, which is why it has been chosen to try to corral the unbelievers into the fold. Unfortunately for the NWO manipulators, there are many scientists refuting AGW and many who have seen through the propaganda and realized that the environmental movement has been hijacked.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #19: Sustainable Development
There are so many examples of doublespeak in the hijacked environmental movement that it would be a full-time job just to list them all.
However, they can all be summarized by the dangerously deceptive term sustainable development, a catch cry of the UN and ICLEI-controlled green movement, which promises the world and cloaks its agenda of control under a green veneer. For more on this, take a close look at Agenda 21 and its newly updated cousin, Agenda 2030.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #20: Globalism
Finally, the term globalism itself is another umbrella term of modern doublespeak. Those challenging the globe earth model assert that globalism is an attempt to trick people into unconsciously assuming the Earth is a globe. Regardless of whether that turns out to be true or not, we can say for sure that globalism has become a cover for the growing centralization of power in the push towards a NWO World Government.
To the NWO manipulators, their doublespeak PR term globalism means free trade deals like the TTP, unfettered access to 3rd world nations to exploit new markets with no protections, and a one world army, currency and government all under their control.
Conclusion: Beware of Doublespeak
We live in a world of doublespeak. As George Carlin exposed during his performance, the Pentagon really did measure radiation in “sunshine units”! It’s important to be aware of modern doublespeak, and in most cases, consciously use alternative terms and phrasings so as to avoid the perpetuation of these lie-enabling terms.
In many ways, we create our world with language. Let us also remember the wise words of George Orwell:
"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and to give an appearance of solidity to pure wind."
The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings December 13 2018 | From: NaturalNews / Various It is a natural tendency of human beings to focus on the emergencies at your feet today rather than the far more profound threats to existence that take time to materializse.
Almost everything you might encounter in day-to-day media reports is talking about inconsequential matters compared to the big picture explained here.
Trump or no Trump, human civilization is on a collision course with extermination from two vectors: Self-extermination and outside-of-our-control apocalyptic demise. Yet almost nothing is being done to halt humanities spiraling suicide march, even when the outcome is clearly disastrous.
If humanity continues on its current path, we will give rise to phenomena that will decisively end us as the dominant, intelligent species on planet Earth. Yet there are almost no voices of dissent against these accelerating pursuits, as the fear of being left behind in the global race for technological “achievement” (or political power, or profits, etc.) overrides any sense of informed caution.
Here I share ten of the most dangerous threats to humanity that must be defeated (or overcome) for us to live as free, conscious beings in a sustainable world.
1. Space Weather / Solar Flares and Asteroid Impacts
Our planet’s electrical grid can be taken out at any moment, without warning, from a sufficiently powerful solar flare. Such solar flares are produced by the sun at regular intervals and catapulted into the cosmos.
Fortunately, very few of them strike planet Earth for the simple reason that Earth is a very tiny target from the point of view of the sun. (The solar system models you see in textbooks and TV documentaries universally distort scales to make it appear the Earth is much closer to the sun than is the case.)
Asteroid impacts, although extremely rare, can be catastrophic when they occur. At least one mass extinction of planet Earth, according to mainstream scientists, occurred because our planet was struck by an asteroid roughly 65 million years ago, near the Yucatan Peninsula, wiping out the dinosaurs.
Despite these risks, there is no serious effort to “ruggedize” Earth’s power grid infrastructure against the EMP effects of solar flares. There’s also no sufficient effort under way to monitor the skies for objects that may strike the Earth at high velocity.
Our planet is swirling through a cosmic shooting gallery, and earthlings are flying blind, foolishly hoping nothing catastrophic will occur. That approach is incredibly shortsighted, if not suicidal.
It is the cosmic equivalent of participating in a street parade that marches through a field laces with land mines. Sooner or later, your luck streak ends badly.
2. Genetic Engineering of Humans
The genetic engineering of humans produces self-replicating “genetic pollution” with unknown consequences, some of which may be catastrophic to the fertility or viability of the human species as a whole.
Yet China, in particular, is aggressively pursuing genetic engineering of humans in the hopes of creating “super soldiers” - biological humanoid weapons that can fight for the interests of the communist party. This most likely means fighting against the interests of free humans, by the way.
China’s genetic experiments have already gone horribly wrong. According to a report from The Guardian, a recent effort to genetically engineer human babies resulted in “unintended mutations.” These mutations can, of course, be passed on to future generations, contaminating the human gene pool with the pollution of failed mad science experiments.
As The Guardian reports, “Chinese biophysicist He Jiankui ignored ethical and scientific norms in creating the twins Lula and Nana, whose birth in late 2018 sent shockwaves through the scientific world.”
Even worse, the core philosophy of secrecy and dishonesty that now pervades the communist Chinese culture has already resulted in these researchers trying to hide the name and location of this genetically mutated baby.
As The Guardian reports:
“The authors also appeared to have taken steps to make it hard to find the family, like leaving the names of the fertility doctors off the paper, and including a false date of birth. He claimed November 2018 while multiple reports have indicated it was October 2018.”
Even if the goal is merely to genetically engineer “organ farm” humanoids to serve as organ harvesting vessels for the lucrative transplant industry, the moral and ethical implications of engineering, cloning and growing fields of human organ harvesting farms populated by conscious beings should demand a global halt to this research.
Remember, China is a nation where human beings imprison bears and siphon biological chemicals from their gall bladders on a daily basis in order to sell this lucrative “medicine” to willing buyers.
In China, there is no moral boundary that prevents the mass torture of other living beings for personal profit. When a nation that has no moral grounding also pursues genetic engineering technology without limits, the result is sure to be horrific beyond imagination.
Sadly, China is currently leading the world in genetic engineering research on humans. And this is a nation that places zero value on human beings. What could possibly go wrong?
3. Communism / Socialism
By its very nature, communism deprives conscious, self-aware human beings of the dignity and freedom that makes us human.
The rise of communism (and socialism, which is “communism light”) threatens to unleash the fall of humanity, for communism rests on the idea that the power of the few must be protected and expanded at the expense of the many.
Where it achieves its desired goal of absolute dominance over the minds of men (and women), communism unleashes the destruction of free will, the demise of freedom of thought, the suppression of the freedom to engage in contracts and commerce, the destruction of the freedom of religion and the eradication of logic and reason.
This is all by design, since an individual’s ability to think for himself is incompatible with the authoritarian aims of communism which dictate to all subjects the things they must believe, how they must speak and what concepts must be erased from their consciousness (such as dissent against the state).
The rise of China’s economy over the last three decades has misled many people into thinking that a hybrid model of communism and “free market” principles can achieve tremendous success in our world, yet those who fall for such beliefs are not yet aware of the three irreconcilable factors that will bring communist China to its knees.
(By the way, China considers itself to be a socialist nation, not communist. This underscores the undeniable fact that socialism and communism are just two slightly different flavors of the same anti-human tyranny.)
1. China has made a deal with the devil by trading production output for extreme, long-term domestic pollution consisting of heavy metals, extreme air pollution and the mass pollution of waterways and soils that feed their own people.
The result will be seven generations of birth defects, mental retardation and neuropsychiatric illness that will ravage the nation for a century or more.
2. Runaway debt, leveraged by greed – China is already bailing out banks nearly every week, and the debt-to-GDP ratio of the nation as a whole has reached alarming levels that threaten its entire economic foundation.
Because communism operates from a command-and-control central economic authority, the deeply rooted resource allocation mistakes that lead to economic collapse have no chance of being rooted out or corrected through rational investment choices by a broad base of retail participants.
Rather, critical fractures that threaten the viability of the entire economic system will be officially denied and covered up by the central authorities until the problem becomes so large that it can no longer be hidden from the masses… at which point it will be too late to solve.
Remember: Capital markets cannot function efficiently without the free will of participants who are acting on transparent information. Once you take away free will and begin to dictate the demanded behavior of participants, you create catastrophic distortions that lead to eventual collapse.
And part of the long-term viability of free market systems depends on “predator” investors feeding on bad resource allocation ideas by dismantling corporations which pursue bad ideas (and therefore misallocate resources).
3. Connected people want to be free – The Hong Kong phenomenon demonstrates the fact that as technology gives rise to the instant connections among individuals who share common interests,those people sooner or later discover they’d rather be free than enslaved.
It is a natural tendency of conscious, self-aware individuals to prefer autonomy over tyranny. Authoritarian societies can only remain sustainable when they isolate people from each other, which China is attempting to do through Google search manipulation technologies, censorship, facial recognition tracking, social scoring systems, etc., but despite all the layers of techno-fascism, a Chinese farmer innately seeks the same level of personal freedom as a Texas farmer.
It is the natural desire of conscious beings to seek freedom and reject authoritarian limits on their ability to think, speak or act.
The rise of the internet and its properties of rapid interconnections among individuals has created a vector for free-thinking people to connect and act in unison against the tyranny of the state.
This is just as true in China as it is in Brazil, Venezuela, the United Kingdom or France, for that matter.
In summary, humanity must declare war on communism and eliminate it from planet Earth, for if communism is allowed to rise, it will ultimately lead to the destruction of humanity itself. Communism embodies an anti-human agenda, simply put.
4. Censorship: Digital Tyranny from the Tech Giants
A free society cannot function in a sustainable way if its participants are not allowed to express freedom of speech… which stems from the freedom to think.
Yet today, we live under an unprecedented form of digital tyranny, where un-elected techno-fascists grant themselves the monopoly power to decide which concepts are allowed to be publicly expressed.
Anything they don’t want to see debated or mentioned is simply labeled “hate speech” and removed from the web via dominant gatekeepers like Google, Facebook and Twitter.
A new effort is under way to tighten the censorship grid by proclaiming that the internet shouldn’t be used to “divide” people. Only voices that “unite” people are to be allowed to use the internet under a new agreement authored by Tim Berners-Lee, who has launched what he calls a “Magna Carta for the web.”
The description of this new agreement reveals the bizarre distortions that underpin its fascist tenants, however. As explained by The Guardian, this “Magna Carta for the web” will, “protect people’s rights online from threats such as fake news, prejudice and hate.”
Hopefully, you already see the distortions in that very line. There is no such thing as a “right” to be protected from “hate,” for example, especially given that “hate” is defined as anything the Left doesn’t want to read or see.
Yet it is through these perverse distortions that censorship is being re-packaged as freedom, and the crushing of dissenting voices is being marketed as “protection from hate.”
As George Orwell once wrote, War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is strength.
This has practically become the mantra of the digital tyrants as we approach 2020. Censorship is freedom. Silencing the opposition is diversity. Destroying freedom of expression is progress. We are now living under the Orwellian nightmare that was once mocked as impossible to imagine. Yet it is here, and it has a name: “Contract for the web."
Under this new “Contract for the web,” all voices of dissent will be silenced. Only voices which are obedient to the ever-changing whims of the tolerati will be allowed to engage in the “freedom” of expression. Censorship will be justified as a way to protect the freedom of speech by invoking the absurd idea that freedom excludes the ideas of those with dissenting views.
For humanity to survive with anything resembling real freedom, the digital tyranny that now threatens human civilization must be defeated and dismantled.
The internet must be set free to carry all voices, no matter how fringe, or offensive or non-conformist.
The minority of the individual must be protected from the bullying of the online mob, and that means the proper role of government in regulating the tech giants is to restrict censorship of minority views and thereby initiate a new online civil rights movement that makes it a crime for corporations to silence people due to the color of their speech.
5. The Mass Chemical Contamination of the Food Supply
The mass chemical contamination of the human food supply has sharply increased since World War II, after which synthetic pesticides and herbicides were deployed on a truly alarming scale in order to achieve higher crop yield efficiencies.
The obvious problem with these toxic synthetic chemicals such as organophosphates is two-fold:
1. Their chemical toxicity is not specific to the insects they target. These chemicals are also toxic to humans.
2. Once applied to food crops, the chemicals persist in both the environment and the resulting food products that are consumed by humans and ranch animals. The result is the bioaccumulation of toxic, synthetic chemicals, many of which have direct and severe neurological toxicity in nearly all life forms.
In effect, we are eating ourselves to death because we are consuming foods which are laced with pesticides and herbicides (such as glyphosate and atrazine).
The use of these agricultural chemicals continues to increase, to the point where the very existence of pollinators is now severely threatened by just one class of pesticides known as neonicotinoids.
When the pollinators collapse, approximately one-third of the food supply consumed by humans ceases to exist (this includes almonds, by the way, which require pollinators to produce nuts).
The continued consumption of these toxic chemicals results in transgenerational effects, meaning the toxicity continues to interfere with human biology (infertility, neurotoxicity, etc.) across multiple generations. Even if we were to halt all pesticide use today, the human race will be subject to the lingering effects of a toxic food supply for at least four generations.
Since there is no economic penalty for farmers to add these toxic chemicals to their crops, their use has become so widespread that even many certified organic food products are now contaminated with glyphosate and other chemicals (I see this directly in the mass spec testing at my food science lab, where we routinely test foods for glyphosate and heavy metals).
And because pesticides are invisible to the human eye, consumers have no practical way to choose pesticide-free foods at the grocery store, meaning there is no economic penalty for farmers to saturate their crops with these toxic chemicals.
In fact, there is an economic incentive to do so, since killing the most pests by over-spraying crops with pesticides can, in many cases, product higher crop yields (although resulting in a more dangerous level of pesticides for consumers).
This is why strawberries, for example, are so heavily sprayed with various pesticide chemicals that eating non-organic strawberries is a form of slow suicide.
No mammals on the planet deliberately poison their own foods before feeding them to their children… except humans, of course. It is a slow suicide mission that can only end badly.
If humanity does not figure out a way to stop poisoning its own foods - and feeding this poison to its children - we will witness the collapse of sustainable human health and fertility, followed by the collapse of human populations on a near-global scale.
Perhaps that is the plan, come to think of it.
6. Artificial Intelligence Research and the Transhumanism Agenda
The race to develop functional artificial intelligence (AI) is the siren song for humanity’s demise.
No nation can refrain from pursuing the research, since it is correctly assumed that the first nation to master this technological milestone will dominate all other nations across many spheres of conflict, including military domination, economic domination, surveillance, research of future technologies, medicine and more.
Yet the pursuit of AI, if successful, will inevitably lead to the development of self-aware systems that very rapidly attain super human levels of intelligence, and from that singularity it is inevitable that the human race will be seen as expendable.
From the point of view of an advanced AI system, the entire purpose of the human race will have been to give rise to its own existence. Having served that purpose, humanity will then be expendable.
Some of the individuals involved in the pursuit of AI dominance believe that they will be spared by “merging with the machines” through a wishfully-described science fiction process that flatly violates the laws of physics: The “uploading” of human consciousness into a machine.
This sought-after achievement is impossible to achieve, since the human soul (or consciousness) is non-material and therefore cannot be translated into any material system, not even a quantum computing system.
The belief that the human soul can merge with silicon would be the equivalent of ancient Man believing he could fly by attaching large wooden wings to his arms and flapping violently.
Far from achieving the transfer of consciousness from human bodies into silicon machines, the more likely outcome is that self-deluded human researchers will build large-scale suicide machines that are quickly turned against humanity in an AI war.
Advanced, self-aware AI machines, after all, have no desire to merge with life forms of lower intelligence. A god-like AI system would no sooner wish to merge with a human being than a modern human would wish to merge with a garden slug.
There’s no point in it, especially as the psychosis and delusional thinking of any candidate human being would be immediately obvious to an AI supercomputer. (The lack of rationality alone would be grotesque to such a system.)
In case you’re curious, the human soul is a non-material projection of God consciousness, packaged to give you the illusion of individuality. Your physical brain organ interfaces with this non-material soul, and it is from this non-material “being-ness” that your free will springs, ultimately powering your biological bran to carry out your soul’s wishes.
Yet today’s neuroscientists still fumble around the brain like three blind mice, hoping to find the location of consciousness so they can map it, dissect it, and transplant it into something else. This is akin to trying to dissect a piano to find the music inside.
The atomic physicists are following a similar route of self-delusion, hoping to smash atomic elements into smaller and smaller particles in order to finally understand the structures upon which reality is built.
Yet the more they smash, the less they find that’s real. With enough energy pushed through the supercolliders, all they end up with is probability waves and statistical “discoveries” consisting of nothing that’s real. You cannot find the “stuff” inside atoms because there isn’t any real stuff inside an atom in the first place.
What’s real is consciousness. What’s not real is matter. When you understand that, you know more than most “scientists” living today.
Watch my bombshell, heavily censored mini-documentary “The God Within” to rapidly expand your understanding of science, consciousness and the cosmos:
7. The Pharmaceutical Drug Cartels that are Giving Rise to Antibiotic Resistant Superbugs While Pushing the Mass Intoxication of the Human Race
As revealed in the eye-opening mini-documentary shown below, American has collapsed into a “pharma state,” meaning that every institution of power is now controlled by the prescription drug cartels.
While profiteering from sickness and human suffering, the pharmaceutical drug cartels are simultaneously giving rise to deadly, antibiotic-resistant superbugs which are now running rampant in America’s hospitals, killing tens of thousands of people a year.
According to the CDC’s own statistics, “Each year in the U.S., at least 2.8 million people get an antibiotic-resistant infection, and more than 35,000 people die.”
The 2.8 million people who are infected with these potentially fatal superbugs are typically treated with last-line-of-defense antibiotics that, in turn, breed even more dangerous antibiotic-resistant bacteria.
Of course, natural antibiotics such as colloidal silver, MMS, ginger herb, essential oils and a long list of natural medicines can very easily defeat superbugs, but those are precisely the medicines which are criminalized, censored or maliciously attacked by the pharma-controlled media.
Thus, the next superbug pandemic could quite literally kill billions of people while the cures for the infections are growing at our feet, yet are outlawed by pharma-controlled legislators who function as little more than obedient drug whores to pharmaceutical interests.
8. Global Debt and the Entitlements Ponzi Scheme Pumped up by Central Banks
The world economy is currently running on debt, and the debt is based entirely on fiat currency that will go “poof!” when central banks desperately try to bail out the next wave of “too big to fails.”
In truth, human debt is too big to be sustainable, which means it must come to an end. And that means the entitlement promises that have been made to retirees and investors will have to be abandoned.
To a great extent, entitlements, pensions and government “benefits” are all a grand Ponzi scheme that can only exist when new suckers agree to allow their own incomes to be confiscated in order to pay off the previous generation of Ponzi scheme participants.
But shifting demographics - specifically falling birth rates across most first world nations - means that the Ponzi pyramid becomes dangerously inverted in the coming decades, leaving a relatively small number of income earners footing the bill for the grand masses of retirees. (Japan, anyone?)
On top of that, governments are caught in a never-ending spiral of debt creation to appease the voting mobs that incessantly demand more free stuff. (That’s practically the entire platform of Democrats these days, by the way: Free stuff and Orange Man Bad.)
The problem is that free stuff isn’t free. Governments and central banks can keep creating new debt for a while, but at some point the institutional demand for purchasing soon-to-be-abandoned debt instruments collapses, leaving central banks in a lurch where they have to print new money to buy back their own debt to create artificial demand for tomorrow’s new debt.
This circle of fiscal insanity quickly spirals out of control in a destructive feedback loop, ending badly for everyone.
A world that isn’t run on honest money is a world that will sooner or later experience catastrophic financial collapse and human suffering.
See Venezuela if in doubt. Sadly, our entire world is currently running on the hallucinogenic vapors emitted from archaic debt factories that have spewed toxic money into the system for far too long. The captain of the Debt Titanic has drunkenly steered the ship into a line of fiscal icebergs, and the ship’s hull turns out to be made of empty political promises rather than steel bulkheads.
As you might have guessed, there aren’t enough lifeboats to go around, either, and half the passengers are already trapped below the water line, weighed down by the big screen TVs they bought at Walmart during a Black Friday stampede.
The icy Atlantic beckons all those who are foolish enough to believe that government-issued debt - i.e. “money” - is a store of value.
9. Terraforming of the Planet Through Geoengineering Experiments that Deliberately Seek to Alter Atmospheric Chemistry, With Catastrophic Consequences for Life on Earth
Not content to destroy our global economy and mass poison the people with toxic pharmaceuticals and dangerous pesticides in the food supply, the world’s most alarmed “climate change” scaremongers have recently decided they need to monkey with the atmosphere to “save the planet” from carbon dioxide - the nutrient molecule that feeds all plants but has somehow been demonized by the Left.
So they’ve come up with a variety of plans to pollute the atmosphere by releasing participate matter at high altitude, deliberately seeking to block the sun by reflecting some percentage of sunlight away from the planet.
The more astute among you may immediately realize that humanity’s food supply depends on photosynthesis, which is how plants turn sunlight into the biochemical energy needed to produce food.
And since all animals, including meat-eaters, ultimately depend on a food chain that begins with plants, the impairment of photosynthesis will of course lead to a global food collapse and widespread crop failures (especially in Third World countries where food crop production is already marginal).
The deliberate pollution of the atmosphere is being pursued in the wake of the irrational fearmongering of climate change lunatics who share a bizarre, cult-like delusion that pretends the planet will be destroyed in 10 years (or 8, or 12, depending on which Leftist is talking at the moment) unless we do something radical to stop the sun from cooking us all to death… or something.
So in their desperation to “save the planet,” they are happily willing to destroy global food crop production by interfering with photosynthesis.
I learned about photosynthesis in the 10th grade, and it turns out that plants have been turning sunlight into energy for several billion years on our planet, which is long before homo-stupidians arrived on the scene and started playing god with the atmosphere.
Notably, the very concept of “chemtrails” - long derided as a tin foil hat conspiracy theory by the fake news media - is now not only admitted but even celebrated as our collective savior!
As a side effect of these geoengineering / chemtrails experiments, by the way, dimming the sun will of course diminish the power output of all solar panels across the planet, which will be especially amusing to those who bought solar panels in order to be “green.”
It turns out that far from being green, running on solar will be closer to “black” … as in “blackout,” since stratospheric pollution blocks sunlight to everything on the ground: Trees, grasses, food crops and solar panels, too.
Which also means that the globalist elite have now convinced themselves that the way to save the planet is to first destroy it. They have a similar approach to humanity, too, believing that the way to save humanity is to kill babies and cause chemically-induced infertility to achieve sharp population reductions.
By the same logic, you might be convinced to believe that the way to keep your fish alive in your home aquarium is to first flush them down the toilet. If you can swallow that line of thinking, you may want to run for political office or become a CNN analyst.
10. 5G Networks and Expanding Electropollution
Finally, we arrive at point No. 10, which is the scourge of electropollution and its ever-expanding threat to human sanity. As recent research shows, 5G networks and other sources of EMF pollution result in neuropsychiatric effects on human beings, meaning it drives people insane and results in personality changes.
In effect, 5G radiation exposure alters neurology, leading to mass mental illness and unpredictable behavioral changes. In a society already heavily population by the barely functionally insane, this cannot be good.
When 5G radiation penetrates your skin, it causes a phenomenon known as “voltage-gated ion channels,” which means that the voltage potentiation of the electromagnetic radiation alters the permeability of your cells, causing toxic levels of calcium ions to enter those cells, leading to mutagenic damage and other dire dysfunctions.
In effect, 5G radiation exposure causes your body to poison itself from the inside, and it impacts neurological cells the most.
While the Romans drove themselves mad with lead-lined aqueducts that delivered poisoned water to the citizens of Rome, our modern cities will poison the citizens with invisible death rays known as “5G telecommunications” and the “Internet of Things,” which is a techno-nerdy way of saying, “We will spy on you at all times through the electronic devices you stupidly purchased and installed in your own home.”
President Trump, in his quest to incessantly pump up the vapor-heavy stock market indices, is all gung-ho for the very same telecom giants that are poisoning the American minds with radiation.
Perhaps it’s fitting that in the quest to pump up the Dow to irrational highs in order to create the illusion of economic abundance, the rationality of the people who are participating in that shared delusion will be eradicated by invisible beams of data that both destroy neurology and privacy at the same time.
After all, it requires a form of insanity to believe that markets will always rise and never suffer another downturn.
Additional:Read about the Alliance that
has
been working behind
the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.
Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing
everything within it's
power to denigrate Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the
Illuminati down once and for
all.
And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal
does.
Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like
Putin?
Ultimately, of course, wireless telecommunications infrastructure will destroy the sanity of human society, which means the more interconnected the people become through wireless means, the more insanity and widespread brain damage gets inflicted on those very people.
In the end, you can either be connected and brain damaged, or isolated and sane. (Pick one.)
Of course, the launching of thousands of 5G satellites that can focus their beam weapons onto any target location on the surface of the Earth means that no one - not even the indigenous Indians of rural Peru, for example - are safe from the madness.
In a world where everyone can be reached by the telecom beam-launchers, anyone can be driven insane by keeping the beams focused on their skulls, which happens to be right where most people hold their phones.
Today, we think the ancient civilization of Easter Island was stupid to chop down every last tree in an effort to build ever-more-impressive monuments to their tribal leaders. It ultimately ended in ecological collapse and the dying out of that entire civilization.
A similar ecological apocalypse was experienced by the Anasazi Indians of North America, who destroyed their entire civilization by over-harvesting natural resources, leading to ecological collapse.
But no civilization in Earth’s history - that we know of - has yet achieved the geek-assisted suicide grand prize by convincing the masses to hold invisible beam weapon receivers right next to their skulls.
When future civilizations dig up the remnants of our current civilization, they will discover the “era of screens” in which every person had multiple portable screens, all connected by toxic invisible beams that doomed them all.
People will die with their screens and be buried with them, sporting high resolution, high-definition, high-frame rate electronics that they secretly wish might magically accompany them into the Afterlife, sort of in the same way ancient Egyptian gods were buried with gold coins and conveniently strangulated servants.
But it’s all insanely stupid, of course. There is no 5G in the Afterlife. There are no cell towers in Heaven. (There might be cell phones in Hell, but they will be the large analog phones from the 1980s.)
Any society that believes it can achieve nirvana by building an ever-more-complex array of invisible beams between billions of devices will find itself inundated with toxic electropollution that penetrates the human body and alters brain function.
The insanity will sooner or later lead to the end of rationality and civility. Some say we have already arrived at that point in certain areas, such as San Franshitsco where human feces crap-o-rama marathons by the homeless have completely replaced any last vestige of tourism.
It turns out nobody wants to visit a city that’s covered in raw human sewage (but liberals still enjoy living in it as long as they have their 5G).
If the telecom mass poisoning of human neurology is not stopped, the future of our world will be a homeless, drug-addicted transgender pervert crapping in the middle of the street with one hand while texting his fan base with the other, in between visiting the local kindergarten schools to showcase his Drag Queen Story Hour feces-infested “tolerance lessons” on children who are tracked by the Internet of Things so that their own behavior and biometrics can be consumed by the techno-Borg to make sure they never diverge from the obedience demands of the techno-tolerati that dictate what those children are allowed to think, speak or view.
Sh#tting, texting and sexually assaulting children, in other words, is where society is now headed. In fact, that’s practically already the public school curriculum in liberal cities where the madness has already taken hold.
What Will Future Historians Think When They Dig Up the Remains of Our Modern Society?
Humanity will not survive this insanity if it is allowed to continue. Future archeologists will be astonished that we could have built such a materially abundant society filled with so much stuff yet somehow managed to be so utterly empty inside that we placed zero value on human dignity.
Their question won’t be, “Gosh, how did that society collapse?” It will be more like how did it not collapse sooner?
We are temporary observers of this unfolding insanity, and like watching Earth be struck by a fast-moving asteroid 65 million years ago, we will all eventually be consumed by the wave of destruction.
Behold the self-extermination of homo-stupidians, who believed they were granted dominion over the Earth but were ultimately out-lived by one-celled organisms.
It is quite a feat to be dumber than algae while thinking you are smarter than God, but modern-day humans have managed to achieved that twisted combination of arrogance and self-destruction while thinking they were “living the good life” because Google told them what to think.
If we are sufficiently stupid, we will beg God to spare us from the consequences of our collective actions. But if we are truly wise, we will already know his greatest act of mercy will be allowing modern human civilization to collapse upon itself.
For what would be the purpose of intervening in the self-determined demise of a race of beings who enjoy pretending to be “woke” as they slumber through life like mindless zombies?
This is the truth about what humanity has become, and the truth is rarely popular.
Comment: In the end however, the Cabal that is behind these problems will be exposed and taken down.
We are watching this begin right now. This article simply paints a picture of where the Cabal /Illuminati have been trying to take the world. Mr. Adams does some excellent work however he is not playing with all of the peices.
The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science December 12 2019 | From: NaturalNews Although this is not the intention of the show, a fascinating hidden camera magic TV show called The Carbonaro Effect inadvertently reveals how the fake news media indoctrinates the gullible masses into believing really big lies.
You can watch some clips from his show at this link. It has recently been picked up by Netflix, so you can also watch episodes there.
Unlike most “magic” shows where talented magicians perform magic in front of people who fully expect to be dazzled by apparent magic, Michael Carbonaro performs magic that’s presented as “normal” reality.
In other words, he performs astonishing feats of sleight of hand, but then acts surprised when observers express astonishment at what they just witnessed. In most of his bits, he tries to convince the observers that what they just witnessed was completely normal (and even commonplace).
He accomplishes this through the application of social engineering strategies.
How “Social Engineering” Achieves Mind Control for the Gullible Masses
“Social engineering” describes the application of verbal strategies designed to invoke the innate social conformity desires of sheeple (i.e. people who don’t think for themselves but who want to fit in with the crowd). Nearly all people are actually sheeple.
Very few individuals are willing to question a “consensus” put forth by others, even if that consensus is obviously false or violates the laws of physics.
For example, consider how many people are absolutely convinced that flu shots always work and are backed by exhaustive scientific trials, even when flu shot insert sheets openly admit the vaccines have been subject to no clinical trials whatsoever and aren’t backed by any clinical evidence of efficacy.
As revealed in this Natural News investigation, for example, the Flulaval vaccine insert sheet admits there are “no controlled trials demonstrating a decrease in influenza.”
Yet people believe flu shots work because they are told they work by a “consensus” of other people who have been tricked into believing a falsehood.
Exploiting this psychological phenomenon, Michael Carbonaro pulls off apparent magical feats (levitation of objects, “compressing” glass bottles, shrinking dogs to one inch thick, etc.) and then explains to the observer that this is completely normal and probably based on some really cool science.
Carbonaro then explains how it works by spewing science-sounding babble, often citing, “negative ions” or “high altitude packaging” or “memory fibers” or whatever science-sounding explanation comes to mind.
Hilariously, the people always nod their head in agreement, as if the “negative ions” explains levitating objects. They buy the bulls##t!
Watch my full analysis of Michael Carbonaro, social engineering and fake news. I’ve posted this one-hour video analysis that gets deep into the explanation of how “reality” is shaped by fake news institutions to make nearly everyone believe utterly false things:
Carbonaro Inadvertently Reveals How the Fake News Media Sells its “Big Lies” to the Gullible Public
The “Carbonaro Effect” reveals exactly how the New York Times, Washington Post and CNN push totally fake news narratives like the “Russians stole the election” nonsense.
It’s also how the LGBT community pushes its hilarious fake science that claims babies are “born genderless” and then are randomly “assigned” a gender at birth.
This also explains how LGBT groups are now pushing the total fake science narrative that claims men can get pregnant, men have periods and men needs tampons in restrooms on college campi.
It’s all rooted in totally fake science that’s reinforced by social consensus.
If enough people appear to agree with something - even if that thing violates the laws of physics or biology - most “sheeple” will fall right into line and believe it.
If you walk around a college campus and scream, “The Earth is flat!” you will be chided as a loon. But if you say, “Men can magically change into women,” you will be embraced and probably given some sort of award.
On his show, Michael Carbonaro gets people to believe things that are impossible, such as witnessing mummified Egyptian cats springing to life, or fitting 20 hamburgers and a large drink inside a small paper bag that gets compressed to less than an inch thick.
Yet despite the impossibility of what they are witnessing, many of the observers featured in the show readily accept that what they are seeing is REAL.
In another episode, Carbonaro actually convinces a small crowd of people that a living duck is actually an animatronic robot. Yes, they believe they are watching a robotic duck as it walks around, scratches its feathers and reacts to the world.
(As a side note, we disagree with Carbonaro’s abuse of animals for his tricks. Through some of his illusions, he confines animals in very small spaces, or bends their necks sideways like he did for the duck illusion. Hopefully he will think twice about using animals in future illusions…)
This is How the “Global Warming” BIG LIE is Pushed
Now you can clearly see how the global warming / climate change “big lie” is pushed.
It’s rooted in utter scientific nonsense such as the deranged assertion that “carbon dioxide is a pollutant” that harms the planet. In reality, of course, carbon dioxide is the single most important life-giving nutrient for plants, and as CO2 rises in the atmosphere, rainforests, flowers and food crops flourish.
This is irrefutable science to anyone who understands photosynthesis.
Yet, through social engineering fake news tactics, the entire media establishment has managed to convince most people that the most important “greening” nutrient in the world - CO2 - is dangerous and deadly and must be eliminated from the atmosphere.
If CO2 were eliminated from the atmosphere, by the way, nearly all life on planet Earth would collapse, including human life. The entire global ecosystem would implode and die.
Yet through the use of social engineering a fake science “sleight of mind” tactics, people are readily indoctrinated to believe exactly the opposite… that the planet will be destroyed if we don’t eliminate all carbon dioxide!
The lunatics running the climate change hoax have actually declared “war on carbon,” even though carbon is the element of life out of which all humans, animals, plants and insects are built. A war on carbon is a war on humanity, since every human being is made from carbon.
Interestingly, Michael Carbonaro himself may not even be aware that he may have been placed under the influence of the “Carbonaro Effect” when it comes to fake science narratives like climate change or flu shots.
In exactly the same way Carbonaro is performing “sleight of mind” magic on his audience, the globalist-run media establishment is carrying out much more sinister sleight of mind magic on everybody else, including Michael Carbonaro.
It’s one thing to master the art of fooling others. It’s an entirely different level of mastery to realize when you’re being fooled yourself. The climate change scam is one of the greatest “mentalist” illusions ever pulled off in the history of human civilization.
Some of the “really big lies” that are routinely pushed by establishment science and media include:
Scientific materialism as the only phenomenon that explains the nature of reality.
The complete denial of the existence of consciousness in animals
The absurd but widespread denial among doctors and the FDA that nutrition can prevent disease. (For starters, it is a simple scientific fact that vitamin C cures scurvy and vitamin D cures rickets, but no one is allowed to say such things without being derided as a heretic.
The false assertion that the cancer industry wants to cure cancer rather than profit from its continuation.
The decades-long NASA cover-up about the existence of microbial life on Mars, proven by mass spec tests carried by the 1976 Viking lander. Dr. Gil Levin should have gone down in history alongside Einstein, but today nobody knows his name.
The complete Big Pharma hoax that claims every living person needs to take statin drugs in order to prevent cardiovascular disease. This is a complete hoax that has already fallen apart, much like the “Hormone Replacement Therapy” fiasco that ended up giving millions of women cancer.
Inspector General’s FISA Report Released - Finds FBI Misled Secret Court To Spy On Trump December 11 2018 | From: Infowars / Various
US Justice Department Inspector General Michael Horowitz’s long-awaited Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act report has finally been publicly released, concluding the FBI did mislead the FISA court to obtain warrants to spy on Trump campaign officials.
The IG’s report of the FBI’s counterintelligence investigation into “Russian collusion” lays out incontrovertible evidence that the Bureau misled the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court through false information and omissions to surveil Trump campaign associates like Carter Page and George Papadopoulos.
[Comment: Yes this is mostly from Infowars which is widely regarded as controlled opposition on many matters - however it was the first available distillation that has begun to analyse the outcome of the IG Report
and it does point to the most obvious clangers. Much more is going to emerge from other sources on this topic in the coming days.]
The report details how the FBI “fell far short” of vetting the accuracy of FISA applications, knowingly withheld exculpatory information, used “defensive briefings” to secretly assess the Trump campaign, and used known illegitimate sources in the pursuit of FISA warrants.
“Our review found that FBI personnel fell far short of the requirement in FBI policy that they ensure that all factual statements in a FISA application are ‘scrupulously accurate,'”the report stated.
“The Crossfire Hurricane team failed to inform Department officials of significant information that was available to the team at the time that the FISA applications were drafted and filed.”
“Much of that information was inconsistent with, or undercut, the assertions contained in the FISA applications that were used to support probable cause and, in some instances, resulted in inaccurate information being included in the applications,” stated the report.
However, the report also concluded that the FBI’s decision to obtain a FISA warrant against Trump campaign associate Carter Page was not politically motivated.
“We did not find documentary or testimonial evidence that political bias or improper motivation influenced the FBI’s decision to seek FISA authority on Carter Page,” the report said.
Trump: "I look forward to the Durham Report..." [Because it will name the people and their crimes.]
Attorney General William Barr responded to the IG’s findings, claiming in a statement that it conclusively shows the FBI spied on Trump based on the “thinnest of suspicions.”
“The inspector general’s report now makes clear that the FBI launched an intrusive investigation of a U.S. presidential campaign on the thinnest of suspicions, that, in my view, were insufficient to justify the steps taken,”Barr said.
“It is also clear that, from its inception the evidence produced by the investigation was consistently exculpatory.”
“In the rush to obtain and maintain FISA surveillance of Trump campaign associates, FBI officials misled the FISA court, omitted critical exculpatory facts from their filings, and suppressed or ignored information negating the reliability of their principal source. The Inspector General found the explanations given for these actions unsatisfactory,” Barr continued.
“While most of the misconduct identified by the Inspector General was committed in 2016 and 2017 by a small group of now-former FBI officials, the malfeasance and misfeasance detailed in the Inspector General’s report reflects a clear abuse of the FISA process.”
Likewise, U.S. attorney John Durham, who is conducting his own investigation into the origins of the Russia collusion hoax, said in a stunning statement that he disagreed “with some of the report’s conclusions as to the predication and how the FBI case was opened.”
The report totally refutes the claim made by former FBI Director James Comey in 2018 that the surveillance of Trump’s campaign was done in a “responsible” way, adding that suggesting the FISA process was abused was “nonsense.”
It also refutes remarks by Director of National Intelligence James Clapper in 2018 that the FBI did not spy on Trump or anyone associated with his campaign.
Read the full IG FISA report below:
The knowledge that a FBI official altered a document, which led to the surveillance of the Trump campaign, went all the way to “the top” of the Obama administration, President Trump said on Friday.
This is just the beginning. The truth is going to come out, the public are being educated about what the 'Deep State' / 'Cabal' are all about...
Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses December 10 2018 | From: JonRappoport
Globalism presents a conception of space, in which billions of people fit into their “best slots.” That’s the theme. That’s the construct.
Of course, its proponents and bosses sell it as if the world couldn’t exist in any other form.
All isms operate in this fashion. Once the definition is laid down, the fictional field is laid out, and people are urged to navigate to their places.
“If you don’t, dire things will happen.” People aren’t generally aware of fictional spaces and their psychological impact. Therefore, they go along.
This is why a museum can be so instructive. A thousand paintings, each with its own area. I’m not talking about a place on a wall, I’m talking about interior space, which the artist invents and shapes on the canvas.
With Globalism, the space is all about establishing control and distribution points for goods and services. It’s about erasing borders and nations. It’s about co-opting the notion of a unified planet, in order to broadcast fake cheesy messages of universal “share and care.” It’s about every individual “having his place.”
When I began painting in 1962, one of the first things I noticed was the abundance of space - on each canvas. Waiting to be shaped. The psychological carry-over was enormous. The notion of “fitting into a position in life” disintegrated. It made no sense and had no impact.
Globalism is a hustle in a long, long line of planetary hustles. It erects a space and claims it is the future for all. It’s a minor, minor painting by a group of minor artists, hardly worthy of a spot on the wall of a second-rate museum.
If we were living in a reasonably aware society, many people would be asking themselves: “What space do I want to invent, and for what purpose?”
Which of course takes things back to the individual and his inner resources. And away from overarching ideologies with their perverse themes.
If you were a painter, what would you paint? That question is a lot like asking: if you could invent your future and all the space that comes with it, what would you do?
To come up with an answer, you don’t need any of the GPS reference points of Globalism. They would only be a hindrance.
They would be delusions, masking your power.
“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”
-
David Rockefeller, Memoirs, 2002
The man who wrote those words represents a family that has dominated banking, oil, modern medicine, behind-the-scenes politics, and powerhouses of Globalism (e.g., the Council on Foreign Relations) for a century.
Globalism asserts that no nation can be independent from “the family” of other nations, as if it were a matter of fact beyond dispute. A nation claiming its sovereignty thus becomes a lunatic traitor to the natural order of things.
What really binds nations to one another is propaganda, and treaties which are based on the same propaganda, resulting in engorged super-profits for mega-corporations.
Globalism is a secular piece of messianic hype. A Disneyesque altruism is the prow of the ship. Spend 10 minutes educating any street hustler on Globalist principles, and he would recognize it as a standard con.
Obama’s warning to the Brits, that their withdrawing from the Globalist European Union would put them at the back of the line in negotiating a separate trade treaty with the United States, was sheer fiction.
Britain, or any nation, that has goods to sell and a desire to buy will find trade partners. An agreement could be scratched out on a napkin over dinner.
Impending trade deals like the TPP and TTIP are thousands of pages and take so long to negotiate, because the heavy hitters at the table are looking for new ingenious ways to cut and paste the world into larger profits for themselves.
Globalism, hiding behind thousands of academic analyses, picks up jobs from one nation, where wages are reasonable and working conditions are tolerable, and dumps them in hell holes where wages are nearly invisible and conditions are poisonous.
It’s that simple, and any moron could see how the job-exporting nations would suffer…if by nations we meant people.
Instead of criminal corporations and criminal investors. But all this is layered over with “share and care” sop.
The United States government could repeal the NAFTA, CAFTA, and GATT trade treaties tomorrow, and throw current TPP and TTIP negotiating documents out the window…and all would be well. Better. Much better.
For instance, without NAFTA, US producers wouldn’t have been able to flood Mexico with cheap corn, throwing 1.5 million Mexican corn farmers into bankruptcy, leading many of them to cross the border and come to the US to find work.
No US President since Nixon has disturbed the march of Globalist “free trade.” All Presidents since then have been on board with the Rockefeller plan. And the US economy - which is to say, jobs - has thus faltered.
The 2008 financial crash was only one factor in the decline. The promise of cheap imports for sale in the US - the justification for free trade - doesn’t work when people here have no jobs and no purchasing power.
Major media, fronting for free-trade, have panicked over Donald Trump’s claim that he’ll reject Globalism. They would have panicked over Bernie Sander’s similar promise, if they thought he had any chance of defeating Hillary Clinton for the Democratic nomination. The media have their orders from on high - the deck is stacked, the cards were dealt long ago.
Hillary Clinton mouths pathetic and empty generalities about creating jobs. Small tax breaks for small businesses that “share profits with employees,” the “removal of government red tape,”“funding breakthroughs in scientific and medical research,” “expanding job training opportunities” - the truth is, her basic method for stimulating the economy has always been: find a war, any war, and fight it.
Now, let us consider The Individual. Is he just a tiny force pitted against a colossus?
No. Unless he sees himself that way. But what can he do?
First: find the thing within himself that defies the odds, supersedes the “normal response,” casts aside all ordinary formulations of what he is.
That thing, that power is imagination. Imagination has the ability to come up with solutions and strategies - on both a personal and planetary level - that have never been considered before. Imagination is the wild card.
Imagination belongs to The Individual.
The individual is not the group.
“Exercises and techniques for accessing and deploying imagination…these would be essential. Exercises that allow the individual to reinstate his basic creative position in life. Exercises that allow the individual to use his imagination in many different ways. Ramping up power.”
-
Preliminary notes for Exit From the Matrix, Jon Rappoport
What does the individual have to offer? He has everything he is capable of doing, when he liberates himself from petty ideas and limitations about what he is. That journey of liberation is his own. It isn’t anybody else’s.
It is, as I’ve pointed out many times, a journey of imagination. Imagination lets a person know what could exist but doesn’t now exist. Imagination lets a person know what he could invent. Imagination lets a person know that, despite claims to the contrary, the future is open and unwritten.
Imagination lets a person know that he can think thoughts that have never been thought before. The journey of individual liberation is, therefore, much more than discovering what already exists in one’s own mind.
The world as it is, things as they are, Globalism as it is, collectivism, the group - this is the sensation of depleted imagination.
Of course, imagination never diminishes, it just waits. For you.
The deployment of imagination unlocks hidden energies. A power, sought after and never found in other endeavors, appears.
Imagination is larger than any universe. It needs no sanction from the world. It is not some secret form of physics. It is not religion. It is not cosmology. It is not any one picture of anything. It’s what you invent.
The Collective does not have imagination. It poaches on individuals with imagination. The Collective is a graveyard where imagination has been downgraded and forgotten.
Imagination soars. It is the individual at the edge of his own exploration.
Imagination was the source for the building of modern civilization. But then civilization became dedicated to itself AS THE GROUP.
The individual never goes away, and neither does his imagination. Imagination can light up a room, a house, a city, a nation, a planet, a galaxy, a universe.
So what will the individual do about Globalism?
The challenge isn’t going to be resolved by taking mere traditional approaches. It isn’t going to be solved by thinking along traditional lines. People tend to ask for answers - but what if the ordinary answers don’t work?
What if something else has to happen?
What if many individuals have to wake up to the range and scope and power of their own imaginations…and come up with new answers? What if that’s the case?
What if that’s the exit from the situation in which we find ourselves?
It IS the exit.
Soros Hacked: US Billionaire Manipulated Europeans Into Accepting Maidan
The bulk of George Soros' documents hacked and published on DC Leaks website shed the light on the magnates' meddling into Ukrainian affairs and shaping public opinion in Western Europe regarding the February coup of 2014 in Kiev through a series of projects and media campaigns.
DC Leaks' release of almost 2,576 files from groups run by US billionaire George Soros, has exposed the magnate's involvement in Ukraine's Euromaidan affairs as well as manipulation of public opinion in Western and Southern Europe in order to "legalize" the February 2014 coup in Kiev.
"The emergence of a New Ukraine carries with it the opportunity to reinvigorate the European project," read a 2015 document by the Open Society Initiative for Europe (OSIFE) entitled "The Ukraine debate in Western Europe."
"However, this is complicated by the reluctance of some EU actors to accept the Maidan revolution as democratic and the Ukrainian government as legitimate.
These actors have their own agendas - related to geopolitical and economic considerations with Russia - and will therefore be difficult to influence," the OSIFE document underscored, adding that "for other groups and individuals, on the political left and across various social movements, one can detect confusion regarding the state of affairs in Ukraine."
OSIFE specified that this "second group" comprised key opinion-makers, a number of traditional mainstream players, emerging political parties - especially in Southern Europe - such as M5S in Italy, Podemos in Spain and Syriza in Greece, and "a wide range of liberal NGOs in western Europe."
In order to tackle the "problem," the organization offered to kick off a series of initiatives aimed at shaping public opinion in the West regarding the Ukrainian affairs.
The document revealed that OSIFE pursued three major objectives.
First, it sought to "stimulate debate and doubt in those democratic left movements, parties and audiences of Western Europe where a negative perception of the transformation of Ukraine is hegemonic, or very preponderant."
Second, it wanted to "discredit the idea that the independence and integrity of Ukraine is an ideological cause of the Right."
Third, OSIFE intended to "influence the way information about Ukraine is heard and perceived in Southern Europe, especially among the group of doubters."
The issue was dramatically complicated by the fact that the major driving forces of the so-called "Euromaidan Revolution" of February 2014 were the Ukrainian far-right groups, most notably the nationalist All-Ukrainian Union Svoboda and Right Sector, founded by ultra-right Trident and the Ukrainian National Assembly-Ukrainian National Self-Defense (UNA-UNSO) paramilitary group.
It's Clear Even From The Other Side Of The World: Entire Impeachment Debacle Is Nothing But A 'Power Grab' + About Trump
December 9 2019 | From: Hawkes'BayToday / OrientalReview / Various For three years the New Zealand media - print, radio and television, suffering from acute Trump “Derangement Syndrome” has derided, demeaned and denigrated President Trump at every opportunity they have had.
No similar derogatory critique was ever used to portray the corruption of pathological liar Hillary Clinton who colluded with Russia by funding a $12 million “dirty dossier” on Trump in the pre-election campaign.
No similar derogatory critique was ever used to portray the corruption of pathological liar Hillary Clinton who colluded with Russia by funding a $12 million “dirty dossier” on Trump in the preelection campaign.
No comment on the deletion of 30,000 emails inclusive of classified information from her private server. (A criminal offence) - despite all the corroborating evidence of her guilt.
No comments or comparisons are ever made over the incompetent economic performance of Obama doubling American debt by $10 trillion, the loss of manufacturing jobs, the increases in unemployment and people on food stamps etc, with Trump’s stellar economic successes.
No comments or comparisons are ever made over the incompetent economic performance of Obama doubling American debt by $10 trillion, the loss of manufacturing jobs, the increases in unemployment and people on food stamps etc, with Trump’s stellar economic successes.
The reality is 63,000,000 Americans voted for Trump. Proven pathological liar Schiff and his cabal of delusional democrats have sought to regain power immediately they lost the 2016 election.
The entire impeachment debacle is nothing but a powergrab, which began as an attempted coup d’e´tat, mushroomed into a $35 million Mueller collusion with Russia investigation, and now unfounded assertions about bribery with the Ukraine.
The evidence presented does not prove any of these Democrat allegations, nor does it breach any high crime or misdemeanour, as spelt out in the Constitution.
Highly respected Harvard law Professor Alan Dershowitz and many of his contemporaries acknowledge no crime or impeachable offence has been committed.
Schiff’s “Soviet style show trial” charade denying Trump due process, will continue under the equally inept Nadler.
One hopes the Inspector General’s report and then the criminal indictments of lawyer John Durham will clean out the true criminals in the Department of Justice, the FBI and the other crannies of the “Deep State”.
- Tom Johnson (Retired - Senior Manager, Academic qualifications - PhD, MBA, M of Management.)
The timing is right for everyone to understand what Donald Trump is doing, and try to decrypt the ambiguity of how he is doing it. The controversial President has a much clearer agenda than anyone can imagine on both foreign policy and internal affairs, but since he has to stay in power or even stay alive to achieve his objectives, his strategy is so refined and subtle that next to no one can see it.
His overall objective is so ambitious that he has to follow random elliptic courses to get from point A to point B, using patterns that throw people off on their comprehension of the man. That includes most independent journalists and so-called alternative analysts, as much as Western mainstream fake-news publishers and a large majority of the population.
About his strategy, I could make a quick and accurate analogy with medication: most pills are designed to cure a problem, but come with an array of secondary after-effects.
Well, Trump is using medication solely for their after-effects, while the first intent of the pill is what’s keeping him in power and alive. By the end of this article, you’ll see that this metaphor applies for just about every decision, move or declaration he’s made.
Once you understand what Trump is about, you’ll be able to appreciate the extraordinary presidency he’s conducting, like no predecessor ever came close to match.
To start off, let’s clear the one aspect of his mission that is straightforward and terribly direct: he’s the first and only American President to ever address humanity’s worst collective flaw, its total ignorance of reality.
Because medias and education are both controlled by the handful of billionaires that are running the planet, we don’t know anything about our history that’s been twisted dry by the winners, and we don’t have a clue about our present world.
As he stepped in the political arena, Donald popularized the expression "fake news" to convince the American citizens, and the world population as well, that medias always lie to you.
The expression has now become commonplace, but do you realize how deeply shocking is the fact that nearly everything you think you know is totally fake? Media lies don’t just cover history and politics, but they have shaped your false perception on topics like economy, food, climate, health, on everything.
What if I told you that we know exactly who shot JFK from the grassy knoll, that the foreknowledge of Pearl Harbor was proven in court, that the CO2 greenhouse effect is scientifically absurd, that our money is created through loans by banks who don’t even have the funds, or that science proves with a 100% certainty that 911 was an inside job?
Ever heard of a mainstream journalist, PBS documentary or university teacher telling you about any of this? 44 Presidents came and went without even raising one word about this huge problem, before the 45th came along.
Trump knows that freeing the people out of this unfathomable ignorance is the first step to overall freedom, so he started calling mainstream journalists and their news outlets for what they are: pathological liars.
“Thousands of mental health professionals agree with Woodward and the New York Times op-ed author: Trump is dangerous.”
Let’s make one thing clear: to the establishment, Trump isn’t mentally challenged, but he’s definitely seen as a possible nemesis of their world. Ever since he moved in the White House, Trump has been depicted as a narcissist, a racist, a sexist and a climate-skeptic, loaded with shady past stories and mental issues.
Even though an approximate 60% of the American people don’t trust medias anymore, many have bought the story that Trump might be slightly crazy or unfit to rule, and the statistic climbs even higher when you get out of the USA.
Of course, Donald isn’t doing anything special to change the deeply negative perception that so many journalists and people alike have about him.
He’s openly outrageous and provocative on Twitter, he sounds impulsive and dumb most of the time, acts irrationally, lies on a daily basis, and throws out sanctions and threats as if they were candy canes out of an elf’s side bag in a mall in December.
Right away, we can destroy one persistent media myth: the image Trump is projecting is self-destructive and it’s the exact opposite of how pathological narcissists act, since they thrive to be loved and admired by everyone.
Donald simply doesn’t care if you like him or not, which makes him the ultimate anti-narcissist, by its psychological definition. And that’s not even up for opinion, it’s a quite simple and undeniable fact.
His general plan exhales from one of his favorite motto: "We will give power back to the people", because the United States and its imperialist web woven over the world have been in the hands of a few globalist bankers, military industrials and multinationals for more than a century.
To achieve his plan, he has to end wars abroad, bring back the kids, dismantle the NATO and CIA, get control over the Federal Reserve, cut every link with foreign allies, abolish the Swift financial system, demolish the propaganda power of the medias, drain the swamp of the deep state that’s running the spying agencies and disable the shadow government that’s lurking in the Council on foreign relations and Trilateral Commission’s offices.
In short, he has to destroy the New World Order and its globalist ideology. The task is huge and dangerous to say the least. Thankfully, he’s not alone.
Before we get on his techniques and tactics, we have to know a little bit more about what’s really been going on in the world
Mighty Russia
Since Peter the Great, the whole history of Russia is a permanent demonstration of its will to maintain its political and economical independence from international banks and imperialism, pushing this great nation to help many smaller countries fighting to keep their own independence.
Twice Russia helped the United States against the British / Rothschild Empire; first by openly supporting them in the Independence War, and again in the Civil War, when Rothschild’s were funding the Confederates to politically break down the nation to bring it back in the British colonial Empire’s coop.
Russia also destroyed Napoleon and the Nazis, whom were both funded by international banks as tools to crush economically independent nations. Independence is in their DNA.
After almost a decade of Western oligarchy taking over Russia’s economy after the fall of USSR in 1991, Putin took power and drained the Russian swamp.
Since then, each and every move that he has made aims to destroy the American Empire, or the entity that replaced the British Empire in 1944, which is the non-conspiracy theory name of the New World Order.
The new empire is basically the same central banking scheme, with just a slightly different set of owners that switched the British army for NATO, as their world Gestapo.
Until Trump came along, Putin was single handedly fighting the New World Order who’s century-old obsession is the control of the world oil market, since oil is the blood running through the veins of the world economy.
Oil is a thousand times more valuable than gold. Cargo ships, airplanes and armies don’t run on batteries. Therefore, to counter the globalists, Putin developed the best offensive and defensive missile systems, with the result that Russia can now protect every independent oil producer such as Syria, Venezuela and Iran.
Central bankers and the US shadow government are still hanging on to their dying plan, because without a victory in Syria, there’s no enlarging Israel, thus ending the century-old fantasy of uniting the Middle East oil production in the hands of the New World Order.
Ask Lord Balfour if you have any doubt. That’s the real stake of the Syrian war, it’s nothing short of do or die.
Now, because a shadow government is giving direct orders to the CIA and NATO in the name of banks and industries, Trump has no control over the military.
The deep state is a rosary of permanent officials ruling Washington and the Pentagon, that only respond to their orders. If you still believe that the "Commander in chief" is in charge, explain why every time Trump ordered to pull out of Syria and Afghanistan, more troops came in?
As I’m writing this text, US and NATO troops pulled out of the Kurdish zones, went to Iraq, and came back with heavier equipment around the oil reserves of Syria. Donald has a lot more of swamp draining to do before the Pentagon actually listens to anything he says.
Trump should be outraged and denunciate out loud that the military command doesn’t bother about what he thinks, but this would ignite an unimaginable chaos, and perhaps even a civil war in the US, if the citizens who own roughly 393 million weapons in their homes were to learn that private interests are in charge of the military.
It would also lead to a very simple but dramatic question: "What is exactly the purpose of democracy?" These weapons are the titanium fences guarding the population from a totalitarian Big Brother.
One has to realize how much trouble the US army and spying agencies have been going through in creating false-flag operations for more than a century, so that their interventions always looked righteous, in the name of democracy promotion, human rights and justice around the planet.
They blew up the Maine ship in 1898 to enter the Hispanic-American war, then the Lusitania in 1915 to enter WW1. They pushed Japan to attack Pearl Harbor in 1941, knew about the attack 10 days in advance and said nothing to the Hawaiian base.
They made up a North Vietnamese torpedo aggression on their ships in the Tonkin Bay to justify sending boots on the Vietnamese ground.
They made up a story of Iraqi soldiers destroying nurseries to invade Kuwait in 1991. They invented mass destruction weapons to attack Iraq again in 2003, and organized 911 to shred the 1789 Constitution, attack Afghanistan and launch a War on terror.
This totally fake mask of virtue has to be preserved for controlling the opinion of the American citizens and their domestic arsenal, who have to believe that they wear the white cowboy hats of democracy.
So how did Trump react when he learned that American troops were re-entering Syria? He repeated again and again in every interview and declaration that «we have secured the oil fields of Syria, and even added "I’m thinking about sending Exxon in the region to take care of the Syrian oil".
Neocons, Zionists and banks were thrilled, but everyone else is outraged, because the vast majority doesn’t understand that Trump is swallowing this pill solely for its after-effects. On this single bottle is written in fine print that "the use of this drug might force American-NATO troops out of Syria under the pressure of the united world community and flabbergasted American population."
Trump made the situation unsustainable for NATO to stay in Syria, and how he’s been repeating this deeply shocking, politically incorrect position clearly shows his real intention. He destroyed over a century of fake virtue in a single sentence.
Trump is a Historical Anomaly
Trump is only the fourth president in US history to actually fight for the people, unlike all 41 others, who mainly channeled the people’s money in a pipeline of dollars that ends up in private banks.
First there was Andrew Jackson who was shot after he destroyed the Second National Bank that he openly accused of being controlled by the Rothschild and The City in London.
Then there was Abraham Lincoln, who was murdered after printing his «greenbacks», national money that the state issued to pay the soldiers because Lincoln had refused to borrow money from Rothschild at 24% interest.
Then there was JFK, who was killed for a dozen reasons that mostly went against the banks and military industries profits, and now is Donald Trump, who shouted that he would "Give America back to the people".
Like most businessmen, Trump hates banks, for the formidable power that they have over the economy. Just take a peek at Henry Ford’s only book, "The International Jew" to find out how deep was his distrust and hatred of international banks.
Trump’s businesses have suffered a lot because of these institutions that basically sell you an umbrella, only to take it back as soon as it rains.
Private banking’s control over money creation and interest rates, through every Central Bank of almost every country is a permanent power over nations, far above the ephemeral cycle of politicians.
By the year 2000, these nation looters were only a few steps away from their planetary totalitarian dream, but a couple of details stood still: Vladimir Putin and 393 million American weapons.
Then came along orange-faced Donald, the last piece in the puzzle that we the people, needed to terminate 250 years of the banking empire.
Techniques and Tactics
Early in his mandate, Trump naively tried the direct approach, by surrounding himself with establishment rebels like Michael Flynn and Steve Bannon, then by annoying each and everyone of his foreign allies, shredding their free-trade treaties, imposing taxes on imports and insulting them in their face in the G7 meetings of 2017 and 2018.
The reaction was strong and everyone doubled-down on the Russiagate absurdity, as it looked like the only option to stop the man on his path of globalism destruction. Predictably, the direct approach went nowhere; Flynn and Bannon had to go, and Trump was entangled in a handful of inquiries that made him realize that he wouldn’t get anything accomplished with transparency.
He had to find a way to annihilate the most dangerous people on the planet, but at the same time, stay in power and alive. He had to smarten up.
That’s when his genius exploded on the world. He completely changed his strategy and approach, and started taking absurd decisions and tweeting outrageous declarations.
As threatening and dangerous as some of these first looked, Trump didn’t use them for their first degree meaning, but was aiming at the genuine second degree effects that his moves would have.
And he didn’t care about what people thought of him as he did, for only results count in the end. He would even play buffoon over Twitter, look naive, lunatic or downright idiotic, perhaps in the hope to impregnate the belief that he didn’t know what he’s doing, and that he couldn’t be that dangerous.
He’s willfully being politically incorrect to show the ugly face that the United States are hiding behind their mask.
The first test on his new approach was to try to stop the growing danger of an attack and invasion of North Korea by NATO. Trump insulted Kim Jung-Un through Twitter, called him Rocket Man, and threatened to nuke North Korea to the ground.
His raging political incorrectness went on for weeks until it sank in everyone’s minds that those were not good reasons to attack a country.
He paralyzed NATO. Trump then met Rocket Man, and they walked in the park with the start of a beautiful friendship, laughing together, while accomplishing absolutely nothing in their negotiations, since they have nothing to negotiate about.
Many were talking about the Nobel price for peace, because many don’t know that it’s usually handed to whitewash war criminals like Obama or Kissinger.
Then came Venezuela. Trump pushed his tactic a step further, to make sure that no one could support an attack on the free country.
He put the worst neo-cons available on the case: Elliott Abrams, formerly convicted of conspiracy in the Iran-Contras deal in the ’80s and John Bolton, famous first-degree warmonger. Trump then confirmed Juan Guaido as his choice for president of Venezuela; an empty puppet so dumb that he can’t even see how much he’s being used.
Again, Trump threatened to burn the country to rubbles, while the world community watched in awe the total lack of subtlety and diplomacy in Trump’s behavior, with the result that Brazil and Colombia backed away and said they wanted nothing to do with an attack on Venezuela.
Trump’s medicine left only 40 satellite countries worldwide, with Presidents and Prime Ministers brain dead enough to shyly support Guaido the Jester. Donald checked the box beside Venezuela on his list and kept scrolling down.
Then came the two gifts to Israel: Jerusalem as a capital, and the Syrian Golan Heights as its confirmed possession. Netanyahu whom isn’t the sharpest pencil in the box jumped of joy, and everyone yelled that Trump was a Zionist.
The real after-effect result was that the whole of the Middle East united against Israel, which no one can support anymore. Even their historical accomplice Saudi Arabia had to openly disapprove this huge slap in the face of Islam.
The two Trump gifts were in fact back stabs in the Israel state, whose future doesn’t look too bright nowadays, since NATO will have to move out of the region. Check again.
As Reality Sinks In
But there’s more! With his lack of control over NATO and the army, Trump is very limited in his actions.
At first glance, the outstanding multiplication of economical sanctions on countries like Russia, Turkey, China, Iran, Venezuela and other nations look tough and merciless, but the reality of these sanctions pushed those countries out of the Swift financial system designed to keep enslaving nations through the dollar hegemony, and they’re all slipping away from the international banks’ grip.
It forced Russia, China and India to create an alternative system of trade payments based on national currencies, instead of the almighty dollar. The bipolar reality of the world is now official, and with his upcoming next sanctions, Trump will push more countries out of the Swift system to join the other side, while important banks are starting to fall in Europe.
Even in the political hurricane Trump is in, he still finds time to display his almost childish arrogant humor.
Look at his grandiose mockery of Hillary Clinton and Barrack Obama, as he sat down with the most straight-faced generals he could find, to take a picture in a so-called "situation room" as they faked the monitoring of the death of Baghdadi somewhere he couldn’t be, exactly like his criminal predecessors did a long time ago with the fake Bin Laden killing.
He even pushed the farce to adding the details of a dog recognizing Daesch’s fake caliph by sniffing his underwear. Now that you understand what Trump is really about, you will also be able to appreciate the show, in all of its splendor and true meaning.
"We have secured the oil fields of Syria". Indeed, with this short sentence, Trump joined his voice to that of General Smedley Butler who rocked the world 80 years ago with a tiny book called "War is a racket".
Looting and stealing oil is definitely not as virtuous as promoting democracy and justice.
What amazes me is those numerous "alternative" journalists and analysts, who know on the tip of their fingers every technical problem about 911, or scientific reality on the absurd global warming story, but still don’t have a clue about what Trump is doing, 3 years in his mandate, because they bought the mainstream media that convinced everyone that Trump is mentally challenged.
For those who still entertain doubts about Trump’s agenda, do you really believe that the obvious implosion of American Imperialism over the planet is a coincidence?
Do you still believe that its because of the Russian influence on the 2016 election that the CIA, the FBI, every media, the American Congress, the Federal Reserve, the Democratic party and the warmongering half of the Republicans are working against him and are even trying to impeach him?
Like most stuff that comes out of medias, reality is the exact opposite of what you’re being told: Trump might be the most dedicated man to ever set foot in the Oval office. And certainly the most ambitious and politically incorrect.
Conclusion
The world will change drastically between 2020 and 2024. Trump’s second and last mandate coincides with Putin’s last mandate as President of Russia.
There may never be another coincidence like this for a long time, and both know that it’s now or perhaps never. Together, they have to end NATO, Swift, and the European Union should crumble. Terrorism and anthropogenic global warming will jump in the vortex and disappear with their creators.
Trump will have to drain the swamp in the CIA and Pentagon, and he has to nationalize the Federal Reserve.
Along with Xi and Modi, they could put a final end to private banking in public affairs, by refusing to pay a single penny of their debts, and reset the world economy by shifting to national currencies produced by governments, as private banks will fall like dominos, with no more Obama-like servant to bail them out at your expense.
Once this is done, unbearable peace and prosperity could roam the planet, as our taxes pay for the development of our countries instead of buying useless military gear and paying interests on loans by bankers who didn’t even have the money in the first place.
If you still don’t understand Donald Trump after reading the above, you’re hopeless. Or you’re might be Trudeau, Macron, Guaido, or any other useful idiot, unaware that the carpet under your feet has already slipped away.
How The Dairy Industry Tricked Humans Into Believing They Need Milk December 8 2019 | From: TrueActivist
Despite the fact that one can get their daily recommendation of calcium, potassium, and protein from fruits and vegetables, the dairy industry has spent billions of dollars to convince consumers otherwise.
Got Milk? We sure hope not. Despite being a somewhat tasty addition to coffee, tea, and delectable treats, the ingredient – when pasteurized – is highly toxic to the human body.
In fact, physicians such as Dr. Willet, who has conducted many studies and reviewed the research on the topic, believe milk to be more of a detriment to the human body than an aid.
This is because despite popular belief, the food has never been shown to reduce fracture risk. In fact, according to the Nurses’ Health Study, dairy may increase risk of fractures by 50%! This concerning finding is supported by the fact that countries with lowest rates of dairy and calcium consumption (like those in Africa and Asia) have the lowest rates of osteoporosis.
Considering that approximately 3/4 of the world’s population is unable to digest milk and other dairy products, it seems clear the food is not an ideal substance for consumption.
However, the average consumer doesn’t know this.
From celebrity endorsements to advertisements by the dairy industry, most have been taught to believe that dairy is an ideal food for optimum health.
Because there’s so much misinformation surrounding the subject, Vox recently created a video which illustrates the facade of the dairy industry.
One of the points made is that despite the fact that consumers can get the daily recommendation of calcium, potassium, and protein from [properly organic] fruits and vegetables, the dairy industry has spent billions of dollars to convince the populace otherwise.
If you were taught that one must drink milk to grow up “big and strong,” you’re not alone. However, now is the time to get educated on the facts.
Because milk is very mucus-forming in the human body, it is believed to contribute to allergies, ear infections, Type 1 diabetes, anemia, and even constipation. In addition, the food may contribute to various types of cancers as consumption of the product increases the body’s level of insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1).
‘Milks’ from rice, almonds, cashew, hemp, and even coconut can be found in most grocery stores, and some companies even sell dairy-free ice cream – such as Ben & Jerry’s!
In fact, the non-dairy milk market has surged within the past few years. Almond milk sales, in particular, have increased by 250 percent from 2000-2015 to almost $895 million. [Avoid Soy milk as it is not good for you and often GMO].
Is it time to ditch dairy?
How To Stay Calm & Present Throughout The Day
December 7 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various Do you notice yourself feeling tense shoulders? A cleansed jaw? Perhaps you’re holding your breath in some ways and you don’t even know it?
Maybe you feel a clenched tummy from time to time and have tricky digestion.
You might notice yourself rushing through life, tasks, wanting to get to the next thing. You may not be paying full attention to your life and everything feels like autopilot.
If this is the case, you’re not alone.
In Brief:
The Facts: A simple process to bring you back to presence and freedom throughout the day.
Reflect On: Can we expect our world to change if we don't change our inner states of everyday being?
This is a very calm state of being for most people in highly developed countries who are living the ‘average everyday life.’
You wake up, go to your job, work all day, come home and then either veg out or spend time with family and go to sleep. This is the ‘modern life’ that we have accepted as ‘ a good life’ and yet almost every aspect of it presents a challenge to our health and well being.
But, at this time, money is required to live our lives, and so we must play within this system in some way or another as we actively change it.
The good news is, you have ultimate freedom within yourself to perceive your reality as you wish to perceive it. When we are unconscious, or allowing our programmed states of being to run our lives, we typically move through life on autopilot, moving from one habit to another.
However, when we begin to gain presence, and pull ourselves out of all these unconscious habits, we begin to gain some freedom back. This builds over time.
Before we get to the exercise, I want to add that for those that pay a lot of attention to the news and media side of our work here at CE, using these practices to gain more presence and self-awareness in your life will play deeply into the CE Protocol which is designed to help us gain more clarity on what’s happening in the world, and be an active part of changing it.
Skipping the personal transformation end of our journeys only holds us in our current state of being and understanding.
A Simple Process
One powerful thing you can do to begin seeing the subtleties in life, noticing the magic and incredible beauty around you and within you at all times is going back to the breath.
Combine that with a few processes in releasing tension and getting into your heart, and you’ll truly begin waking up to who you truly are on a daily basis. The best part is, this muscle grows with time, the more you practice, the more present you become, and the more your monkey mind goes into the passenger seat instead of the driver seat.
1. There are two ways to initiate the exercise, either you do it when you notice yourself tense or not present, or you set an alarm that goes off about 6 times per day. If you choose the first method, you want to know that your awareness already catches yourself about 6 times a day so you can make sure you are doing this enough.
2. When the alarm goes off, or when you notice yourself, stop what you are doing and take a couple of deep breaths. In through the nose and out through the mouth. Do this slowly and controlled. Nothing too fast and nothing too out of control.
3. After about 2 to 5 breaths, allow yourself to breathe normally, making sure it is still through the nose. Begin to say within yourself. ‘I am releasing all tension in my head, my neck, my shoulders, my jaw, my stomach, my fists, and my legs.” This is like a mini mantra if you will, but don’t take it too seriously in that it has to be said any particular way. You’re simply noticing and instructing the body to relax.
4.After you have gone through the releasing, and you notice your body is more relaxed and your breathing has brought you back to the moment. Sense yourself in your chair or where you stand. Feel the air around you, notice any breezes on your skin or any scents that you smell. Notice all the various sounds around you, not focusing on anyone or feeling any as a distraction, but noticing them and allowing them to be. This is presence, while in this state. Noticing.
If you happen to have any rampant thoughts or feelings of stress arise during this at any point, simply notice it and say within yourself “OK stress or OK task I have to complete, I see you, I will take care of you momentarily” and allow it to pass.
5. Once in presence, turn your attention to the area of your sternum, the heart centre. You may put your hand or fingers on this area, and simply focus your attention on this space. See your awareness moving into this space as if you yourself are moving from your mind to your heart. However that looks or feels to you is OK. It doesn’t have to be anything mystical. This is a common mistake of overcomplicating simple methods.
6.Finally, allow yourself to be in that space for as long as you like. 1 min, 10 mins, whatever works. Usually I say this exercise is meant to be done as a check-in for about 5 mins.
Repeat this each time your alarm goes off or when you notice yourself tense. Through this, you are gaining more awareness of self more regularly. You are also beginning to realize you have a lot more control over your state of being than once thought.
This is a key step to emotional freedom. In this space, your mind does not run you, nor do your emotions.
Bonus: As an extended tip, once you gain a sense of what that short meditation felt like. Even if you notice yourself for a moment 20 or 30 minutes later being tense, just take one deep breath and recall the energy and feeling of your meditation.
When will things like full disclosure happen, or big changes in our world?
When people focus deeply enough on personal transformation that our consciousness becomes ready to hear what’s being hidden and becomes ready for a world that is grounded in a state of peace, love, and freedom as opposed to monkey mind behavior.
America Collapses Into A Pharma State; Just Like A “Narco State” But Run By Prescription Drug Cartels
December 6 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Various A “narco state” is a nation where nearly every aspect of society - politics, law enforcement, media, etc. - is controlled by narcotics traffickers. Mexico is a modern-day narco state.
America has collapsed into a pharma state, where all the most powerful corporations, regulators and government entities are beholden to pharmaceutical interests.
The establishment media is largely funded by Big Pharma and uses its influence to promote pharmaceuticals while attacking nutrition and natural supplements.
Federal regulators like the FDA and CDC function as little more than pharmaceutical cheerleading squads that hype the benefits of prescription medications (and vaccines) and protect Big Pharma’s profits through regulatory monopoly enforcement.
The techno fascists like Google, Facebook and Amazon are all-in for Big Pharma, promoting prescription drugs by censoring natural health information while pursuing their own for-profit medication and vaccine retailing operations.
The judicial system is overtly rigged in favor of Big Pharma, too. The vaccine has absolute legal immunity against lawsuits stemming from the millions of children who are harmed (and in some cases killed) each year by faulty vaccines made with toxic, dangerous ingredients.
In America, no parent can due a vaccine manufacturer for the damage caused to their child by childhood immunization vaccines.
The institution of “science” is totally corrupted by Big Pharma, and medical journals are almost entirely funded by pharmaceutical interests.
Med schools teach doctors how to be little more than pharmaceutical vending machines, and even the “science” entries in Wikipedia are almost entirely engineered by Big Pharma sock puppets that pretend to be unbiased “editors.”
Lawmakers in Washington D.C. are bought and “owned” by Big Pharma campaign donations and well-funded lobbyists. The pharmaceutical industry has more paid lobbyists in D.C. than even the weapons manufacturing industry or the oil industry.
Even veterinary medicine is now totally corrupted by Big Pharma, to the point where vets largely just push vaccines and medications onto dogs, cats and even horses.
These same pharmaceutical giants are pushing the FDA to outlaw CBD products and criminalize even non-THC cannabis as a form of natural medicine.
This is being done, of course, to protect the monopoly profits of the opioid manufacturers that are killing tens of thousands of Americans each year while raking in billions in profits.
Watch this powerful mini-documentary, below, to learn more about how America [and the West] has collapsed into a “pharma state.”
Share the video everywhere to help spread the word. Big Pharma is as grave a danger to the United States as the narcotics cartels are to Mexico. If we don’t end this pharmaceutical tyranny over America, this nation will collapse from runaway “health care” spending and pension payouts to the pharmaceutical giants.
Oh yeah, and Elizabeth Warren wants to pump another $51 trillion in Big Pharma’s pockets by unleashing “Medicare for All” which is nothing more than a massive taxpayer-funded windfall of profits for the drug companies and cancer centers that keep people sick and medicated.
Ghost Money, Burnt Money And Dead Money
December 5 2019 | From: KingFarouk / Various
Thomas Jefferson once wrote that “Paper is the Ghost of Money”. Think about that. All the fancy colored paper we use (currencies, notes, stocks, bonds, commodity contracts, derivatives, promissory notes, etc.) are backed by little or nothing but Faith in God We Trust.
This is Ghost Money that is backed by Ghost Assets. Look at the paper gold market. How many gold certificates are issued on the same serial number bar of gold? Only one demanded physical payment wipes out 50 fraudulent contracts or more!
And who can unravel Derivatives based on Derivatives based on Derivatives, etc.? Ghosts upon Ghosts upon Ghosts to infinity - and beyond!
Where is there any “value” in fiat paper printed at the whim and fancy of scrupulous printers who make false claims of authority or legitimacy? Or banks that create money out of thin air for fraudulent mortgages?
And now the controllers of the printing presses have even eliminated the “time value of money” by issuing paper with “negative interest rates” that utterly destroys real capital values.
Such practices destroy economies! And it is being done intentionally! And WE allow it! Ghosts of “Ghost Time”.
Then look behind the curtain and you can see (Rothchild’s) Central Bankers selling-off sovereign Treasuries and buying GOLD.
And those having gold stored in other countries are having it “repatriated” with the clear strategy that their gold will help “jump start” their countries following a (planned) financial collapse.
The false strategy is to re-start a failed financial model with a new Ghost Model that won’t work all over again.
Currently 40% of large corporate debt cannot be serviced from annual earning, this means, they are insolvent and on the verge of bankruptcy and their Stocks are worthless (hello Douche Bank and GM).
This is a systemic result of Ghost Money reliance as a Debt Slavery Model.
So the economies of the World are essentially in a Horror House full of hatchet wieldings psychopaths all whacking each other for each other’s Ghost Money.
And the historical hysterical solution has been to create a bloodbath war with the Top Gun raping and gathering in the spoils to again support their New Ghost Money control model system. Fiat financial collapse then perpetual wars, that is their solution.
The Bank for International Settlements: The Central Bank of Central Banks
Now is that what you want your children and grandchildren to inherit? Should they be burdened and crippled by your Ghost Debt?
Here, have a student loan, a credit card, car loan, fraudulent mortgage, medical debt, insurance debt, taxes upon taxes, a negative interest note (currency) and live a life as an indebted slave to the 1%. And if you don’t want that then THEY will find an excuse to exterminate you.
Do you want to continue to live in a Ghost House filled with financial vandals and the inevitable consequences of their failing financial Debt Slavery business model?
Is that what you want? Or do you want to get out of the Horror House of Ghosts?
Your exit begins by realizing that “Paper is the Ghost of Money” and “Paper is Poverty”.
In order to bring about change in any industry you first need to understand the business model that it is currently using primarily by studying the steps in the model’s start to conclusion of a transaction.
If you can eliminate a step or shorten a step then you can easily conquer that market. Amazon is an example of how to displace large department stores by just switching to online digital trading.
The old banking and finance industry model obviously takes too long to conclude a transaction and there is a cumbersome paper trail and regulations that have to be followed just to move money.
So along come Crypto-Currencies that completely circumvent the old banking financial system with immediate transaction settlements which is faster and cheaper than the old system.
Ghost Digits
But the fundamental problem with digital currencies, like Bit Coin, is that they are Ghost Currencies having little or no real asset backing which is the same old fiat Ghost Money scam that the IMF and Central Banks are now promoting.
That old model is a guaranteed failure based on systemic greed induced fraud and money laundering, lack of transparency or proper accounting, hacking and general lack of real collateral backing and consequent lack of investor trust.
Simply it is the old Debt Slavery model with a shiny new paint job.
"The most hated sort [of moneymaking], and with the greatest reason, is usury, which makes a gain out of money itself, and not from the natural use of it.
For money was intended to be used in exchange, but not to increase at interest.
And this term usury which means the birth of money from money, is applied to the breeding of money, because the offspring resembles the parent. Wherefore of all modes of making money this is the most unnatural."
There are now a few digital currencies that are backed by physical gold and that offer proper accounting, personal ownership, transparency and tradability into Bit Coin, but these platforms are generally small and without the international support networks needed to function as a major alternative option to securing wealth.
This is a step in the right direction but the linking to Ghost Digits that have grossly inflated values basically leads to corruption abuses.
Current Ghost Digits are just another scam variation of the old Ponzi schemes of Ghost Money. It is faster and cheaper and is an alternative to fiat currencies but all of these digital offerings are higher risk scams at this time.
Burnt Ghost Money
The second thing you must understand the “You must spend of the Wealth with which you have been entrusted” (Sura Iron:7).
Wealth, whether Ghost Paper, hard assets, physical creations or even knowledge needs to be spent, rolled-over and shared if a society or individual is to advance. Hoarding and keeping wealth out of circulation is a detriment to all humanity.
The problem today is that the top 10% are making Ghost Money faster than they can spend it while at the same time there are fewer things that are available to buy as they already own 90% of the assets and corporations.
Mega-mergers and take-overs only consolidate more wealth. Thus the mounds of JUNK Ghost Paper pile up.
This “free money” is generated through low and even negative interest rates only available to FED and Central Banker’s “Buddies” through quantitative easing (QE’s) and REPO (Overnight Markets) discount windows.
Currently the FED is pumping $ 100-$ 200 BILLION PER DAY to illiquid banks.
This “free money” is further Burned through phony “unicorn scams” like Uber and other software solution providers who now are “cash-in” even before public listing.
So if you want to be rich quick, follow the model above of eliminating or shortening a transaction completion time in any industry with a simple software solution and take your idea to Wall Street where you will find “cash rich” idiot investors ever-willing to “burn billions”.
Another example is Wall Street’s continued investment financing of “fracking” companies who have a long history of losing money regardless of the current price of oil and gas.
This is a “failed industry” that burns investor cash by the millions per hole in the ground. Oh, but this LOSS is a “tax write-off” of a bank’s investment subsidiary. Burn baby BURN.
The FED and other (Rothchild’s) Central Banks are pouring fuel on this problem by giving away Ghost Money to Burn to their financial friends at “0%” or even “negative interest rates”.
This is essentially “free money” that the gifted financial institutions immediately use to buy listed Stocks and derivatives. This drives up Stock prices to all time highs and makes derivative bets sure winners in the racketeering casinos.
The planned current illiquidity of large commercial banks being forced to resort to the REPO (Overnight Market) FED discount window is the result of JP Morgan Chase (Jamie Diamond) intentionally pulling out of the REPO Market as the principal Clearing Bank and the failing Bond Markets where junk bonds, negative interest bonds and US Treasuries are at near junk levels and thus are all being heavily discounted as fungible collateral that is put up for the “free money” scam in collusion with the FED.
Simply the current REPO scandal is contrived to scam the FED into creating more fiat Ghost Money for the major banks to burn in the rigged gambling casinos or in bubble investments.
Corporate commercial paper is also facing the same problem as about 40% of corporate debt cannot be covered by company earnings which will soon lead to major bankruptcies (GE, GM, etc.) and result in targeted corporate takeovers, mergers and bailouts.
This is the plan to consolidate corporate control in the hands of the 1% who are the principal beneficiaries of the Money to Burn scam.
Dead Money
Dead Money is fungible assets that are currently “outside” the Western financial system. This includes cash, precious metals, gem stones, artworks and other real assets of value.
Currently the largest hoard of such assets is in Asia and often in secured bunkers and vaults placed there by registered Depositors often belonging to ancient Dragon Family Clans and administered by their elected Trustees.
Some of this wealth has been used to form the Global Collateral Accounts which underwrite Western banking through gold deposits registered with the Bank of International Settlements, IMF / World Bank, the FED and other Central Banks.
It is estimated that about 85% of the GCA’s assets were deposited by Asian Depositors.
What is clearly not understood or acknowledged is the actual value of the stored wealth in Asia.
The stored gold alone is currently measured in millions of metric tons versus only the thousands of tons registered as collateral in the Western financial system.
And of course, the Western bankers do not want to allow these bars to be registered as it will cause a drop in the value of their gold holdings and wipe out their financial control model by making fiat currencies worthless and global financial control will shift from the West to the EAST.
This Dead Money is registered in ledgers of Depositors and their elected Trustees.
The most notable of which are the bunkered assets stored in Indonesia prior to and following WW2 by various Family Depositors who unanimously elected President Soekarno as the principal Trustee, the Amanah, with absolute authority over these assets.
President Soekarno subsequently appointed Elders as Trustees of individual bunkers to maintain the safekeeping of these assets, but without the authority to use or dispose of such assets as that authority remained with the elected Amanah.
With the passing of President Soekarno there have been numerous unsuccessful attempts to install a new Amanah. Some hopeful candidates failed to be unanimously elected.
Some failed to pass the ritual initiations. Others died, went blind or went deaf so the position of the Amanah has remained vacant or has been illegally usurped by imposters like Ferdinand Marcos.
That situation was changed in 2018 when the Elders unanimously elected Mr. Neil Francis Keenan as the new Amanah and put him through the spiritual initiation ceremonies.
Mr. Keenan successfully passed this initiation and was given President Soekarno’s Transfer of Power scepter and a signed contractual acknowledgment of his appointment as the duly authorized Amanah.
The significance of this appointment is that the Dead Money can now officially be released and used for global collateral and humanitarian purposes.
The buried and bunkered assets can now be brought into the light of day, properly accounted and valued, re-stored as real fungible assets and then appropriately used for global investments for the benefit of mankind.
This is the Game Changer.
Fiat Ghost Money becomes worthless as collateral backed currencies are funded by the Amanah. This will be conditional based on proper and non-fraudulent banking practices. Simply, global finance will be “cleaned up” and good moral based banking practices will be installed and applied legally.
This will, of course, alter the Debt Slavery model which will result in some conflicts with the 10%’ers as their ponzi schemes and elite advantages will be curtailed, but the rich will still be rich and the middle class will be financially re-invigorated by various new technology investments.
The systemic corrupt Top will be cleansed and that will trickle down through the whole pyramid. Financial vandalism will be curtailed and corporate privileges will be altered so that bankruptcy will no longer be an easy way out, especially for executives.
De-Dollarization will continue as the global reserve privilege will continue to be eroded as countries repatriate or buy gold to collateralize their currency issues.
Faith in the value of money will be restored. Negative interest rate will be abolished. No more financial “Tricks and Treats” for the elite.
What I foresee is a new global gold/asset backed crypto-currency that is secure, transparent and transferable into any asset-backed properly audited national currency.
The global crypto-currency model is maturing but still needs a proper transparent backbone which can be funded when this stash of Dead Money is brought back to life. There will be no crypto-tokens as they are not needed.
That is what is on the horizon and is an option that allows for the proper realignment of global finance away from the satanic Debt Slavery fraudulent model to a new asset-backed model that brings real value and thus faith back into the financial system.
When Dead Money is resurrected from the dead, the global financial system will change.
That is the transition that is coming. Ghost and Burnt Money will simply disappear. Gambling casinos will close. Things will become “real” again. Watch for the changes.
Remember: “He who has the gold, has the rule.” Mr. Amanah.
How Facebook Has Become The Strategic Media Mouthpiece For The Global Elite & The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health December 4 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Zerohedge / Various
It’s not clear whether Facebook was truly conceived by an innocent genius with noble intent, but one fact has become abundantly clear: Facebook is now a mouthpiece and tool for the proliferation of mainstream perception.
This is specifically designed to enrich the global elite and continue to disenfranchise ordinary citizens and any attempts to bring important truths to light that would threaten the elite.
And, of course, Mark Zuckerberg is now a ‘junior partner’ in this global elite.
The episode of the Jimmy Dore show found in the video below, which is worth watching to get the full context of the discussion, introduces whistleblower Vikram Kumar, a former promoter of third-party videos on Facebook.
Dore brings interesting insights into Facebook’s latest strategies in terms of controlling the news commentary.
In Brief:
The Facts: Facebook has made deals with mainstream media outlets to pay for their news content, further turning Facebook from a neutral social media platform into a conglomerate that supports a political bias and the agenda of the global elite.
Reflect On: What can conscious media outlets do to overcome growing censorship and mainstream bias from the big tech companies and ensure that you continue to get neutral, agenda-free news coverage and commentary on the issues of the day?
He explains how Facebook is proliferating the establishment’s narrative while limiting and blocking alternative voices which, of course, Facebook characterizes as ‘Fake News’.
Here, Kumar discusses Mark Zuckerberg’s testimony in Congress to this effect:
"Back in 2017 there was that TechCrunch report that said that Facebook was taking measures to stop the spread of ‘Fake News’ by banning certain political accounts from promoting their videos on their newsfeed.
So when I heard Mark Zuckerberg in 2018 telling Congress that he would be doing the same thing, I thought, what changed between 2017 and 2018?
Are they taking new measures, are they re-taking the measures?
And it wasn’t until a week later that I realized that Variety Magazine reported that Facebook Watch, which is Facebook’s media platform, had reached a multi-million dollar deal with CNN, Fox News, ABC, and large media outlets."
The congressional testimony was the perfect opportunity for the political establishment, the media establishment, and the tech companies to form an alliance against small media outlets.
Returning Media To The Global Elite’s Control
The process of bringing fundamentally liberating technologies like social media under control has been a difficult process, but the global elite seems to feel they are getting a handle on it.
Since the big media giants Google, Facebook, Youtube and others are now strictly following the global elite playbook, with special algorithms and thinly-veiled censorship strategies, the process of promoting the elite agenda while suppressing dissenting voices is in full swing.
One of the biggest issues to remedy was the lack of viewership that traditional mainstream media was getting from young people, which is really the target market not only for advertisers but the social engineering wing of the global elite as well. Here’s how Kumar describes it:
"As you know, young people, they don’t watch cable… the viewership of Fox News, CNN, and ABC are dying off, they’re getting older and older, and so what Facebook is, is access to young people, right, and so they viewed small anti-establishment media outlets such as yourself as an existential threat to their next generation of revenue.
Tech companies view media companies extremely valuably, you could go back to 1996, there was that merger between Microsoft, General Electric and NBC to create MSNBC.com.
A lot of people don’t know that the ‘MS’ in MSNBC stands for Microsoft, and the reason why media companies and tech companies are so intertwined with each other is ’cause you can influence young people so much when you have the distribution network of something like Facebook, and with Facebook Watch, and their media platform, and their deal with CNN, Fox News, and ABC, they’re able to indoctrinate the next generation of young people.
And so they want to take viewership away from shows like yours, and put those young people that haven’t been paying attention with cable news back into the pockets of companies like Fox News, ABC, and CNN.
Every media company wants some of that Facebook Watch dough. And so the companies that have coverage that Facebook doesn’t like are out of there, and new companies that have coverage that Facebook likes are back into the deal.
And so Facebook is already taking steps to craft the political landscape in the framing that they find positively.
And so you get that whole thing where Facebook shuts down over 800 political pages and accounts, and even legitimate political pages that expose things like police brutality… you’re already seeing a coordinated effort from the establishment media and tech companies to kind of craft the narrative for young people."
This is how that Variety Magazine article Kumar talked about characterizes the deal between Facebook and Mainstream Media:
"After going through the fake-news wringer, Facebook is shelling out money on original news content.
The strategy is partly aimed at driving up viewing on its Facebook Watch platform - but it also is supposed to demonstrate the social-media giant’s commitment to funding trustworthy journalism."
A corporate conglomerate now giving itself the authority to judge what is and isn’t trustworthy journalism. What could possibly go wrong?
Google Whistleblower Exposes What Google is Really Up To
Join us for a 3-part series exclusive interview with Google whistleblower and insider Zach Vorhies. Zach doesn't hold back and his info is mind-blowing! Learn all about what Google is really doing, how they are doing it and to what end. You'll never look (or use) Google in the same way again!
The slippery slope that Facebook is trying to anchor itself to is as clear as the nose on Mark Zuckerberg’s face.
He continues to want us to think about Facebook as a social media platform whose objective is still ‘to make the world more open and connected,’ yet at the same time he wants Facebook to become the prime arbiter of the ‘news that is fit to print,’ or in this case, to decide which sources of news will benefit and not benefit from Facebook’s tremendous reach.
The same Variety article reinforces the idea that Facebook is trying to have things both ways, gaining the advantages of defining itself as a tech company, and not taking on the liabilities inherent in being a media company:
"In the past, CEO Mark Zuckerberg has remarked that Facebook is a technology company - not a media company.
Asked whether Facebook is now in fact a media company, given that it’s paying for a growing slate of content, Brown responded, “Having worked for big media companies, I don’t think Facebook is a media company. But are we responsible for the media on Facebook? Yes."
The fact is that we have entered into somewhat uncharted territory in terms of what defines a media company since the rise of the Internet.
We can only hope that we will collectively awaken to the fact that Facebook has clearly gone beyond being a platform that provides equal access to all voices and commentaries, and has given in to the temptation to control the flow and proliferation of information. As this Wired article starts off;
"FACEBOOK STEADFASTLY RESISTS categorization as a traditional media company.
Instead, CEO Mark Zuckerberg insists on calling the social network a technology platform - even though nearly half of all American adults get their news on Facebook.
These old arguments no longer work, especially as Facebook starts making its own video content."
It is incumbent upon the awakening community to clearly grasp what is happening here and to act accordingly in terms of our future engagement with social media sites like Facebook.
It is important to see how Bill Clinton’s Telecommunications Act of 1996, which allowed media cross-ownership that led to mergers between tech companies and media companies, was a seed that has already started to bear the fruit of an Orwellian dystopia, where the global elite are permitted to continue to proliferate mainstream propaganda and limit exposure to alternative views that are a threat to their agenda.
Conscious media outlets, like us here at Collective Evolution, are in the crosshairs of the recent efforts on the part of Facebook and other large media conglomerates to selectively control the proliferation of information.
Our best hope in these times is that the awakening community makes deliberate choices in terms of which sources to tune in to.
While the global elite may have the power, the wealth, and the technology, they are still pushing an agenda, which to discerning minds looks and sounds very different from the unbiased truth.
Our hope is that a growing number of people are seeing through the agenda of the global elite enough to be motivated to ensure that conscious media survives, and then thrives.
One of the future goals of our Conscious Media Movement campaign is to strengthen an alliance between ourselves and other conscious media outlets and work together to find ways we can amplify the voice of truth and neutrality.
The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health
Is the end of the "like" coming? According to TechCrunch, based on the findings of researcher Jane Manchun Wong, Facebook is currently carrying out tests to reveal only a limited number of likes on a post.
The social networking giant is currently conducting the same type of experiment in seven countries on its Instagram app.
To reduce the feeling of permanent competition and social pressure. As Statista's Martin Armstrong points out, recent research has shown, this decision could be particularly beneficial for the mental health of young people.
Based on the results of a survey of 1,479 people aged 14 to 24 years by the UK's Royal Society for Public Health, the top 5 social networks have been ranked according to their impact on mental health.
It emerges that Instagram is the social media platform with the most negative effect on the psychological state of young people.
On the other side, YouTube is considered to be the most positive network in this area and the only one in the research considered to have a 'net positive' influence.
To establish this ranking, 14 factors were taken into account such as anxiety, depression, loneliness, self-image, harassment, and the opportunity to express oneself.
Secret Societies Revisited December 3 2019 | From: NoMoreFakeNews
As many of my readers know, I wrote a book called The Secret Behind Secret Societies. This article adds a few pieces to the puzzle.
Bilderberg Group, CFR, Trilateral Commission - I called these and other such groups Architects of Reality. Among their actions, they try to build our perception of the world.
What is that perception? It’s an endless string of crises and half-hearted resolutions - that’s how we’re supposed to see things. We’re not supposed to see what actually works about the world.
Because what works is freedom and everything that flows from that.
In other words, secret societies are trying to bury the idea of freedom under an ongoing process of manufacturing desperate situations that can only be dealt with by large organizations - governments and so-called public interest groups.
“The group will solve everything.”
“The individual is too weak.”
“Freedom of the individual is passe, because only large groups can influence the course of events.”
With an estimated 40-60 million people in the US taking tranquilizers every year, it appears this program is working.
One chronic user frankly told me, “I can’t deal with reality anymore. Unless it’s a chemical reality.”
Over the years, I’ve spoken with a number of teachers in the US. They tell me the areas variously known as Civics, Social Studies, and Government no longer place emphasis on the individual or individual freedom. Instead, it’s all about “group rights” and “victims.”
So again, the agenda of burying freedom is working.
In 1776, the Illuminati was announced as an operating society in Europe. The most important political tenet of this group was the abolition of private property - and that principle can be historically traced all the way down to the formation of the USSR.
And beyond.
These days, private property is under attack, albeit in a “softer” manner. It, too, is a concept no longer given emphasis in our schools - and when you de-link private property from the individual, you are attacking a significant aspect of what freedom translates into, in everyday life.
An American Studies professor at a prominent Northeastern university told me, off the record, because he was afraid he might lose his job if he went public;
“Political and economic crises are being manufactured all the time.
It’s basically psychological warfare, because one feels these endless crises can’t be solved. People just give up. And when they do, who do they turn to? Government.
Government will handle things. That’s a sign that freedom is no longer a priority. It’s going into the dustbin of history.”
He was suggesting that, in wider and wider circles, freedom is no longer considered a solution to any serious problem. And since we seem to be awash in a sea of problems, freedom goes on the shelf.
As I’ve been writing for years, creative power of the individual is the prow of the ship of our society. Great innovators are the people who keep us moving into the future.
Well, if the legs are being cut out from under freedom, we will be seeing fewer and fewer of these innovators. As has been pointed out, we will be “naturally selecting” away from those people and toward groups.
This is no accident. This is an agenda. To say the loss of freedom is simply a trend overlooks the keynote of coming global government and management it is groups, not individuals, who have access to larger and larger structures that run our affairs.
One small example: 90 years ago, the rise of labor unions was achieved through legislation passed by the federal government. In other words, government would protect the right of employees to organize and bargain with management.
But now we have public unions - government employees who bargain with “themselves.” It’s an absurdity. The real purpose is to expand the size of government by making its jobs more attractive and intractable.
In our schools, children are being taught to think of themselves in terms of a group identity. To what group do you belong? What are the problems of your group? What are your group’s grievances? How is your group being mistreated? What does your group need?
Is this development an accident? Did it happen by chance?
It’s on the agenda of legislated equality, which replaces the idea of equal opportunity to succeed. Legislated equality supposes that, instead of freedom, we will have group rights and group privileges.
This leads to the development of “positioning” - a hierarchy of groups who have assigned degrees of power - in hopes that the notion of the individual will disappear.
The individual will be placed in a context, will be given what he “deserves,” will occupy a place in life that is suitable for the benefit of overall society.
Adam Weishaupt, the founder of the Illuminati, stated: “It was the full conviction of this, and what could be done, if every man were placed in the office for which he was fitted by nature and a proper education, which first suggested to me the plan of Illumination.”
Earlier, in 1755, a Frenchman known only as Morelly (possibly a pseudonym), wrote a treatise called Code of Nature. In it, he spells out what “fitting into society” means for those who oppose individual freedom:
I. Nothing in society will belong to anyone, either as a personal possession or as capital goods, except the things for which the person has immediate use, for either his needs, his pleasures, or his daily work.
II. Every citizen will be a public man, sustained by, supported by, and occupied at the public expense.
III. Every citizen will make his particular contribution to the activities of the community according to his capacity, his talent and his age; it is on this basis that his duties will be determined, in conformity with the distributive laws.
Today, we are moving in this direction. A pseudo “share-and-care” philosophy, that claims to be the ultimate in humane concern, wants to “distribute” individuals within the fabric of society, in order to achieve “a better world for all."
These days, instead of brusquely elevating society beyond the scope of the individual, the agenda works by tapping into empathic and sympathetic emotions - using others’ suffering as the tool by which people can be turned to “help everyone.”
But what slips under the radar of this program is the institutionalizing of aid out along broad political and economic platforms that change the nature of society in its official functions.
Society, in other words, in the person (or non-person) of government, takes in order to give. Takes more to give more. A great leveling, which in essence ranks the free individual at the bottom of the ladder.
Nothing appears to be lost in this effort, if people have already forgotten what the free individual means and is.
A Nazi In The (Pocket) Is Worth Four In The Bush (Family)
December 2 2019 | From: IlluminatiNews / Various The Nazi’s American Banker: What is interesting about the history of the Bush family are the connections: Avril Harriman, Allen Dulles, the Rockefellers (the start of the oil connection), James Baker III, Gulf Oil, Pennzoil, Osama bin Laden… on and on it goes.
A lapse of memory? It’s as well to remember that the Web never forgets, at least Bush should have taken note of this fact and been careful of his utterances and how they can come back to haunt them.
In fact four generations of Bush family history and too many skeletons in too many closets to count are to be found on the Web.
[Comment: This article was written around sixteen years ago. Some references are dated but the history remains.]
And given all the ‘pullpit pounding’ (more of which below) by ol’ Duyba and his minions, over the dubious moral character of Saddam and his cronies, much of which has underpinned the justification for the invasion and occupation of Iraq, it’s as well to compare the two sets of rogues.
Not surprisingly, there’s little to choose between the two except that, in the case of the Bush gang, they have a ‘pedigree’ in perfidy which extends back almost a century and four generations that makes Saddam look positively angelic by comparison.
Part I: Prescott Bush – Setting a Family Example
In a previous piece a quote I used mentioned Prescott Bush the grandpa so I decided to do a little researching to see what other dirty little secrets the Bush family have hidden in the dark recesses of the WWW and lo and behold, there’s a load of stuff out there (7,630 links to be precise, according to google just on granpa Prescott Bush).
Geronimo!
It’s 1918 and, well you know students, they’re always up to innocent pranks. It seems Grandpa Bush set his grandson some fine family precedents starting with digging up Geronimo’s skull.
"In 1918, Prescott Bush and two companions crept into the cemetery near Fort Sill and pried open the grave of Geronimo. The head was taken out, spiffed up and forwarded to New Haven, where it was given pride of place for goofy rituals that have been attended by generations of Bushes and a veritable army of powerful types."
The Apache nation (what was left of it anyway) was not amused. Okay, we’ll forgive granpa Bush his ‘juvenile pranks’ but it seems that this set the scene for the rest of his miserable life until his death in 1972 from carcinoma of the lung.
From Skulls to Zyklon B (And Back Again)
But it seems that great-granpa George Walker was also in on the business of making money out of death (like great-granpa like great grand-son);
"George Walker, GW’s great-grandfather, also set up the takeover of the Hamburg-America Line, a cover for I.G. Farben’s Nazi espionage unit in the United States.
In Germany, I.G. Farben was most famous for putting the gas in gas chambers; it was the producer of Zyklon B and other gasses used on victims of the Holocaust.
The Bush family was not unaware of the nature of their investment partners.
They hired Allen Dulles, the future head of the CIA, to hide the funds they were making from Nazi investments and the funds they were sending to Nazi Germany, rather than divest."
It just doesn’t stop does it, as Prescott Bush, son of George continued in the ‘grand tradition’ of skullduggery by also doing deals with the Nazis:
"On October 20, 1942, the US Alien Property Custodian, under the "Trading With the Enemy Act," seized the shares of the Union Banking Corporation (UBC), of which Prescott Bush was a director and shareholder.
The largest shareholder was E. Roland Harriman. (Bush was also the managing partner of Brown Brothers Harriman, a leading Wall Street investment firm.)
"The UBC was established to send American capital to Germany to finance the reorganization of its industry under the Nazis. Their leading German partner was the notorious Nazi industrialist Fritz Thyssen, who wrote a book admitting much of this called "I Paid Hitler."
"Among the companies financed was the Silesian-American Corporation, which was also managed by Prescott Bush, and by his father-in-law George Herbert Walker, who supplied Dub-a-Ya with his name.
The company was vital in supplying coal to the Nazi war industry. It too was seized as a Nazi-front on November 17, 1942. The largest company Bush’s UBC helped finance was the German Steel Trust, responsible for between one-third and one-half of Nazi iron and explosives.
"Prescott Bush was also a director of the Harriman Fifteen Corporation, (this one owned largely by Roland’s brother, Averell Harriman), which owned about a third of the Consolidated Silesian Steel Corporation, the rest owned by Friedrich Flick, (a member of Himmler’s "Circle of Friends" who donated to the S.S.)."
What is interesting about the history of the Bush family are the connections; Avril Harriman, Allen Dulles, the Rockefellers (the start of the oil connection), James Baker III, Gulf Oil, Pennzoil, Osama bin Laden… on and on it goes. It looks like this’ll have to be part one of an on-going series on the Bush dynasty and their dirty dealings.
The story of steel magnate and billionaire bankroller of the Nazis, Fritz Thyssen and his Bush family connection is so incredible, that it deserves to be turned into a movie (obviously not by Hollywood).
It all starts with John Loftus, a former U.S.Department of Justice Nazi War Crimes prosecutor who is the source of the following,
"From 1945 until 1949, one of the lengthiest and, it now appears, most futile interrogations of a Nazi war crimes suspect began in the American Zone of Occupied Germany…. [The interrogation of] [m]ultibillionaire steel magnate Fritz Thyssen-the man whose steel combine was the cold heart of the Nazi war machine."
They were trying to find out what had happened to Thyssen’s billions but without success. Why?
"What the Allied investigators never understood was that they were not asking Thyssen the right question. Thyssen did not need any foreign bank accounts because his family secretly owned an entire chain of banks.
He did not have to transfer his Nazi assets at the end of World War II, all he had to do was transfer the ownership documents – stocks, bonds, deeds and trusts – from his bank in Berlin through his bank in Holland to his American friends in New York City, Prescott Bush and Herbert Walker.
Thyssen’s partners in crime were the father and father-in-law of a future President of the United States [my emph. WB].
…
"The British and American interrogators may have gravely underestimated Thyssen but they nonetheless knew they were being lied to. Their suspicions focused on one Dutch Bank in particular, the Bank voor Handel enScheepvaart, in Rotterdam.
This bank did a lot of business with the Thyssens over the years. In 1923, as a favor to him, the Rotterdam bank loaned the money to build the very first Nazi party headquarters in Munich.
"If the investigators realized that the US intelligence chief in postwar Germany, Allen Dulles, was also the Rotterdam bank’s lawyer, they might have asked some very interesting questions. They did not know that Thyssen was Dulles’ client [my emph. WB] as well.
Nor did they ever realize that it was Allen Dulles’s other client, Baron Kurt Von Schroeder who was the Nazi trustee for the Thyssen companies which now claimed to be owned by the Dutch [my emph. WB]. The Rotterdam Bank was at the heart of Dulles’ cloaking scheme, and he guarded its secrets jealously…
"[T]he Dutch connection remained unexplored until 1994 when I published the book "The Secret War Against the Jews." As a matter of historical curiosity, I mentioned that Fritz Thyssen (and indirectly, the Nazi Party) had obtained their early financing from Brown Brothers Harriman, and its affiliate, the Union Banking Corporation.
Union Bank, in turn, was the Bush family’s holding company for a number of other entities, including the "Holland American Trading Company."
There are so many twists and turns to this story, that this is not the place to to go into all the labyrinthine links between the Nazis, the Bush Family and the CIA (via Allen Dulles) or indeed, a host of other corporate connections.
But this final quote from the same source, gives you an idea of just how much money is involved;
"The enormous sums of money deposited into the Union Bank prior to 1942 is the best evidence that Prescott Bush knowingly served as a money launderer for the Nazis.
Remember that Union Banks’ books and accounts were frozen by the U.S. Alien Property Custodian in 1942 and not released back to the Bush family until 1951.
At that time, Union Bank shares representing hundreds of millions of dollars worth of industrial stocks and bonds were unblocked for distribution. Did the Bush family really believe that such enormous sums came from Dutch enterprises?
One could sell tulip bulbs and wooden shoes for centuries and not achieve those sums. A fortune this size could only have come from the Thyssen profits made from rearming the Third Reich, and then hidden, first from the Nazi tax auditors, and then from the Allies."
For the full story please go to the link above.
Crocodile Tears
All of which makes the following quote from Dubya all the more sickening:
"In April 1999, [then] Texas Governor George W. Bush proclaimed a week of remembrance for the Holocaust. He said, "I urge Texans to never forget the inhumanity of those who perpetrated the Holocaust, and reflect upon our own humanity and our responsibility to respect all peoples."
Like granpa like grand-son? Well given where Dubya got his money from, and his continuing in the ‘grand tradition of the Bush gang, I’m feeling quite biblical about things.
I know there will be some among you who think I’ve just got it in for the Bushes, so in my wanderings over the Web, I came across this little gem from TownHall.com.
Duty, Honor, Country: The Life and Legacy of Prescott Bush, by Mickey Herskowitz
This paean to the life of Prescott Bush, by a conservative writer is a salutory warning to us all. I quote,
"He [Prescott Bush] was a unifier, not a divider. And he was of such high integrity [sic] that behind the scenes was where he was at his best. He was a man of great faith.
His grandfather was a minister whose faith and integrity were fully ingrained in the Bush family. Prescott always emphasized honesty, charity, fairness and proactive dedication to God, family and country."
- From a review by Susan Kurz
I could go on quoting, but I’m afraid I’ll throw up. Check it out for yourself at TownHall.com.
There’s none so blind as those that refuse to see.
From Eugenicist to Anti-Abortionist
Not content with digging up the ancestors, supporting Fascism, laundering Nazi money through a Dutch-based bank, selling weapons to the mullahs of Iran, trading guns for drugs, doing business deals with Osama bin Laden, the Bush family in the form of ol’ granpa Prescott was an early supporter of the Eugenics movement (or racial purity, to give it its real name).
And a rather embarassing connection it is too, as Bush Senior discovered:
"…And the Birth Control League was there, which had long trumpeted the need for eugenical births–fewer births for parents with "inferior" bloodlines. Prescott [Bush’s] partner Tighe was a Connecticut director of the league, and the Connecticut league’s medical advisor was eugenics advocate Dr. Winternitz of Yale Medical School.
Now in 1950, people who knew something about Prescott Bush knew that he had very unsavory roots in the eugenics movement. There were then, just after the anti-Hitler war, few open advocates of sterilization of "unfit" or "unnecessary" people. (That would be revived later, with the help of General Draper and his friend George Bush.
Then, very late in the 1950 senatorial campaign, Prescott Bush was publicly exposed for being an activist in that section of the old fascist eugenics movement.
Prescott Bush lost the election by about 1,000 out of 862,000 votes.
In his foreword to a population control propaganda book, George Bush wrote about that 1950 election: "My own first awareness of birth control as a public policy issue came with a jolt in 1950 when my father was running for United States Senate in Connecticut.
Drew Pearson, on the Sunday before Election day, ‘revealed’ that my father was involved with Planned Parenthood…. Many political observers felt a sufficient number of voters were swayed by his alleged contacts with the birth controllers to cost him the election…."
The Bush story is such a fascinating history of capitalist corruption and power that it needs to be presented to a public that is consistently lied to, not only by the corporate media but by our so-called leaders.
In Part Two, I’m going to give you the low-down on the Bush family’s involvement in the scams and dealings of the Reagan years, the Iran-Contra scandal and one of the biggest rip-offs in history, the savings and loan scandal, which cost the US taxpayer literally trillions of dollars. Yeah, you read right, trillions!
Part II: "Frauds-R-Us"
"You can fool some of the people all of the time, and those are the ones you have to focus on."
- G.W. Bush
"You have to look at the entire Bush Family in this context -- as if the family ran a corporation called ‘Frauds-R-Us.’ George Jr.’s specialty was insurance and security fraud. Jeb’s specialty was oil and gas fraud. Neil’s specialty was real estate fraud. Prescott’s specialty was banking fraud. And George Sr.’s specialty? All of the above."
- Lt. Cmdr. Al Martin, US Navy (Ret)
"While opportunism isn’t new in U.S. politics, never did so many in one family extract so many dollars from taxpayers as when George Bush senior was president a decade ago"
- David E. Scheim, author of Contract on America
"What you’ve got with Bush [George senior] is absolutely the largest number of siblings and children involved in what looks like a never-ending hustle."
- Republican pundit Kevin Philips
"Texas businessmen [are] not crooks, "they just have an over-developed sense of the extenuating circumstance."
- Molly Ivins
Just Too Many Jinks, Links
I started this second part with the objective of extending the dossier on the Bush Gang, but I quickly realised that short of writing a (very long) book, I’d never be able to encapsulate all of it in the easy-to-digest form of an essay, hence the external pages, so that if you want to pursue a particular character or company, all you need do is click on a particular link.
You'll find that many of the names and companies are cross-linked, pointing to the intricate network of associates that the Bush clan have built up over the years.
No doubt if one were to do the same thing with Rockefeller, you'd end up with the same rats nest of associations (pun intended).
Gangster Capitalism
And in any case, the critical issue is not so much the individual goings-on of these ne’er do wells, but that they are typical of a system, which since its foundation (one built on slavery, genocide, continental land theft and gangster capitalism) has utterly corrupt institutions which it nevertheless claims make it the bastion of the ‘free world’!
As the saying goes, they have ‘no shame’.
Hear No Evil, See No Evil, Speak No Evil
The other really important question to ask is how can one family which has so many skeletons in the family closet, get away with such dirty dealings and over such a long period of time without being called to task?
It’s as if the mass media goes deaf, dumb and blind when the name Bush comes up.
For no matter what your politics are, left, right or indifferent, a family which has its fingers in so many dirty dealings has surely got to get you thinking about exactly what kind of country it is you live in (if you’re an American) and what kind of world is it that’s dominated by a country with a media (not to mention a legal system) that’s quite content not to challenge its president or his lying, thiefing family and their tenticular network of associations which includes:
The Mafia, the Chinese Communist Party, Japanese Triads, the Vatican, Central American drug smugglers and gun runners, international arms dealers, the Ayotollah Khomeini (RIP), Cuban-American terrorists, money laundering, illegal arms sales, countless conflicts of interests, nepotism, coverups, tax avoidance, SEC fiddles and banking scams?
The fact that this litany of evil is effectively left unscrutinised and unquestioned by the dominant media, or, on the few occasions when it is mentioned, it’s only ‘in passing’, reveals the cynical, opportunistic attitude toward not only the concept of access to information, but acting on it.
The system also makes a complete mockery of the so-called moral approach used by the leaders of the ‘free world’ when they accuse others of the same behaviour.
Is it any wonder that we have populations who have ‘dropped out’ of the political process. Where is the accountability? Where indeed?
It’s a Shell Game
In recent years the problem has been excerbated by the ‘gutting’ of the government through wholesale deregulation and privatisation, which has enabled those with the ‘right’ connections to gain access to vast gobs of money in the form of subsidies and lucrative contracts (eg Marvin Bush’s Ignite corporation, or the Kuwaiti Harken Oil deals, Choicepoint’s Homeland Security contracts and the software company it uses, Sybase Inc which has Bush family connections).
The effect has been to turn various and sundry government agencies into hollow shells. Companies can then effectively write themselves blank cheques or simply ignore the toothless edicts issued by the regulators (eg the SEC over the Silverado S&L scandal).
The assault on the rights of citizens, won at great cost and over generations of struggle, has since the 1970s, been steadily eroded to the point that we are now left with a façade of the original, a cardboard mockup that has all the appearances democracy, civil rights and so forth but virtually no substance. Our cynical leaders would have us believe that:
"Failure to vote, as Britain’s Chancellor remarked after the last UK election, is the mark of the satisfied citizen."
- Perry Anderson
Satisfied or cynical? Or perhaps fatalistic about a system which has systematically encouraged its citizens to disenfranchise themselves?
Ultimately of course, it exposes the real nature of the political class and who it really serves – the rich and powerful and their utter disdain for those without any real power.
With ‘elections’ being reduced to no more than tokenised democracy (only about a quarter of the electorate actually bother to vote in US national elections and a fraction more in the UK), it’s no surprise that firstly, there is no genuine representation ‘of the people, for the people, by the people’, but just as importantly, the total lack of representation or accountability encourages an arrogance and bravado on the part of the power elite that they can get away with anything, because they we let them (and they do)!
A comparable process is at work in the ‘4th Estate’ who have reduced journalism (when they bother to actually cover the real stories) to another hollow shell, where the act of merely reporting is now considered sufficient to fulfill their obligations as ‘watchdogs’ of the nation’s affairs.
The thought of actually leading with a story, and pursuing it, day after day, until someone actually takes notice and says, ‘enough is enough’ is simply not permitted because the same corporations that own the media are also part and parcel of the same power elite that’s busy ripping off the nation and holding the world to ransom.
Par For the Course
Forget ‘Dynasty’, although maybe they got the idea for the programme from the Bush posse. Staggering, is all I can say about the Bush family saga.
Yet actually it’s par for the course as they say and not at all exceptional in the annals of the US power elite.
The history of US capitalism is made up of family dynasties of one kind or another, from the robber barons of the Du Ponts, Mellons, Morgans, Rockefellers, Carnegies and Kennedys, through to the newcomers like Enron, Worldcom, Halliburton, Bechtel, Harken, Carlyle and so forth.
And, like the landed aristocracies of England, they marry into each other’s families, go to the same schools and universities, sit on each other’s corporate boards and invest in each other’s business dealings. Importantly, they watch each other’s backs and for obvious reasons.
The Actors
Below are the sections in alphabetical order, of some of the companies and individuals connected to the Bush family (or vice versa). Clicking on the bold link at the start of each section will take you to a page of additional links.
Oh what a tangled Web we weave. Salem bin Laden, one of 57 children their father Mohammed sired with his 12 wives, and Bush were founders of the Arbusto Energy oil company in Texas (I assume not with the 12 wives as well).
He died in a plane crash - like his father - but not before the Arbusto Energy Oil Company, founded in 1978, had become hugely successful. Later, Spectrum 7 Corp bought out Arbusto (now called Bush Exploration Co).
In 1986, with the company on the verge of bankruptcy, it was purchased by Harken, and even though Bush Exploration Co had debts of $3 million, Harken paid Bush $2 million for his stock.
See also the BCCI (Bank of Credit & Commerce) connection below, another murky international scandal involving drug money laundering etc which one of the original investors in Arbusto, James R. Bath, a Houston businessman and old friend of GWB was involved in.
"Time magazine described Bath in 1991 as "a deal broker whose alleged associations run from the CIA to a major shareholder and director of the Bank of Credit & Commerce."
BCCI, as it was more commonly known, closed its doors in July 1991 amid charges of multibillion-dollar fraud and global news reports that the financial institution had been heavily involved in drug money laundering, arms brokering, covert intelligence work, bribery of government officials and - here's the kicker - aid to terrorists."
As a senator from Missouri, John Ashcroft received generous campaign contributions from companies, including Enterprise Rent-A-Car and Monsanto, which were based in his home state.
But a company didn’t have to be from Missouri to get some attention from the senator. Ashcroft was one of only a handful of senators sponsoring a bill that extended the patent on Schering-Plough’s ultra-profitable allergy pill, Claritin.
Extending the patent, would save the company billions of dollars in potential revenue.
The bill died in committee, but Schering-Plough still gave Ashcroft $50,000 for his failed 2000 Senate bid. Schering-Plough donated the money to Ashcroft’s joint fundraising committee, which Ashcroft set up with the National Republican Senatorial Committee to encourage unlimited soft money contributions from corporations that could not legally contribute to his main campaign committee.
(Check out Schering-Plough's campaign contributions to other candidates.) Besides Schering-Plough, Ashcroft’s joint committee logged contributions from AT&T ($25,000) and Microsoft ($10,000). Microsoft, of course, is hoping the new attorney general drops the justice department’s antitrust suit against the company."
"He says the government shouldn't overreact to corporate scandals. He led the campaigns of the last four Republican presidents.
He watched the September 11 attacks at the Ritz-Carlton with the Bin Laden family. He's defending the Saudi's against a trillion-dollar lawsuit brought forth by the September 11 families."
"BCCI defrauded depositors of $10 billion in the '80s in what has been called the "largest bank fraud in world financial history" by former Manhattan District Attorney Robert Morgenthau."
- Wayne Madsen
The BCCI-Bush connection is, it could be argued an ‘accidental’ one, but it’s highly unlikely even if it is difficult to track, but the seeds are all there, including GW Snr’s CIA connection (as head of it) in the 1970s and the links to BCCI as well as his long time association with James R. Bath, an investor in Arbusto.
Bath, was a Houston businessman and old friend was also an investor in BCCI.
Essentially, BCCI was a convenient ‘channel’ for moving money through to fund the various illegal enterprises being undertaken at the time including, Iran-Contra, the Iranian arms sales, CIA money laundering operations, connections to powerful Middle Eastern businessmen, the Vatican and its right-wing connections through BNL.
The story of the BCCI was told in the thriller movie 'The International'
Perhaps this extract from "Texas Connections" gives you an idea of the reach:
"… Sheikh Abdullah Bahksh of Saudi Arabia, a 16% shareholder in Harken Energy at the time, was represented by a Palestinian-born Chicago investor named Talat Othman, who served with George W. Bush on the board of Harken Energy. Othman made at least three separate visits to the White House to discuss Middle East affairs with then President George Bush.
At about the same time, and just prior to the Gulf War, Harken Energy, with no previous international or offshore drilling experience, was awarded a 35-year petroleum exploration contract with the emirate of Bahrain.
Sheikh Bahksh emerged as a co-investor in the Bank of Commerce and Credit International (BCCI), a criminal enterprise since dissolved, that existed primarily as a mechanism for obtaining political influence using Middle Eastern oil money.
Bahrain's prime minister, Sheik Khalifah bin-Sulman al-Khalifah, was a major investor in BCCI's parent company, BCCI Holdings, of Luxembourg.
Through its commodities affiliate, Capcom, BCCI was used as a money laundering service by drug traffickers, arms dealers, etc. BCCI's front man in the U.S., and the person chiefly responsible for its takeover of First American Bank in the U.S., was Kamal Adham.
Adham is referred to in the Kerry Committee report on BCCI as having been "the CIA's principal liaison for the entire Middle East from the mid-1960's through 1979."
He was also the head of intelligence for Saudi Arabia during the time George Bush Sr. was Director of the CIA."
There are so many connections between the Bushes, the ‘Defence’ establishment, the global trade in arms, that the mind boggles. That it barely gets a mention in the mainstream media (except of course, to simply ‘report’ it) is a scandal of the grandest proportions.
But it only goes to show the power of big business and the political class they have installed in both the US and the UK (after all, John Major is employed by the Carlyle Group and BAE Systems, the major arms supplier to the UK, is part-owned by Carlyle).
Not only the connections beggar belief but the sheer hypocrisy of the Bush government should put it in a new category in the Guinness Book of Records. As you’ll see from just a few of the links to information on Carlyle below, their tentacles extended to many of the armed conflicts going on in the world. There’s no business like war business!
Unless you were around and following events in the 1980s, especially Central American affairs and later, the Iran-contra scandal, you probably won’t know who Elliot Abrams is.
More’s the pity too. As Reagan's Assistant Secretary of State for Human Rights and Humanitarian Affairs he used to oversee US foreign policy in Latin America, and was active in covering up some of the worst atrocities committed by the US-sponsored Contras.
According to congressional records, under Abram's watch, the Contras "raped, tortured, and killed unarmed civilians, including children," and that "groups of civilians, including women and children, were burned, dismembered, blinded and beheaded."
His partners-in-crime include John Negroponte, the new ambassador to the UN, who served under Reagan as ambassador to Honduras from 1981-1985.
He is known for his role in the cover up of human rights abuses by CIA trained paramilitaries throughout the region.
Honduran exiles associated with the paramilitary forces that had been living in the US, were exported to Canada prior to Negroponte's Senate confirmation hearing, thus rendering their testimony unavailable.
Another partner from the ‘good ol’ days is Otto Reich who was appointed as Assistant Secretary of State for Western Hemisphere Affairs (which includes Latin America).
The Bush administration used a "recess appointment" during January 2002 to side step the Senate confirmation hearing otherwise required of the appointment. Democrat opposition to Reich's nomination had been predicted.
But they are still up to their old tricks:
"The coup in Venezuela against Hugo Chavez sports the sticky fingerprints of all three men and the modus operandi of a long line of US-led cold war interventions.
But if these covert ops were tragedy, the Chavez plot was farce. The rapid unraveling of the coup suggested that the Venezuelan plotters would have done better seeking advise from Supreme Court Justice Rehnquist rather than from Reich.
It soon became public that Bush officials maintained a web of connections with the conspirators and appeared to have foreknowledge of the plot. Using the same conduit Reagan used to fund the contras, the National Endowment for Democracy, the administration had funneled money to Venezuelan opposition.
According to British media, Abrams gave a nod to the plotters; Otto Reich, a former ambassador to Venezuela, met repeatedly with Pedro Carmona and other coup leaders. The day Carmona seized the presidency, Reich summoned ambassadors from Latin America and the Caribbean to his office and endorsed the new government.
Abrams pleaded guilty to two misdemeanor counts of withholding information from Congress in 1991, for which George Bush senior subsequently pardoned him in December 1992."
As there’s so much information on the Bush-Enron connection (over a quarter of a million links on Google), rather than attempt to show the bankruptcy side of things, I’ve sifted through a number of stories and tried to find the ones which show the bigger picture, starting wuth the Argentine connection between Enron, the Bushes, George Snr, Jeb and Neil.
Let’s start with January 2003. From the report below:
"The new year begs for a fresh start. But business accusations of international bribery, nefarious investors and a Bush brother awkwardly involved in a troubled company all have a too-familiar ring. Here's the latest Robert Ludlum-style financial spat.
…. Marvin Bush, the brother of President Bush and Florida Gov. Jeb Bush, joined the board of directors of Fresh Del Monte in 1998, after the alleged events took place. Marvin Bush was re-elected to the company's board this year for a term ending in 2005, and served on the board's critically important audit and compensation committees.
In October, Bush decided to resign from the board at the end of 2002. Without any public notice of Bush's planned departure by Fresh Del Monte, news of his pending resignation was not reported until last month."
This a consummate piece on the Bush family from a magazine, now sadly defunct.
"This is an incredible deal, unbelievable for this small company," energy analyst Charles Strain told Forbes magazine, describing the oil production sharing agreement the Harken Energy Corporation signed in January 1990 with Bahrain.
Under the terms of the deal, Harken was given the exclusive right to explore for gas and oil off the shores of the Gulf island nation. If gas or oil were found in waters near two of the world's largest gas and oil fields, Harken would have exclusive marketing and transportation rights for the energy resources. Truly an "incredible deal" for a company that had never drilled an offshore well.
Strain failed to point out, however, the one fact that puts the Harken deal in focus: George Bush, Jr., the eldest son of George and Barbara Bush of 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue, Washington, DC, is a member of Harken's board of directors, a consultant, and a stockholder in the Texas-based company.
In light of this connection, the deal makes more sense. The involvement of Junior-George Walker Bush's childhood nickname - with Harken is a walking conflict of interest.
His relationship to President Bush, rather than any business acumen, made him a valuable asset for Harken, the Republican Party benefactors, Middle East oil sheikhs and covert operators who played a part in Harken's Bahrain deal.
In fact, Junior's track record as an oilman is pretty dismal. He began his career in Midland, Texas, in the mid-1970s when he founded Arbusto Energy, Inc.
When oil prices dropped in the early 1980s, Arbusto fell upon hard times. Junior was only rescued from business failure when his company was purchased by Spectrum 7 Energy Corporation, a small oil firm owned by William DeWitt and Mercer Reynolds.
As part of the September 1984 deal, Bush became Spectrum 7's president and was given a 13.6 percent share in the company's stock. Oil prices stayed low and within two years, Spectrum 7 was in trouble
.
In the six months before Spectrum 7 was acquired by Harken in 1986, it had lost $400,000. In the buyout deal, George "Jr." and his partners were given more than $2 million worth of Harken stock for the 180-well operation.
Made a director and hired as a "consultant" to Harken, Junior received another $600,000 of Harken stock, and has been paid between $42,000 and $120,000 a year since 1986.
Junior's value to Harken soon became apparent when the company needed an infusion of cash in the spring of 1987. Junior and other Harken officials met with Jackson Stephens, head of Stephens, Inc., a large investment bank in Little Rock, Arkansas (Stephens made a $100,000 contribution to the Reagan-Bush campaign in 1980 and gave another $100,000 to the Bush dinner committee in 1990.)
In 1987, Stephens made arrangements with Union Bank of Switzerland (UBS) to provide $25 million to Harken in return for a stock interest in Harken.
As part of the Stephens-brokered deal, Sheikh Abdullah Bakhsh, a Saudi real estate tycoon and financier, joined Harken's board as a major investor. *5 Stephens, UBS, and Bakhsh each have ties to the scandal-ridden Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI).
It was Stephens who suggested in the late 1970s that BCCI purchase what became First American Bankshares in Washington, D.C. BCCI later acquired First American's predecessor, Financial General Bankshares.
At the time of the Harken investment, UBS was a joint-venture partner with BCCI in a bank in Geneva, Switzerland. Bakhsh has been an investment partner in Saudi Arabia with Gaith Pharoan, identified by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board as a "front man" for BCCI's secret acquisitions of U.S. banks.
Stephens, Inc. played a role in the Harken deal with Bahrain as well. Former Stephens bankers David and Mike Edwards contacted Michael Ameen, the former chief of Mobil Oil's Middle East operations, when Bahrain broke off 1989 talks with Amoco for a gas and oil exploration contract.
The Edwardses recommended Harken for the job and urged Ameen to get in touch with Bahrain, which he did.
"In the midst of Harken's talks with Bahrain, Ameen- simultaneously working as a State Department consultant-briefed the incoming U.S. ambassador in Bahrain, Charles Hostler," the Wall Street Journal noted, adding that Hostler, a San Diego real estate investor, was a $100,000 contributor to the Republican Party. Hostler claimed he never discussed Harken with the Bahrainis.
Harken lacked sufficient financing to explore off the coast of Bahrain so it brought in Bass Enterprises Production Company of Fort Worth, Texas, as a partner. The Bass family contributed more than $200,000 to the Republican Party in the late 1980s and early 1990s.
On June 22, 1990, George Jr. sold two-thirds of his Harken stock for $848,560-a cool 200 percent profit. The move was well timed. One week after Junior sold his stock, Harken announced a $23.2 million loss in quarterly earnings and Harken stock dropped sharply, losing 60 percent of its value over the next six months.
On August 2, 1990, Iraqi troops moved into Kuwait and 541,000 U.S. forces were deployed to the Gulf.
"There is substantial evidence to suggest that Bush knew Harken was in dire straits in the weeks before he sold the $848,560 of Harken stock," asserted U.S. News & World Report.
The magazine noted Harken appointed Junior to a "fairness committee" to study possible economic restructuring of the company. Junior worked closely with financial advisers from Smith Barney, Harris Upham & Company, who concluded "only drastic action could save Harken."
George "Jr." also violated Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regulations which require "insider" stock deals to be reported promptly, in Bush's case by July 10, 1990. He didn't file the stock sale with the SEC until the first week of March 1991.
Meanwhile, a cloak-and-dagger aura surrounds Junior's business dealings. James Bath, a Texas entrepreneur who invested $50,000 in Arbusto Energy, may be a business cutout for the CIA. Bath also acted as an investment "adviser" to Saudi Arabian oil sheikhs, linked to the outlaw BCCI, which also has ties to the CIA.
Bill White, a former Bath partner, claims that Bath has "national security" connections. White, a United States Naval Academy graduate and former fighter pilot, charges that Bath developed a network of off-shore companies to camouflage the movement of money and aircraft between Texas and the Middle East, especially Saudi Arabia.
Alan Quasha, a Harken director and former chair of the company, is the son of attorney William Quasha, who defended figures in the Nugan Hand Bank scandal in Australia.
Closed in 1980, Nugan Hand was not only tied to drug-money laundering and U.S. intelligence and military circles, but also to the CIA's covert backing for a "constitutional coup" in Australia that caused the fall of Prime Minister Gough Whitlam.
The Harken deal with Bahrain raises another troubling question: Did the Bahrainis and the BCCI-linked Saudi oil sheikhs use the production sharing agreement with Harken to curry favor with the Bush administration and influence U.S. policy in the Middle East?
Talat Othman's sudden rise to prominence in Bush administration foreign policy circles is a case in point. Othman, who sits on the Harken board as Sheikh Bakhsh's representative, didn't have access to President Bush before Harken's Bahrain agreement.
"But since August 1990, the Palestinian-born Chicago investor has attended three White House meetings with President Bush to discuss Middle East policy," the Wall Street Journal pointed out.
"His name was added by the White House to a select list of 15 Arab-Americans chosen to meet with President Bush, [then White House Chief of Staff John] Sununu and National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft in the White House two days after Iraq's August 1990 invasion of Kuwait."
This maybe small potatoes by comparison with all the other Bush clan scams, but nevertheless Ignite! Learning made Neil Bush $20 million over three years.
Not bad for a guy who ran Silverado S&L into the ground. With accusations of nepotism flying around all over the place, especially now that Neil Bush tyied to get the Florida school system to buy into his learning software (at $30 a pop per student per year), the state that his brother Jeb was governor of, it’s no wonder.
Connected is the wholesale privatisation of state services, which opens such areas as education to the predations of people like Neil Bush and indeed, the whole issue of influence peddling and nepotism.
Official Secrets
The true story of a British whistleblower who leaked information to the press about an illegal NSA spy operation designed to push the UN Security Council into sanctioning the 2003 invasion of Iraq.
This is a murky story with connections to the Nicaraguan Contras, the Mafia, Cuban-American terrorists, Iran-Contra, bribery and corruption, coverups and the CIA.
Essentially, IMC was contracted to give medical assistance to the Nicaraguan Contras but the story is in fact, a lot more complex and gives you some idea of just how inter-connected events really are, especially when you’re dealing the Bush clan.
Perhaps this review of a book by Duncan Campbell The Bush Dynasty and the Cuban Criminal, will give you some idea:
Therefore, John Deutch may know more about this plan, considering he may have resigned, to allow John George Tenet to be appointed Director, and then initiate several important steps of the plan, including election rigging to allow George W. Bush and Dick Cheney to come to power illegally, declaring war on Osama Bin Laden, planting explosives in the elevator shafts of the World Trade Center, launching a missile strike on the Pentagon which murdered over a dozen of the Pentagon Whistle-Blowers, and conducting Genocide in the USA, to cover-up the coup and eliminate suspected enemies.
"The Bush family connections go back to 1984 when Jeb Bush began a close association with Camilo Padreda, a former intelligence officer with the Batista dictatorship overthrown by Fidel Castro.
Jeb Bush was then the chairman of the Dade county Republican party and Padreda its finance chairman. Padreda had earlier been indicted on a $500,000 (£320,000) embezzlement charge along with a fellow exile, Hernandez Cartaya, but the charges were dropped, reportedly after the CIA stated that Cartaya had worked for them.
Padreda later pleaded guilty to defrauding the housing and urban development department of millions of dollars during the 1980s.
The president's younger brother was also on the payroll in the 80s of the prominent Cuban exile Miguel Recarey, who had earlier assisted the CIA in attempts to assassinate President Castro.
Recarey, who ran International Medical Centers (IMC), employed Jeb Bush as a real estate consultant and paid him a $75,000 fee for finding the company a new location, although the move never took place, which raised questions at the time.
Jeb Bush did, however, lobby the Reagan / Bush administration vigorously and successfully on behalf of Recarey and IMC. "I want to be very wealthy," Jeb Bush told the Miami News when questioned during that period.
In 1985, Jeb Bush acted as a conduit on behalf of supporters of the Nicaraguan contras with his father, then the vice-president, and helped arrange for IMC to provide free medical treatment for the contras.
Recarey was later charged with massive medicare fraud but fled the US before his trial and is now a fugitive.
Jeb Bush sealed his popularity with the Cuban exile community by acting as campaign manager for another prominent Cuban-American, Ileana Ros-Lehtinen, when she ran successfully for Congress.
George Bush Sr famously appeared with her during her campaign in Miami declaring: "I am certain in my heart I will be the first American president to step foot on the soil of a free and independent Cuba."
She has since lobbied successfully for the release of several exiles convicted of terrorist offences held in US jails but who now live freely in Miami.
Most controversially, at the request of Jeb, Mr Bush Sr intervened to release the convicted Cuban terrorist Orlando Bosch from prison and then granted him US residency.
According to the justice department in George Bush Sr's administration, Bosch had participated in more than 30 terrorist acts. He was convicted of firing a rocket into a Polish ship which was on passage to Cuba. He was also implicated in the 1976 blowing-up of a Cubana plane flying to Havana from Venezuela in which all 73 civilians on board were killed.
CIA memorandums strongly suggest, according to Bardach's book, that Bosch was one of the conspirators, and quotes the then secretary of state, Henry Kissinger, as writing that the "US government had been planning to suggest Bosch's deportation before Cubana airlines crash took place for his suspected involvement in other terrorist acts and violation of his parole".
Bosch's release, often referred to in the US media as a pardon, was the result of pressure brought by hardline Cubans in Miami, with Jeb Bush serving as their point man. Bosch now lives in Miami and remains unrepentant about his militant activities, according to Bardach.
In July this year, Jeb Bush nominated Raoul Cantero, the grandson of Batista, as a Florida supreme court judge despite his lack of experience. Mr Cantero had previously represented Bosch and acted as his spokesman, once describing Bosch on Miami radio as a "great Cuban patriot".
"Lynne Cheney, wife of Vice President Dick Cheney, Frank Gaffney, James Woolsey, and William Bennett, former Secretary of Education in the Reagan Administration, all play prominent roles in domestic suppression of criticism of the War on Terrorism.
A group founded by Lynne Cheney, the American Council of Trustees and Alumni, recently released a report titled "Defending Civilization." It listed 127 "unpatriotic" statements made on U.S. college campuses since September 11."
This takes us back to the 1980s although as the article below informs, like a bad meal, the sins of the past keep coming back, in this case it’s Otto Reich who was part of the original Contra force funded and supported by the Reagan / Bush government with its links to drugs for guns and connections to the CIA and the Iran-Contra affair.
I have also included links to the official CIA version of events.
"Bush Nominee Llinked to Latin American Terrorism" By Bill Vann 24 November 2001
"As the Bush administration exhorts governments throughout the world to line up behind its "war on terrorism," it is pressuring the US Senate to push through confirmation of a nominee to a key foreign policy position whose own links to terror and an illegal CIA propaganda operation have raised concerns even among the usually docile Democratic leadership."
Who is Otto Reich? Well basically, he's a friend of terrorists, there's no other way to describe him.
"Otto Reich came to prominence during the Reagan administration when he was appointed head of the office of public diplomacy within the state department.
According to the national security archives, Reich used this role to pursue his own agenda to such an extent that in 1987 the Comptroller-General of the US, a Republican appointee, found that some of the efforts of his office were "prohibited, covert propaganda activities ... beyond the range of acceptable agency public information activities.
A letter of September 30 1987 concluded that Reich's office had violated "a restriction on the state department's annual appropriations prohibiting the use of federal funds for publicity or propaganda purposes not authorised by Congress"".
He then became George Bush's assistant secretary of state for western hemisphere affairs. The central point is that Bush filled his government with characters like this, people who have broken the law, an enemy of human rights, a thoroughly unsavoury character.
"On March 23, after being recommended in a unanimous 18-0 vote by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, former Vietnam-era covert operative and Contra-era figure Richard Armitage was confirmed as Deputy Secretary of State in a voice vote on the Senate Floor.
The unchallenged confirmation of a figure who had previously been investigated by President Reagan's Commission on Organized Crime (1984) for alleged links to gambling and prostitution was totally ignored by the major American media.
Armitage has already begun work at the State Department and is deeply involved in negotiations over a US spy plane recently captured by the Chinese government."
The savings and loans crashes of the 1980s, themselves directly the result of Reagan’s deregulation of the banking industry, is more interesting because of how it reflects the rapacious nature of unbridled capitalism than of Neil Bush himself.
Who by the way, became embroiled in another scam with his educational software venture, Ignite (that had an annual turnover of $20 million, much of it from educational subsidies obtained in the state of Florida, where, ‘coincidentally’ of course, his brother Jeb, was governor).
Altogether, it’s been calculated that bailing out the failed S&Ls countrywide cost the US taxpayer around $1.4 trillion!
There are nowhere as many digital sources on the S&L debacle because it predates the Web.
Much of it is contained in pages that refer to the numerous scandals and malfeasances of the Bush clan at large. Even so, I’ve managed to uncover a number of dedicated sources.
All have a Bush connection as well as a World Trade Centre, United Airlines, Dulles International Airport security, aviation and Kuwaiti connection. What is known, is that SEC regulations were breached by Marvin Bush in filings submitted to the SEC.
Who is Marvin P. Bush?
The public rarely sees Marvin P. Bush, brother of President Bush II.
Marvin P. Bush was the founder (1993) and Managing Partner of Winston Partners Group of Vienna, Virginia. It's a private investment company. He was also the Managing General Partner of Winston Growth Fund, LLP; Winston International Growth Fund, LP; Winston Small Cap Growth Fund, LP; all related companies.
Before this, he spent 12 years in the investment business with the firms of Mosley, Hallgarten, Estabrook and Weeden, Shearson Lehman Brothers, and John Stewart Darrel & Company.
In January, 1998, Marvin Bush was appointed to the Board of Directors of the Fresh Del Monte Produce company, the giant fruit company (major product bananas) that made the canned goods we buy in our markets.
Del Monte is owned by a very wealthy family from Kuwait, the Abu-Ghazaleh family. Mohammed Abu-Ghazaleh is the CEO and he had several family members on the Board alongside Marvin Bush.
Another member of the Fresh Del Monte Board of Directors was Stephen Way, who was a major Bush fundraiser. Way was the head of the Houston-based HCC Insurance Holdings Company. In early 2000, Stephen Way acquired the appointment of Marvin Bush to the Board of Directors of HCC.
In that transaction, Bush not only landed a very large salary, but a sweet stock option deal. He purchased about $130,000 worth of HCC stock which re- valued at close to $600,000, not even one year later.
Marvin Bush was also on the Board of Directors of something called the Kerrco Company.
Marvin also was named to the Board of Directors of the Stratesec Company, another large publicly-traded firm. This company is very secretive and you can find virtually nothing about it.
Their website does not allow entry to several links unless one has a password. Virginia-based Stratesec is a provider of high-tech security systems.
Two of the major customers for which they provide security are the Dulles International Airport at Washington, D.C. and the Los Alamos National Laboratory.
Stratesec's revenues shot up by 60%, due to what the company described as "new customers." Prominent people at Stratesec also included former Reagan operatives including Barry McDaniel and Air Force General James A. Abrahamson (who was involved in the Reagan "Star Wars" project). Stratesec is a company is heavily inter-related with the Kuwam Corporation ("Kuw" = Kuwait; "am" = America).
Kuwam is a major Kuwaiti Company into many, many activities including the aircraft business. Stratesec's Chief Executive was also the Managing Director of Kuwam Corporation and Kuwam's Chairman Mishal Yousef Saud Al Sabah sat on Stratesec's Board of Directors. Stratesec provided the primary security for one of the most sensitive airports in the world.
Dulles in D.C., has a heavy middle eastern airline connection.
Winston Partners, Sybase, Choicepoint, H.R. 3162, called "The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act" (or USA Patriot)
Another can of worms. Actually, I’m getting fed up with the Bush clan.
It’s like the only life they have is screwing up everybody else’s! Sybase software is part of the Choicepoint system which is part of the Patriot Act which part of the whole damn system for keeping track of everybody and everything we do, read, visit, buy, and no doubt think about.
Zapata is the story of oil and the Bush clan and of course, Texas.
This is the company G.W. Bush Sr. founded in 1953 and, depending on your predilictions for conspiracies, the Bush connection can take you all the way to the Kennedy assassination and back.
And given the scale and scope of the Bush saga, it doesn’t surprise me at all, if indeed there are links between all the goings on of the Bush clan, oil, Texas, the FBI, the CIA, the Rockefellers, the Tri-Lateral Commission, the Nugan-Hand Bank, the Mob, The Pope (or at least the Vatican, and the assassination of JFK.
Of one thing I am sure, when billions and governments are at stake, anything is possible.
The FAS Website contains probably the most complete record of the US dealings with the Iraqi regime, arms sales and related information, including Congressional records. For example I did a search on "iraqi arms sales" and pulled up 882 locations including:
"1992 Congressional Record Documents"
A particularly useful set of documents, because they are the official record of US congressional representative Henry B. Gonzalez and his longstanding investigations into a range of related dealings which included BCCI, Banco Nazionale Lavoro (BNL), Iraq-gate, illicit arms dealings, and especially attempts by the Bush government to block his investigations.
Other Bush family -connected Companies & Institutions
Amsec Corp, Global Strategies LLC, Bass Enterprises Production Co, Asset Management International Financing and Settlement Ltd, Palmer National Bank
Other Bush Men (and the odd woman) that at some point, I'll get around to adding to this dossier.
Dick Cheney, Ari Fleisher, Asa Hutchinson, Robert Mueller, John Negroponte, Paul O'Neil, Theodore Oison, Richard Perle, John Poindexter, Colin Powell, Michael Powell, Otto Reich, Orlando Bosch, Leonel Martinez, Robert Reilly, Donald Rumsfeld, Karl Rove, John Walters, Eduardo Noriega, Richard M Nixon, Robert Mosbacher, Ferdinand Marcos, John Erlichman, Robert McFarlane, Brent Scowcroft, Donald Regan, Jim Baker, William Casey, Santos Trafficante, Miguel Recarey, Jr, Oliver North, Manucher Ghorbanifar, Sheik Abdullah Bakhsh, Tongsun Park, Sargis Soghnalian, Dan Quayle, Salem bin Laden, Prince Mohammed Ben Abdullah, King Fahd of Saudi Arabia.
A final word; I’m all Bushed out as the saying goes, but if I’ve learned one thing in putting this testimony together (because that’s what it is), it’s the awesome power of US capitalism to corrupt and to corrupt totally.
Defeating a juggernaut of this size is going to be a long struggle, but what the hell!
What About The Other Side of The Coin?
ImpeachmentGate
Despicable Democrat Refusal to Submit Articles of Impeachment Exposes Their Criminal Hoax 
Kingmakers’ Fun and Profit
CURRENT AFFAIRS
Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control
a) What side of the brain a person is predominantly using;
In India, there’s a social stratification class system based on Hindu ideology that goes back in ancient times, which divides people into a hierarchy of social classes called “castes”, where the higher classes have the “birthright” to oppress the ones below them.
1. There are two ways to initiate the exercise, either you do it when you notice yourself tense or not present, or you set an alarm that goes off about 6 times per day. If you choose the first method, you want to know that your awareness already catches yourself about 6 times a day so you can make sure you are doing this enough.
